Full issue (pdf file, 526 kb) - School of Information - The University of ...
Full issue (pdf file, 526 kb) - School of Information - The University of ...
Full issue (pdf file, 526 kb) - School of Information - The University of ...
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
Volume 32 / Number 4 / Fall 1997<br />
Libraries<br />
&<br />
Culture<br />
a journal <strong>of</strong> library history<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press
Libraries<br />
&<br />
Culture<br />
a journal <strong>of</strong> library history<br />
Volume 32 / Number 4 / Fall 1997<br />
Editor: Donald G. Davis Jr.<br />
Associate Editors: Robert L. Dawson, David B. Gracy II, Joan<br />
A. Holladay, David Hunter, Francis L. Miksa, Irene Owens,<br />
Loriene Roy, Michael B. Winship<br />
Advisory Board: Michele V. Cloonan, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> California,<br />
Los Angeles, representing the Library History Round Table,<br />
American Library Association; John Y. Cole, Library <strong>of</strong> Congress;<br />
Phyllis Dain, Columbia <strong>University</strong>; D. W. Krummel, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign; Mary Niles Maack, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
California, Los Angeles; Peter F. McNally, McGill <strong>University</strong>;<br />
Wayne A. Wiegand, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Wisconsin-Madison; Ian R.<br />
Willison, British Library<br />
Assistant to the Editor: Bette W. Oliver<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press
Libraries & Culture is an interdisciplinary journal that explores the significance <strong>of</strong> collections<br />
<strong>of</strong> recorded knowledge—their creation, organization, preservation, and utilization—in<br />
the context <strong>of</strong> cultural and social history, unlimited as to time or place. It is<br />
edited at the Graduate <strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong> Library and <strong>Information</strong> Science, <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Texas at Austin, and is published quarterly by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press. All views or<br />
conclusions are those <strong>of</strong> the authors and not necessarily those <strong>of</strong> the editorial staff, the<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at Austin, or <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas<br />
System. From its establishment in 1966 as the Journal <strong>of</strong> Library History until 1976, the<br />
Journal was edited and published by the <strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong> Library Science, Florida State <strong>University</strong>,<br />
Tallahassee. It assumed its present title in 1988.<br />
<strong>The</strong> editor invites scholarly contributions for consideration by the editorial board and referees.<br />
Three copies <strong>of</strong> each manuscript and an abstract <strong>of</strong> no more than 100 words should<br />
be sent, accompanied by a self-addressed, manuscript-sized envelope, and unaffixed return<br />
postage for domestic contributors. Abstracts should employ standard indexing terminology.<br />
Manuscripts and notation must be double-spaced with notes gathered at the<br />
end, conforming to the Chicago Manual <strong>of</strong> Style, 14th edition.<br />
Manuscripts and editorial correspondence: <strong>The</strong> Editor, Libraries & Culture, Graduate<br />
<strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong> Library and <strong>Information</strong> Science, <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at Austin, Austin,<br />
TX 78712-1276.<br />
Subscriptions and business correspondence: Libraries & Culture, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas<br />
Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819.<br />
Subscription rates: Individuals, $28/year; Institutions, $50/year. Canada and Mexico<br />
subscriptions add $6 additional for each order. For other foreign subscriptions add $10<br />
additional to each order. Single <strong>issue</strong>s: Individuals, $9; Institutions, $17. All prices are<br />
subject to change on September 1 <strong>of</strong> each year. See the last page <strong>of</strong> this journal for an<br />
order form.<br />
Claims Policy: Domestic and non-US claims for missing <strong>issue</strong>s must be received within<br />
90 days <strong>of</strong> the publication date. Issues returned ‘‘undeliverable’’ are available for reshipment<br />
at cost <strong>of</strong> new postage.<br />
Libraries & Culture is a member <strong>of</strong> the Conference <strong>of</strong> Historical Journals.<br />
L&C/JLH is indexed in America: History and Life; Book Review Index; Bulletin des Bibliothèques<br />
de France; Historical Abstracts; IBR (International Bibliography <strong>of</strong> Book Reviews); IBZ<br />
(International Bibliography <strong>of</strong> Periodical Literature); Journal <strong>of</strong> American History (Organization<br />
<strong>of</strong> American Historians); Library and <strong>Information</strong> Science Abstracts; Library Literature;<br />
MLA International Bibliography; Social Sciences Citation Index. Micr<strong>of</strong>orm copies <strong>of</strong> L&C/<br />
JLH can be purchased from <strong>University</strong> Micr<strong>of</strong>ilms, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor,<br />
MI 48106, and Micr<strong>of</strong>orms International, Fairview Park, Elmsford, NY 10523.<br />
Authorization to photocopy items for the internal or personal use <strong>of</strong> specific clients is<br />
granted by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, provided that the appropriate fee is paid directly<br />
to the Copyright Clearance Center. Prior to photocopying items for educational<br />
classroom use, please contact the Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive,<br />
Danvers, MA 01923, (508) 750-8400, http://www.directory.net/copyright.<br />
Libraries & Culture (ISSN 0894–8631) is published quarterly in February, May, August,<br />
and November by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, 2100 Comal, Austin, TX 78722-2550.<br />
<strong>The</strong> rates are $50/year for institutions and $28/year for individuals. Periodicals postage<br />
paid at Austin, Texas, and at additional mailing <strong>of</strong>fices. POSTMASTER: Send address<br />
changes to Libraries & Culture, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX<br />
78713-7819.<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, 2100 Comal, Austin, TX, 78722-2550.<br />
<strong>The</strong> paper used in this publication meets the minimum requirements <strong>of</strong> American<br />
National Standard for <strong>Information</strong> Sciences—Permanence <strong>of</strong> Paper for Printed Library<br />
Materials, ANSI Z39.48–1984.<br />
This journal is printed on recycled paper.
Contents<br />
Articles<br />
403 <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books: Librarians, Publishers, and Rural<br />
Readers<br />
Jean Preer<br />
427 Blazing the Way: <strong>The</strong> WPA Library Service Demonstration<br />
Project in South Carolina<br />
Robert M. Gorman<br />
456 <strong>The</strong> Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library <strong>of</strong> Shanghai<br />
Gail King<br />
Notes & Essays<br />
470 Libraries & Philanthropy, <strong>The</strong> Proceedings <strong>of</strong> Library History<br />
Seminar IX, Spring 1995, <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Alabama, Tuscaloosa<br />
P. Toby Graham<br />
474 <strong>The</strong> Cover<br />
Everett C. Wilkie Jr.<br />
479 Contributors<br />
Book Reviews<br />
480 Careering Along with Books: Studies in the History <strong>of</strong> British Public<br />
Libraries and Librarianship, in Honour <strong>of</strong> the 85th Birthday <strong>of</strong> Dr.<br />
William A. Munford edited by K. A. Manley<br />
Peter F. McNally<br />
481 Puritans in Babylon: <strong>The</strong> Ancient Near East and American Intellectual<br />
Life, 1880–1930 by Bruce Kuklick<br />
Edwin M. Yamauchi<br />
482 Libraries and Librarianship during Muslim Rule in India by Shaikh<br />
Allauddin and R. K. Rout<br />
Mohamed Taher<br />
483 <strong>The</strong> French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585–1715 by<br />
Henri-Jean Martin<br />
Robert L. Dawson<br />
485 <strong>The</strong> Odyssey <strong>of</strong> a German National Library by Michael P. Olson<br />
J. Periam Danton
486 Hunger for the Printed Word: Books and Libraries in the Jewish Ghettos<br />
<strong>of</strong> Nazi-Occupied Europe by David Shavit<br />
Andrew B. Wertheimer<br />
487 Cloak & Gown: Scholars in the Secret War, 1939– 1961 by Robin W.<br />
Winks<br />
Eugene B. Jackson<br />
488 Fiction as History: Nero to Julian by G. W. Bowersock<br />
Kenneth Calvert<br />
490 World Guide to Libraries edited by Bettina Bartz, Helmut Opitz,<br />
and Elisabeth Richter<br />
World Guide to Special Libraries edited by Helmut Opitz and<br />
Elisabeth Richter<br />
World Guide to Scientific Associations and Learned Societies edited by<br />
Michael Zils<br />
Who’s Who in European Research and Development, 1995<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> European Research and Development, 1995<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> Special Libraries and <strong>Information</strong> Centers, 1996<br />
Eugene B. Jackson<br />
492 Children’s Literature Research: International Resources and Exchange<br />
edited by the International Youth Library<br />
Gillian Adams<br />
493 Old Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad by<br />
Leona Rostenberg and Madeleine B. Stern<br />
Book Collecting as One <strong>of</strong> the Fine Arts, and Other Essays by Colin<br />
Franklin<br />
Michele V. Cloonan and Sidney E. Berger<br />
496 ABC for Book Collectors by John Carter<br />
<strong>The</strong> Art & History <strong>of</strong> Books by Norma Levarie<br />
Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> the Book by Ge<strong>of</strong>frey Ashall Glaister<br />
Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing by S. H. Steinberg<br />
Donald G. Davis Jr.<br />
498 Cycles <strong>of</strong> Time and Scientific Learning in Medieval Europe by Wesley<br />
M. Stevens<br />
Alan Cottrell<br />
500 Index to Volume 32
<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books: Librarians,<br />
Publishers, and Rural Readers<br />
Jean Preer<br />
Convened in 1951 by the Cooperative Extension Service <strong>of</strong> the U.S. Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Agriculture, the Conference on Rural Reading explored ways<br />
to stimulate reading and make books more available in rural America.<br />
Bringing together librarians, publishers, government <strong>of</strong>ficials, and farm<br />
and civic organizations, the conference reflected the major challenges facing<br />
the library pr<strong>of</strong>ession in the early 1950s. From a small meeting on<br />
rural reading in 1951 to a nationwide promotion <strong>of</strong> a conference-inspired<br />
paperback, <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, published in 1953, the conference<br />
mirrored the very changes it sought to address: the shift from rural to<br />
national concerns, from specialized to mass audience, from books to nonprint<br />
media.<br />
Organized in cooperation with publishers and librarians, the Conference<br />
on Rural Reading, held in September 1951, marked a midway point<br />
in decade-long efforts to expand the market for books and to secure<br />
federal aid for public library service. In the early years <strong>of</strong> the postwar<br />
era, economic concerns and societal changes had prompted self-scrutiny<br />
among librarians, publishers, educators, and farmers. <strong>The</strong> Conference<br />
on Rural Reading focused the overlapping interests <strong>of</strong> these groups on<br />
the promotion <strong>of</strong> books and reading. Just as census figures revealed the<br />
decline <strong>of</strong> the nation’s farm population and television threatened the<br />
demise <strong>of</strong> the book, publishers and librarians joined forces to promote<br />
reading in rural America.<br />
Although <strong>of</strong>ficially sponsored by the Extension Service <strong>of</strong> the U.S. Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Agriculture, the conference grew out <strong>of</strong> a conversation between<br />
<strong>The</strong>odore Waller, executive director <strong>of</strong> the American Book<br />
Publishers Council, and Luther Evans, Librarian <strong>of</strong> Congress. Waller and<br />
Margie Malmberg <strong>of</strong> the American Library Association worked closely<br />
with Eunice Heywood <strong>of</strong> the Extension Service who convened a planning<br />
committee in spring 1951. 1 Also represented on the committee were the<br />
National Education Association, the American Farm Bureau Federation,<br />
the National Grange, the National Home Demonstration Council, the<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
404 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
American Institute <strong>of</strong> Co-operation, and the land-grant colleges. In various<br />
combinations, these groups were already working together on a variety<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>issue</strong>s. In 1950 a liaison committee between librarians and<br />
publishers had begun to consider copyright questions, postal rates for<br />
books, and censorship. 2 <strong>The</strong> ALA was cooperating with the National Education<br />
Association on funding for rural schools. In late 1950 Waller had<br />
met with the National Home Demonstration Agents in hopes <strong>of</strong> using<br />
county agents to promote reading among farm families. 3 While each<br />
organization had its own priorities, by 1951 their shared interests had<br />
crystallized into the related <strong>issue</strong>s to be addressed at the conference:<br />
how to stimulate reading and make books more readily available in rural<br />
America.<br />
On 4 September 1951 M. L. Wilson, head <strong>of</strong> the Extension Service <strong>of</strong><br />
the U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Agriculture, <strong>issue</strong>d an invitation to the conference.<br />
‘‘Knowing <strong>of</strong> your interest in the intellectual benefits that come<br />
from the printed word,’’ he wrote, ‘‘we are extending to you a cordial<br />
invitation to attend a small conference here in Washington which we<br />
hope will have a significant influence upon rural reading habits.’’ 4 Appropriately,<br />
more than one hundred conferees convened the three-day<br />
meeting on 24 September 1951 in the Jefferson Auditorium <strong>of</strong> the Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Agriculture. Participating extension workers, publishers, librarians,<br />
and educators could all claim Thomas Jefferson as their patron<br />
saint. Farmer, author, book collector, Jefferson had seen the American<br />
farmer as the embodiment <strong>of</strong> American values and the surest safeguard<br />
<strong>of</strong> the new democracy. In his elegiac keynote address, Carl Woodward,<br />
president <strong>of</strong> the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Rhode Island, played on these themes as<br />
he recalled the titles in the home library <strong>of</strong> his family’s New Jersey<br />
farmhouse. ‘‘Nothing has contributed more to the wholesome, progressive<br />
atmosphere <strong>of</strong> the farm home than do the books and other reading<br />
material that have come into it,’’ he observed. 5 As the nation faced the<br />
threat <strong>of</strong> world communism, he said, America must have<br />
an enlightened, intelligent, clear-thinking rural citizenry, whose vision<br />
reaches beyond their own special interests and their own community;<br />
who are informed about current world affairs, who<br />
understand America’s new responsibility <strong>of</strong> leadership, and are<br />
aware <strong>of</strong> the threat <strong>of</strong> false ideologies to our free democratic<br />
institutions. 6<br />
In his 1948 study, Farming and Democracy, Yale <strong>University</strong> president A.<br />
Whitney Griswold had noted the irony in such uses <strong>of</strong> the agrarian<br />
symbol.
It is the daydream <strong>of</strong> city-dwellers, the inspiration <strong>of</strong> poets and<br />
artists, the biographer’s security <strong>of</strong> youth <strong>of</strong> great men. It stands<br />
for democracy in its purest and most classic form. For millions <strong>of</strong><br />
Americans it represents a better world, past but not quite lost, one<br />
to which they may still look for individual happiness or, maybe,<br />
national salvation. 7<br />
According to Griswold,<br />
<strong>The</strong> same sources that document the agricultural boom document<br />
a rural disadvantage in living standards and cultural opportunities—in<br />
housing, medical and health facilities, schools, and libraries—even<br />
greater than the disparity <strong>of</strong> income. <strong>The</strong>se things are<br />
as much the essence <strong>of</strong> the farmer’s way <strong>of</strong> life as his independence<br />
and his landscapes. <strong>The</strong> boom has not yet made good to him the<br />
democratic promise <strong>of</strong> equal opportunity in either the economic or<br />
cultural sphere. 8<br />
405<br />
In addressing the reading needs <strong>of</strong> rural America, conference participants<br />
faced this contradiction between agrarian symbol and rural reality.<br />
Despite growing affluence in rural America, the facts documenting its<br />
inadequate supply <strong>of</strong> books and library service were well known. In <strong>The</strong><br />
Geography <strong>of</strong> Reading, published in 1938, Louis Round Wilson had mapped<br />
the inequitable distribution <strong>of</strong> public library service and other means <strong>of</strong><br />
communication, including bookstores, radio stations, and newspapers. 9 A<br />
1948 survey <strong>of</strong> weekly newspaper publishers conducted by <strong>The</strong> American<br />
Press showed that 67 percent <strong>of</strong> the towns having weekly newspapers had<br />
no bookstores. Book club memberships and pocket books sold on newsstands<br />
or in drug stores were the main sources <strong>of</strong> books in rural America.<br />
10 According to the ALA’s 1948 National Plan for Library Service,<br />
‘‘<strong>The</strong> rural resident in America has been the forgotten man in library<br />
service.’’ 11 More than 35 million Americans, 27 percent <strong>of</strong> the population,<br />
were without public libraries. Of those, 91 percent lived in small villages<br />
or the open country. Over half the rural population lacked public libraries.<br />
Of the 661 counties without libraries, many were rural; threequarters<br />
were in the South. 12<br />
In a further irony, America in 1951 could no longer even think <strong>of</strong> itself<br />
as a rural nation. As the conference planning committee met, 1950 census<br />
data showed that America’s farm population had reached its lowest<br />
point since the government began keeping such figures in 1910. <strong>The</strong><br />
estimated total <strong>of</strong> 24,335,000 for April 1950 was nearly five million below<br />
the number recorded in the 1940 census. 13 While farm population had<br />
declined, however, farm income had risen as a result <strong>of</strong> greater farm
406 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
productivity and agricultural price supports. Those who remained on the<br />
farm faced a different way <strong>of</strong> life.<br />
In part, the Department <strong>of</strong> Agriculture had hastened the agricultural<br />
revolution which now seemed to threaten rural America. Its Extension<br />
Service, through county and home demonstration agents, provided for<br />
‘‘the diffusion <strong>of</strong> useful and practical knowledge to the people, particularly<br />
to the rural people, <strong>of</strong> the United States.’’ 14 Farmers improved their<br />
techniques with the help <strong>of</strong> the USDA Yearbook and bulletins from state<br />
agricultural experiment stations. <strong>The</strong> Rural Library Committee <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Department <strong>of</strong> Agriculture <strong>issue</strong>d lists advising rural residents what to<br />
read, and because <strong>of</strong> the difficulty in obtaining the recommended titles,<br />
other agencies, such as state libraries, helped distribute the publications.<br />
15 <strong>The</strong> 1947 list, for example, filled thirty-four pages and included<br />
scholarly monographs, government publications, farm and education<br />
pamphlets, and such novels as Louis Bromfield’s <strong>The</strong> Farm, Pearl Buck’s<br />
<strong>The</strong> Good Earth, Willa Cather’s My Antonia, Marjorie Kinnan Rawlings’s<br />
<strong>The</strong> Yearling, and Conrad Richter’s <strong>The</strong> Trees. 16<br />
Concerned that it had not tapped the rural market, the American<br />
Book Publishers Council had worked with farm organizations to explore<br />
it. At the Conference on Rural Reading, Maurice Wieting described cooperative<br />
efforts between the ABPC and the Ohio Farm Bureau starting<br />
with a 1948 conference on ‘‘Books and the Rural Reader’’ at the Ohio<br />
State <strong>University</strong> College <strong>of</strong> Education. A survey <strong>of</strong> 4,000 Ohio rural residents<br />
showed that book reading on farms was seasonal; that farm<br />
women read somewhat more than farm men; that those with more<br />
schooling read more; that fiction was the most popular type <strong>of</strong> reading,<br />
followed by travel, historical novels, biographies, and poetry. Forty-three<br />
percent did not read books; 39 percent most <strong>of</strong>ten got books from a<br />
friend or a neighbor, while 36 percent visited a library; 21 percent went<br />
to bookstores; and 16 percent ordered books through the mail. 17 In 1949<br />
the 1,500 advisory councils <strong>of</strong> the Ohio Farm Bureau discussed book<br />
needs. Most in demand were better local library service and better written<br />
materials on new farm methods and contemporary problems. 18<br />
Just as publishers sought to expand the rural market for books, librarians<br />
sought to stimulate rural demand for public library service. Rural<br />
America not only represented the area <strong>of</strong> greatest need for public<br />
library service, it also provided precedents for federal programs to assist<br />
farm communities. New Deal programs, including the Works Projects<br />
Administration and the National Youth Administration, had introduced<br />
library service to rural communities; the Tennessee Valley Authority<br />
demonstrated the usefulness <strong>of</strong> cooperation among local libraries in<br />
county and regional library systems. 19 Central points <strong>of</strong> the ALA’s<br />
National Plan had rural implications, particularly the need for state
407<br />
planning for library service and the importance <strong>of</strong> larger service units<br />
for increased effectiveness. Federal legislation creating land-grant universities,<br />
agricultural experiment stations, and cooperative extension<br />
programs demonstrated how federal assistance could promote state planning<br />
and enhance local service. <strong>The</strong>se efforts were featured in USDA<br />
bulletins on rural library service, prepared in cooperation with the ALA. 20<br />
Because the gap between library service in rural and urban areas<br />
stemmed largely from disparities in income, librarians sought ways to<br />
equalize expenditures. In 1946 Representative Emily Taft Douglas <strong>of</strong><br />
Illinois introduced a bill providing funds for demonstration projects in<br />
communities without libraries. Sponsored by the ALA, the bill would<br />
authorize $25,000 to each participating state for four years to show how<br />
library service might reach underserved, primarily rural, areas. Douglas<br />
saw the problem as a national one.<br />
Books have become a necessity in an unstable world and we cannot<br />
afford to deny large numbers <strong>of</strong> our people the chance for this basic<br />
means <strong>of</strong> education. Nor can the big cities, with well-stocked libraries,<br />
be oblivious to the lack elsewhere. <strong>The</strong> cities are forever<br />
being repopulated by people from the country, and the quality <strong>of</strong><br />
urban citizenry is therefore dependent on the quality <strong>of</strong> the whole<br />
country. 21<br />
In emphasizing service to rural areas in their quest for federal funds,<br />
librarians also made a shrewd political choice. <strong>The</strong> demonstrable insufficiency<br />
<strong>of</strong> rural library service was matched by the undeniable political<br />
power <strong>of</strong> the farmbelt. Although other areas suffered from inadequate<br />
library service, the concentration <strong>of</strong> rural and poor states in the South<br />
meant that librarians would turn to southern congressmen for political<br />
support and would emphasize the rural aspects <strong>of</strong> the problem. As various<br />
bills for federal aid were introduced, the rural focus became more<br />
pronounced. Testimony in support <strong>of</strong> federal aid to libraries at hearings<br />
organized in 1948 by the ALA was dominated by representatives <strong>of</strong> organizations,<br />
including the National Grange and the National Farmers<br />
Union, which later participated in the Conference on Rural Reading. A<br />
similar library demonstration bill was narrowly defeated in 1950 despite<br />
broad support among farm and education organizations. At the Conference<br />
on Rural Reading, however, M. L. Wilson cautioned participants<br />
against mentioning the Library Services Bill. ‘‘This conference naturally<br />
is not concerned with legislative matters, nor does it have a specific kind<br />
<strong>of</strong> program which it seeks to propagandize.’’ 22<br />
Thus, in the early 1950s librarians and publishers each sought, in the<br />
phrase <strong>of</strong> critic and commentator Gilbert Seldes, to create an audience. 23
408 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
Librarians sought to do this by federal legislation which would demonstrate<br />
the value <strong>of</strong> library service to underserved areas. <strong>The</strong>y were confident<br />
that communities which experienced library service would be<br />
willing to continue its support. Publishers sought to create a new reading<br />
audience by expanding the market for books in underserved areas using<br />
new means <strong>of</strong> distribution and cheaper formats. <strong>The</strong> expansion <strong>of</strong> public<br />
library service was one way to accomplish this.<br />
Among themselves, however, publishers debated the existence <strong>of</strong> a<br />
rural market and whether it was unique. Robert West Howard, writer<br />
and editor for various farm publications and a conference participant,<br />
argued that as farm communities became less isolated and more affluent,<br />
‘‘an annual market <strong>of</strong> one billion dollars for the right kind <strong>of</strong> books is<br />
waiting in rural America.’’ According to Howard, ‘‘A whole lot more than<br />
the shift from horse-to-tractor, kerosene-to-electricity, party-line-tovideo,<br />
one-room-school-to-consolidated, root-cellar-to-deep-freeze, country-buyer-to-country-farmer-owned-co-operative<br />
has occurred during the<br />
past thirty years.’’ 24 To deal with the technological changes transforming<br />
rural America, Howard felt that farmers needed more works<br />
in the realms <strong>of</strong> soil-research, <strong>of</strong> photosynthesis and photo periodism,<br />
in family-living and home-making, in better crops and better<br />
livestock, in better distribution and more direct contact between<br />
the grower and the consumer, in nutrition, in community-action,<br />
in safer highways, less juvenile delinquency and greater equanimity<br />
<strong>of</strong> the human spirit. 25<br />
William Miller, in his study <strong>of</strong> the book industry for the Public Library<br />
Inquiry, challenged this view <strong>of</strong> the rural market, arguing that if such a<br />
market existed, publishers and authors would already be issuing books<br />
for it. 26<br />
<strong>The</strong> commercial, mass market side <strong>of</strong> the book world was represented<br />
at the Conference on Rural Reading by Sanford Cobb, head <strong>of</strong> the Book<br />
Department at Sears, Roebuck and Company. Sears already reached<br />
farm families through its mail order catalog and book clubs <strong>of</strong>fering a<br />
potpourri <strong>of</strong> classic tales, reference works, pulp fiction, mysteries, westerns,<br />
and detective stories. Cobb’s view <strong>of</strong> the rural market was firmly<br />
grounded in the bottom line:<br />
I am a little ashamed to tell you this, but our best-selling adult<br />
fiction in the Sears, Roebuck catalog is the Zane Grey, Grace<br />
Livingston Hill reprint series. If I were a missionary and not a<br />
merchandiser, I would throw those things out <strong>of</strong> the catalog and<br />
give people the things that I thought they ought to have. If I did
that we would be out <strong>of</strong> the book business, and then my missionary<br />
work would not have done any good at all. 27<br />
409<br />
But the rural market for books, like rural America generally, was increasingly<br />
affluent, sophisticated, and diverse. As Cobb admitted, ‘‘We<br />
are not doing so well in adult fiction. I think if we are going to sell fiction<br />
in the rural markets we will have to get different books.’’ 28<br />
During the war Sears had appealed to the changing rural reading market<br />
with the People’s Book Club, founded in 1943 with Simon and Schuster<br />
and the Consolidated Book Publishing Company. 29 Unlike the<br />
Book-<strong>of</strong>-the-Month Club, which relied on the judgment <strong>of</strong> its editorial<br />
board, the People’s Book Club relied on the reactions <strong>of</strong> its members,<br />
polled by Dr. George Gallup. Not surprisingly, the choices strongly resembled<br />
those <strong>of</strong> other book clubs, with <strong>of</strong>ferings such as the latest bestseller<br />
by Frances Parkinson Keys, Here Is Your War by Ernie Pyle, and<br />
<strong>The</strong> Robe by Lloyd Douglas. Response to the club seemed to confirm the<br />
existence <strong>of</strong> an untapped rural market. Aiming for 100,000 members, it<br />
drew 250,000 in its first year. Questionnaires sent to members produced<br />
a more detailed pro<strong>file</strong> <strong>of</strong> that market and supported many <strong>of</strong> Louis<br />
Round Wilson’s earlier findings. 30<br />
<strong>The</strong> success <strong>of</strong> the People’s Book Club and the sale <strong>of</strong> cheap books<br />
through the Sears catalog suggested that librarians and publishers might<br />
reconsider their approach to rural readers. At the conference, Cobb suggested<br />
that impersonality was part <strong>of</strong> the appeal <strong>of</strong> clubs and catalogs.<br />
I have had the opinion for a long time that there are people who<br />
are afraid <strong>of</strong> books and afraid <strong>of</strong> people who deal with books. <strong>The</strong>re<br />
are many people who are afraid to go into a public library and ask<br />
a question because they will show their ignorance. <strong>The</strong>re are many<br />
people who won’t go into a book store because some snooty clerk<br />
makes them feel uncomfortable. 31<br />
To stimulate reading, Cobb thought that people should learn that books<br />
are fun.<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the things that have to be done is to remove the fear <strong>of</strong><br />
books from people. You can take a quarter book on the train with<br />
you and throw it out <strong>of</strong> the window when you have finished. You<br />
don’t have to look upon a book as a sacred article to be held until<br />
you die and them passed on to your children and grandchildren. 32<br />
At the conference others joined Cobb in his implicit criticism <strong>of</strong> librarians.<br />
Since most people relied on the recommendations <strong>of</strong> friends, one
410 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
participant suggested that ordinary readers rather than librarians write<br />
book reviews for farm periodicals. Margaret Scoggin <strong>of</strong> the New York<br />
Public Library employed that technique on the radio show, ‘‘Young Book<br />
Reviewers,’’ which featured teenagers reviewing and recommending<br />
books. ‘‘<strong>The</strong>y learn,’’ she said, ‘‘that books are not sacrosanct and that<br />
their opinions are valuable; they learn also that no criticism is valid<br />
unless they can explain why they do or do not like what they criticize.<br />
...Notreading alone, but critical reading is the cornerstone <strong>of</strong><br />
all education.’’ 33 Young people in rural areas, she concluded, should be<br />
consulted in planning for public library service.<br />
To share their own experiences and formulate recommendations for<br />
further action, conference participants divided into smaller work groups.<br />
In discussions lasting four hours, they tackled the two major problems<br />
posed by the conference: stimulating interest in reading and making<br />
reading materials available to rural people. Although the conference eschewed<br />
political purposes, many <strong>of</strong> the recommendations from the work<br />
groups supported aspects <strong>of</strong> the library demonstration bill.<br />
<strong>The</strong> work group chaired by ALA president Loleta Fyan compiled a<br />
lengthy list <strong>of</strong> things already being done by public libraries, schools, and<br />
universities to stimulate rural reading. It concluded that efforts by public<br />
libraries, such as bookmobiles, book and art exhibits, reading clubs, carnivals,<br />
and storytelling, needed to be used more generally and adapted<br />
widely to local conditions. While this group did not recommend extended<br />
public library service to promote reading, it did advocate the employment<br />
<strong>of</strong> trained librarians to replace volunteers, adequate salary scales to<br />
make library jobs attractive, and programs to inform young people about<br />
the library pr<strong>of</strong>ession as a career. 34<br />
In contrast to this upbeat assessment, the work group chaired by<br />
Marjorie Luce, state home demonstration leader from the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Vermont, found that public libraries were failing to make reading material<br />
available to rural people. To the question ‘‘Are present library<br />
facilities in rural areas being fully used?’’ it responded with stark realism<br />
and disappointment.<br />
Your discussion group is fully aware <strong>of</strong> the valiant services given in<br />
the field <strong>of</strong> the rural library by our small corps <strong>of</strong> underpaid and<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten unpaid librarians. We <strong>of</strong>fer them our deep thanks and our<br />
future support. In furtherance <strong>of</strong> that support, we conclude that<br />
the answer to the first question above is ‘‘no.’’ 35<br />
Recounting the statistics <strong>of</strong> unserved communities and unfunded libraries,<br />
this group saw failure in every area, even in those aspects most<br />
frequently touted by rural library enthusiasts.
Little cooperation exists among service clubs, fraternal organizations,<br />
government agencies, and farm organizations in exploring<br />
the realms <strong>of</strong> greater library service. ...Forthevery reason that<br />
exceptional results have been achieved in rural library services in<br />
some areas through cooperation between PTA, Home Demonstration<br />
Councils, Extension Service, and local libraries, we feel that<br />
rural libraries as a whole have failed to explore this potential. 36<br />
411<br />
While this group’s report, drafted by Robert West Howard, gave the<br />
gloomiest assessment <strong>of</strong> current library service in rural areas, it also<br />
painted the rosiest picture <strong>of</strong> future library potential. Urging real cooperation<br />
among community organizations, it saw an enhanced role for<br />
library and librarian in virtually every aspect <strong>of</strong> community life. 37<br />
While neither work group specifically endorsed federal aid for rural<br />
public libraries, both favored larger units <strong>of</strong> library service. Fyan’s group<br />
concluded, ‘‘State libraries need to be greatly strengthened so that they<br />
can do a more adequate job <strong>of</strong> stimulating the improvement <strong>of</strong> local<br />
libraries and <strong>of</strong> serving as a source <strong>of</strong> reading materials.’’ 38 Luce’s group<br />
concluded that<br />
although it is the group’s firm conviction that the control <strong>of</strong> library<br />
facilities, and both moral and financial support <strong>of</strong> the library, must<br />
remain at the community level, belief exists that rural libraries will<br />
not adequately develop until larger units, such as the county unit,<br />
function with the local unit to improve the latter’s service. 39<br />
Statewide planning and county or regional library systems were fundamental<br />
aspects <strong>of</strong> proposed library legislation.<br />
In seeming paradoxes, improved local library service required action<br />
at the national level; the promotion <strong>of</strong> reading among farmers required<br />
the use <strong>of</strong> the nonprint mass media. Almost every conference speaker<br />
alluded to the potential impact <strong>of</strong> radio, television, and films on rural<br />
reading. Speakers saw, with some ambivalence, that the same media <strong>of</strong><br />
mass communication which brought farm families into the mainstream<br />
<strong>of</strong> American life also threatened to diminish the hours left for reading.<br />
Woodward described the change:<br />
Whereas, in our family homestead we would spend an evening<br />
around the living-room table, with mother reading aloud to the<br />
family circle, today, my nephew who operates the farm, packs his<br />
family in his car and drives to town to see the movies. Or if it isn’t<br />
the movies, there is the radio, or a television feature, that occupies<br />
the evening. Although he is a college graduate, and he and his
412 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
children have access to more books and periodicals than I had as<br />
a boy, I don’t believe they are doing as much real reading as I<br />
did....<strong>The</strong>y are living in a different day and age. Who will say<br />
which was better <strong>of</strong>f? Whatever the answer, any appraisal <strong>of</strong> the<br />
place <strong>of</strong> reading in rural life today must make allowances for the<br />
competition <strong>of</strong> the movies, radio, and television as sources <strong>of</strong> both<br />
information and entertainment. 40<br />
Many conference participants reported how radio and television were<br />
already being used to promote reading and to help make books available<br />
in rural America. Representing the Children’s Books Council, Margaret<br />
McElderry observed that local radio stations <strong>of</strong>ten gave air time for story<br />
hours and discussion <strong>of</strong> books for children. <strong>The</strong> National Broadcasting<br />
Company promoted books nationwide on ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Carnival <strong>of</strong> Books’’ program.<br />
Home demonstration agent Mary Switzer, from Erie County, New<br />
York, reported that ‘‘Reading is Fun’’ was one <strong>of</strong> the most successful<br />
programs <strong>of</strong> the Extension Service television broadcasts. 41 Like Scoggin’s<br />
radio show, it featured children, rather than librarians, as book<br />
reviewers.<br />
<strong>The</strong> work group chaired by Lulu Evanson <strong>of</strong> the North Dakota Farmers<br />
Union concluded that ‘‘Most <strong>of</strong> the present book-reviewing services are<br />
<strong>of</strong> little value and many times are unavailable to rural people.’’ 42 Only<br />
a few farm publications, like <strong>The</strong> Progressive Farmer, carried book reviews directed<br />
to the interests <strong>of</strong> rural readers. Where television had been used, it<br />
had been effective, and her group recommended a greater use <strong>of</strong> local<br />
radio and television stations for book reviewing. Similarly, Wieting’s<br />
group on the commercial distribution <strong>of</strong> books recommended that more<br />
should be done to play up the values <strong>of</strong> reading in radio, television, and the<br />
movies. 43 At the end <strong>of</strong> the conference, T. V. Smith <strong>of</strong> Syracuse <strong>University</strong><br />
evoked the same halcyon vision <strong>of</strong> rural life as had Carl Woodward<br />
at its start. In a talk entitled ‘‘Our Reading Heritage,’’ Smith described<br />
himself as a confirmed addict <strong>of</strong> radio and television even as he defended<br />
the role <strong>of</strong> books in bringing information, providing inspiration, and furnishing<br />
sublimation. ‘‘Books, more than anything else,’’ he said, ‘‘give<br />
you a new dimensional enlargement <strong>of</strong> the life <strong>of</strong> imagination. ...Itis<br />
<strong>of</strong> a more enduring form, and it is more realistic in its amplitude than<br />
that which you get out <strong>of</strong> other mediums <strong>of</strong> culture.’’ 44<br />
Publication <strong>of</strong> the conference proceedings as a government pamphlet<br />
in March 1952, and its subsequent transformation into the mass market<br />
paperback bestseller, <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, mirrored these shifts<br />
from rural to national concerns, from specialized to mass audience, from<br />
book to nonprint media. Extension Service Circular No. 472, Report on Conference<br />
on Rural Reading, September 24-26, 1951 filled forty-eight double-
413<br />
columned pages in small type. Without illustration, the circular was<br />
intended primarily as a record <strong>of</strong> the conference for members <strong>of</strong> the<br />
planning group and for conference participants. 45 According to a January<br />
1952 memo from Extension Service staff member Harry Mileham, 60 <strong>of</strong><br />
the 1,134 copies were to go to experiment station libraries, 180 to state<br />
library commissions, state departments <strong>of</strong> education, and the ALA, 100<br />
to the American Book Publishers Council, 130 to registered conference<br />
participants, and 300 for requests already on hand. Most <strong>of</strong> the rest were<br />
to go to Extension Service directors, editors, sociologists, public policy<br />
people, home demonstration and 4-H leaders, and land-grant college<br />
libraries. 46<br />
From the early stages, however, organizers <strong>of</strong> the Conference on Rural<br />
Reading had aimed to reach a wider audience. In a letter to the planning<br />
committee on 10 September 1951, chair Eunice Heywood reported that<br />
Alfred Stefferud, Lester Schlup, Caroline Sherman, and Ralph Shaw had<br />
already agreed to do preliminary work on plans for a conference report. 47<br />
<strong>The</strong> foreword to the Extension Service circular explained:<br />
Plans are underway to supplement this report with a book <strong>of</strong> permanent<br />
value for use by extension workers, librarians, discussion<br />
groups leaders, high-school teachers, parents, children, and others<br />
interested in encouraging people to read books. It will be prepared<br />
with the widest possible readership in mind.<br />
While the volume would include chapters by people attending the conference<br />
and speeches delivered at the conference, other experts would<br />
be invited to contribute as well. 48<br />
Chosen to edit this expanded version was Alfred Stefferud, a former<br />
Associated Press correspondent and the editor <strong>of</strong> the Yearbook <strong>of</strong> Agriculture.<br />
In his article, ‘‘Billion Dollar Furrow,’’ Howard had quoted Stefferud<br />
to support his point that publishers lacked an understanding <strong>of</strong> the book<br />
interests <strong>of</strong> rural readers:<br />
‘‘Farm people,’’ roared Alfred Stefferud, ‘‘. . . are not given to buying<br />
books, but that is not a deficiency on their part. Which <strong>of</strong> the current<br />
books should anybody read? Surely not all these sex-historical<br />
books, not the turgid books on sociology and economics and foreign<br />
relations which mean so little, not those sweet things on the beauties<br />
<strong>of</strong> nature. One cannot force upon farmers spurious culture,<br />
escape stuff, alarums and excursions in remote areas on remote<br />
subjects. ...Anhonest, serious publisher who knows how to<br />
manufacture a durable book and sell it in the right way has a
414 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
tremendous field . . . [ellipses in text] one so big that no one knows<br />
its size because no one has entered it.’’ 49<br />
In the introduction to <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, Stefferud explained<br />
the origins <strong>of</strong> the volume and the current importance <strong>of</strong> reading to all<br />
Americans:<br />
We came together, about a hundred <strong>of</strong> us, to talk about reading<br />
and, after talking, to do something to encourage more people to<br />
read. ...Now, more than ever, we felt, a reminder is needed that<br />
books can instruct and help us in a competitive world, in which<br />
more and more knowledge is needed to keep up with scientific developments;<br />
that we need their advice on problems and worries<br />
besetting us in education, in politics and foreign affairs, in domestic<br />
<strong>issue</strong>s and economics, in agriculture, and in social matters; that<br />
they can provide fun and relaxation and inspiration in our distraught<br />
times; that in a world <strong>of</strong> television, radio, automobiles, <strong>of</strong><br />
getting and spending and laying waste our powers, books can give<br />
us perspective and depth and fulfillment.’’ 50 <strong>The</strong> volume was dedicated:<br />
‘‘To those who bend twigs—the librarians <strong>of</strong> America,<br />
teachers, Extension workers, leaders—and to the twigs themselves<br />
we dedicate this book. 51<br />
Most remarkably, publication <strong>of</strong> the volume was a nonpr<strong>of</strong>it enterprise<br />
made possible by the same coalition that had convened the conference,<br />
in particular the Extension Service, the American Book Publishers Council,<br />
and the ALA. A list <strong>of</strong> organizations participating in the conference<br />
demonstrated the cooperation <strong>of</strong> farm, library, publishing, education,<br />
and religious groups; the acknowledgments explained their contributions.<br />
Two aspects were especially important. Participation by the American<br />
Book Publishers Council facilitated contributions by writers who had<br />
not attended the conference but who donated chapters for the enlarged<br />
volume. Financial support from the Sears, Roebuck Foundation freed the<br />
editor from the constraints <strong>of</strong> publication under government sponsorship.<br />
In the introduction, Stefferud explained that although the book had its<br />
genesis in a government-sponsored conference, its preparation, writing,<br />
editing, and publication were personal undertakings, ‘‘involving no time<br />
taken from <strong>of</strong>ficial duties or outlays from <strong>of</strong>ficial funds. Responsibility<br />
for it rests on us as citizens, not as Government employees. For the<br />
publishers, writers, and editors the book is a non-pr<strong>of</strong>it enterprise.’’ 52<br />
Thus, <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books afforded publishers an opportunity to<br />
promote books beyond rural America and librarians a chance to advocate<br />
federal aid for public library demonstration projects.
415<br />
Published jointly in February 1953 by Houghton Mifflin and the New<br />
American Library, <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books bore little resemblance to<br />
its drab and serious forerunner. With lively drawings by Robert Osborn<br />
throughout, the volume seemed to embody the advice from Wieting’s<br />
conference work group: ‘‘Reading should be fun, not a chore.’’ 53 In vivid<br />
contrast to the Extension Service circular, it was bound in red and yellow<br />
cloth and decorated with an Osborn drawing <strong>of</strong> an open book with arms<br />
and legs extended and a huge smile. <strong>The</strong> message was unmistakable:<br />
books are your friends, reading is fun. <strong>The</strong> smiling book greeted the<br />
reader on the title page as well. <strong>The</strong> table <strong>of</strong> contents continued the<br />
same friendly tone: Books Are Friends, <strong>The</strong> Pleasures <strong>of</strong> Reading, Reading<br />
Among Friends.<br />
<strong>The</strong> new volume retained a core <strong>of</strong> selections by conference participants,<br />
opening with Smith’s address on ‘‘Our Reading Heritage’’ and an<br />
<strong>of</strong>fering by Robert West Howard. Almost every section included something<br />
from the conference: Margaret Scoggin on reading for teenagers,<br />
Richard Crohn <strong>of</strong> the New American Library on ‘‘Good Reading for<br />
the Millions,’’ ABPC president John O’Connor on the publishing industry,<br />
Sanford Cobb <strong>of</strong> Sears, Roebuck on getting books by mail, Ruth<br />
Gagliardo <strong>of</strong> the PTA on ‘‘Parents, Teachers, and Libraries.’’ <strong>The</strong> section<br />
‘‘City and Country’’ featured remarks by Caroline Sherman <strong>of</strong> the Bureau<br />
<strong>of</strong> Agricultural Economics, Woodward’s keynote address, Wieting<br />
on the Ohio Plan, and another selection by Howard. Stefferud did not<br />
include, however, Robert Leigh’s presentation on the Public Library Inquiry,<br />
thus omitting the idea that the public library was to serve the<br />
reading needs <strong>of</strong> influential members <strong>of</strong> society. <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong><br />
Books provided tools so that everyone could make use <strong>of</strong> libraries and<br />
enjoy the pleasures <strong>of</strong> reading.<br />
<strong>The</strong> materials added by Stefferud were also telling. Much <strong>of</strong> the discussion<br />
at the conference had been critical <strong>of</strong> the quality <strong>of</strong> public library<br />
service, particularly in rural areas, but government sponsorship precluded<br />
calls for federal aid to libraries. Free <strong>of</strong> governmental constraints,<br />
Stefferud added a major section, ‘‘Libraries Are For You.’’ Chapters on<br />
the USDA library and the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress demonstrated ways in<br />
which the federal government was already involved in libraries. <strong>The</strong> ALA,<br />
which had helped plan the conference but played a backstage role at the<br />
meeting itself, was strongly represented. Helen Geer contributed ‘‘ALA’s<br />
Seventy-Five Years <strong>of</strong> Service’’; Margie Malmberg, a member <strong>of</strong> the conference<br />
advisory committee, recounted ‘‘How Our Libraries Developed’’;<br />
ALA president Fyan added ‘‘Your State Library Belongs to You.’’ Harry<br />
Lydenberg, <strong>of</strong> the New York Public Library, described library work as a<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>ession; Beatrice Russell told how to start a public library; and<br />
Gretchen Schenk explained the financing <strong>of</strong> small libraries. Each
416 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
reiterated the need for coordinated, well-funded libraries staffed by pr<strong>of</strong>essionals.<br />
Three chapters, including ‘‘We Need a Library!’’ by Winona<br />
Wheelock Sparks, advocated rural bookmobiles. Stefferud even included<br />
a chapter by Alabama Senator Lister Hill. A supporter <strong>of</strong> federal aid for<br />
library demonstration projects, Hill had introduced a bill in the Senate<br />
in 1946 to match Douglas’s bill in the House. His article, ‘‘Freedom and<br />
Responsibility,’’ called on publishers to recognize their role as instruments<br />
<strong>of</strong> education. 54<br />
Just as <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books served the interests <strong>of</strong> librarians<br />
in promoting federal library legislation, it served the interests <strong>of</strong> publishers<br />
in promoting books and reading to the widest possible audience.<br />
Just as it added contributions that bolstered the case for the Library<br />
Services Bill, it added representatives <strong>of</strong> the mass media to extend the<br />
reach <strong>of</strong> publishers. <strong>The</strong>se additions suggested two things relevant to<br />
both librarians and publishers: that new communication media might be<br />
used to encourage reading and that mass market techniques might be<br />
used to promote serious and important works.<br />
Again the volume used a light-hearted approach to make its case.<br />
Opening the section ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Pleasures <strong>of</strong> Reading,’’ Bennett Cerf contributed<br />
a chapter, ‘‘It’s Fun to Read.’’ Pioneering editor <strong>of</strong> the Modern<br />
Library, as well as a popular writer and radio personality, Cerf described<br />
the most unfortunate people in the world as ‘‘those who have never<br />
learned the soul-satisfying pleasure <strong>of</strong> reading good books.’’ 55 Like Cerf,<br />
contributor Gilbert Highet combined a serious interest in literature with<br />
efforts to reach a broad popular audience. Pr<strong>of</strong>essor <strong>of</strong> Latin at Columbia<br />
<strong>University</strong> and author <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Classical Tradition, Highet was more widely<br />
known for his radio broadcasts sponsored by Oxford <strong>University</strong> Press. 56<br />
He was represented in <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books by two <strong>of</strong> his radio<br />
talks, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Historian’s Job’’ and ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Making <strong>of</strong> Literature.’’ Indeed,<br />
just as Highet’s radio talks made perfect chapters in Stefferud’s anthology,<br />
the book itself resembled radio programming: fast-paced, short presentations,<br />
direct, congenial, informative and non-threatening. <strong>The</strong><br />
Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books not only promoted the reading <strong>of</strong> books through<br />
mass market techniques, but used the nonprint format as a model to<br />
make itself agreeable and accessible to the broadest possible audience.<br />
Beginning with an article in November 1952, <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong><br />
Books was mentioned frequently in Publishers’ Weekly as the centerpiece <strong>of</strong><br />
an industry-wide promotion for the following spring.<br />
What promises to be the biggest promotion <strong>of</strong> the book business<br />
ever staged is in the planning stage these days, aimed for a nationwide<br />
launching on February 25. Highlight <strong>of</strong> the promotion and<br />
focal point about which it all hinges is ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong>
Books’’ a collection <strong>of</strong> reading for pleasure, pr<strong>of</strong>it and inspiration,<br />
written by leading educators, librarians, publishers, authors, booksellers<br />
and farm leaders.<br />
417<br />
Scheduled to appear simultaneously in clothbound and paperback<br />
editions,<br />
<strong>The</strong> book will be sold at bookstores and newsstands in this country<br />
and abroad and will be backed by an industry-wide promotion program<br />
rivaling if not actually exceeding anything <strong>of</strong> its kind ever<br />
done before. All pr<strong>of</strong>its from the sale <strong>of</strong> both editions will be turned<br />
back into advertising, promotion and publicity for the book. 57<br />
An article in the 10 January 1953 <strong>issue</strong> <strong>of</strong> Publishers’ Weekly entitled ‘‘<strong>The</strong><br />
Widespread Promotion for ‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books’’’ detailed<br />
plans for the advertising campaign. Publishers had prepared 100,000 circulars<br />
for trade and organizational promotion and a special circular for<br />
bookstore use. Each featured Robert Osborn drawings and pictured the<br />
cover <strong>of</strong> the paperback edition with the text:<br />
This is a book that can change your life and the lives <strong>of</strong> those<br />
around you. With its help you can win greater success and happiness,<br />
benefit from the world’s wisdom and knowledge, explore fascinating<br />
realms <strong>of</strong> adventure and entertainment and make valued<br />
new friends—all through the magic <strong>of</strong> reading. 58<br />
Facing pages in the same <strong>issue</strong> <strong>of</strong> Publishers’ Weekly, again with Osborn<br />
drawings, featured suggestions for book projects from the ‘‘Things To<br />
Do’’ section <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books. 59<br />
<strong>The</strong> planned publication in simultaneous clothbound and paperback<br />
editions attracted wide attention. Much <strong>of</strong> the postwar concern about<br />
the availability <strong>of</strong> sexually explicit material had focused on the enormous<br />
sale <strong>of</strong> paperback books, or quarter books, particularly those sold on<br />
newsstands. <strong>The</strong> publishing industry had been intensely criticized for<br />
exploiting this market with lurid covers even on the most stolid literary<br />
classics. In December 1952 the Gathings Committee, specially constituted<br />
by the House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, had looked into the dangerous<br />
influence <strong>of</strong> these cheap, readily available publications. 60 Although the<br />
committee’s final report did not call for stricter censorship laws, the<br />
publicity surrounding the hearings spotlighted the darker side <strong>of</strong> book<br />
merchandising.<br />
In contrast the appearance <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books in a $.35<br />
edition highlighted the benign, respectable aspect <strong>of</strong> the paperback
418 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
trade. <strong>The</strong> New American Library stressed this respectability in Publishers’<br />
Weekly ads showing how its Signet and Mentor series made available<br />
at a low cost to large audiences such indisputably worthwhile works as<br />
Edith Hamilton’s Mythology 61 and Albert Schweitzer’s Out <strong>of</strong> My Life and<br />
Thought. 62 <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books appeared in two <strong>of</strong> these ads. One,<br />
in the 17 January 1953 <strong>issue</strong>, featured what the NAL considered its own<br />
list <strong>of</strong> ‘‘ten Signet and Mentor Books published during 1952 which illuminate<br />
aspects <strong>of</strong> the New American Library’s publishing program that<br />
have particular significance to booksellers, librarians, publishers and authors.’’<br />
Along with a dramatic version <strong>of</strong> Erskine Caldwell’s Tobacco Road,<br />
science fiction by Robert Heinlein, and <strong>The</strong> Seven Storey Mountain by<br />
Thomas Merton was <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Non-Pr<strong>of</strong>it Book<br />
<strong>of</strong> Any Year,’’ listed tenth, although it had not yet been published. 63 <strong>The</strong><br />
ad for 31 January 1953 began, ‘‘When publishers, booksellers, librarians,<br />
educators and the government all get together to promote a book—that’s<br />
news.’’ It ended:<br />
We hope you will read THE WONDERFUL WORLD OF BOOKS<br />
and then sell it, recommend it or even give it away. Because we<br />
wager that anyone who reads a copy <strong>of</strong> THE WONDERFUL<br />
WORLD OF BOOKS will be powerless to resist the impulse to go<br />
out and read, buy and give away many more books by many more<br />
authors. And that, we believe, is one <strong>of</strong> the noblest impulses <strong>of</strong><br />
them all! 64<br />
Writing in <strong>The</strong> Saturday Review, Aaron Sussman linked the work <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Gathings Committee with the publication <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books.<br />
‘‘While Congress was indulging itself with its own special brand <strong>of</strong> book<br />
burning, another committee, no less powerful, but wiser, more tolerant,<br />
and infinitely wittier, was proving that books are one <strong>of</strong> the seven pleasures<br />
and that great things are done by devotion to one idea. <strong>The</strong> idea,<br />
in this case, was to do something to encourage more people to read.’’ After a<br />
glowing review, Sussman concluded,<br />
To say that ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books’’ is a book worth owning<br />
is like saying that life is worth living. It can’t be much <strong>of</strong> a life,<br />
however, unless books are involved. If you want the news and gossip,<br />
the art and science, the strategy and tactics <strong>of</strong> books and reading,<br />
this is your book. It’s worth much more than twice what you’ll<br />
pay for it, so get two copies, one for a friend. 65<br />
Organizations that had participated in the Conference on Rural Reading<br />
featured <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books in their publications. Publishers’
419<br />
Weekly for 10 January 1953 included Wieting’s ‘‘A Farmer Looks at Reading,’’<br />
which described a follow-up rural reading conference held in Ohio<br />
in March 1952. 66 <strong>The</strong> February 1953 Bulletin <strong>of</strong> the ALA reprinted<br />
Smith’s talk, ‘‘Our Reading Heritage.’’ 67 <strong>The</strong> English Journal ran a boxed<br />
ad for <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books: ‘‘This book can change the lives <strong>of</strong><br />
your students . . . Endorsed and sold by the National Council <strong>of</strong> Teachers<br />
<strong>of</strong> English.’’ 68 A review in a later <strong>issue</strong> strongly recommended it. 69<br />
<strong>The</strong> Sears catalogs for spring and fall 1953 <strong>of</strong>fered both the clothbound<br />
and paper editions to its mail-order customers:<br />
<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books . . . [ellipses in text] can help you<br />
win greater success and happiness, benefit from the treasures <strong>of</strong><br />
the world’s wisdom and knowledge. Friendly and stimulating guide<br />
to the rewards <strong>of</strong> reading. ...Tells how to find the right book,<br />
how to find time to read, how to read intelligently. Illustrated. 70<br />
<strong>The</strong> ad recalled Cobb’s concern that people feared books and the people<br />
who worked with them. <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, with its friendly tone<br />
and cheery illustrations, promised to dispel those fears. <strong>The</strong> People’s Choice,<br />
newsletter <strong>of</strong> the People’s Book Club, ran a two-page feature on the book<br />
and enclosed a prepaid order card. 71<br />
While publishers used <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books to promote reading<br />
and book sales, supporters <strong>of</strong> federal aid for library services used the<br />
occasion to promote federal library legislation. On 20 January 1953 Congressman<br />
George Miller <strong>of</strong> California described the book in remarks to<br />
the House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, later printed in the Congressional Record.<br />
Noting the origins <strong>of</strong> the book in the Conference on Rural Reading,<br />
Miller praised the cooperative effort ‘‘among the individuals and organizations<br />
<strong>of</strong> our country which are most concerned with education in its<br />
broadest sense.’’ He reported that an entire section <strong>of</strong> the book was<br />
devoted to organizing reading programs and to using and improving local<br />
library facilities, pointing out the contributions <strong>of</strong> T. V. Smith and Senator<br />
Lister Hill. 72<br />
Arranging to hold a reception at the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress to mark the<br />
publication <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, Robert Frase, Washington<br />
representative <strong>of</strong> the American Book Publishers Council, furthered its<br />
political aspect. Recalling the early involvement <strong>of</strong> the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress<br />
in the Conference on Rural Reading, Frase wrote Luther Evans on<br />
22 January 1953, asking if the library might host the celebration:<br />
Verner Clapp was kind enough to say that the American Library<br />
Association and we might use the Whittal Pavilion on February<br />
25th, the publication date <strong>of</strong> THE WONDERFUL WORLD OF
420 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
BOOKS, for a reception to mark that occasion. I wonder whether<br />
you would care to join in issuing the invitation since the Library <strong>of</strong><br />
Congress was involved in the Rural Reading Conference from<br />
which the book emerged and since the reception was to be held in<br />
the library. 73<br />
In a letter dated 29 January 1953, Evans agreed. 74<br />
In a sense, the reception reconvened the Conference on Rural Reading.<br />
<strong>The</strong> invitation drafted by Frase read,<br />
To mark the publication <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, edited<br />
by Alfred Stefferud, A guide to the wealth <strong>of</strong> our literary heritage<br />
sponsored as a public service by several national organizations as<br />
a sequel to the National Conference on Rural Reading, 1951, the<br />
Librarian <strong>of</strong> Congress, the American Library Association [and] the<br />
American Book Publishers Council cordially invite [blank space to<br />
fill in name] to a reception on Wednesday, February 25th, 1953,<br />
the Whittal Pavilion, Library <strong>of</strong> Congress, Washington, D.C.<br />
Invitations were sent to conference sponsors, organizers, speakers, and<br />
participants, contributors to <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, and members<br />
<strong>of</strong> the press. In addition, the guest list included congressmen and senators<br />
from committees that might consider library legislation. 75<br />
In its feature, ‘‘From Day to Day in the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress,’’ the LC<br />
<strong>Information</strong> Bulletin <strong>of</strong> 2 March 1953 reported that more than two hundred<br />
people had attended the event. Distinguished guests included Senators<br />
<strong>The</strong>odore Francis Green (Rhode Island) and Lister Hill, and Representatives<br />
Richard Bolling (Missouri), Joseph Bryson (South Carolina),<br />
George Miller, Olin Teague (Texas), and Emanuel Celler (New York). 76<br />
A member <strong>of</strong> the Gathings Committee, Celler had <strong>file</strong>d a minority report,<br />
dissenting from its findings, and had sponsored copyright legislation<br />
<strong>of</strong> interest to both librarians and publishers.<br />
On 18 March Senator George Aiken <strong>of</strong> Vermont introduced another<br />
library services bill in the Senate. 77 Explicitly directed to rural areas, the<br />
bill called for $40,000 for each state for five years to support library<br />
demonstration projects. Additional money would be distributed according<br />
to a state’s rural population and per capita income. In April Carey<br />
McWilliams, editor <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Nation, invited Luther Evans to write an article<br />
on the need for expanded library services. 78 Evans declined. In a letter<br />
to McWilliams dated 5 May 1953, he wrote, ‘‘I have testified in Committee<br />
for it in the past and will be glad to do so again. I have not felt<br />
free, however, to campaign for it in other ways. Hence, it would not be<br />
possible for me to write anything for publication. I am sorry.’’ 79 By host-
421<br />
ing the reception for <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, Evans had already done<br />
his share in promoting books and reading for rural America.<br />
As its planners had hoped, publication <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books<br />
prompted numerous and varied celebrations <strong>of</strong> reading. But the nature<br />
<strong>of</strong> these events reinforced the transformation <strong>of</strong> the Conference on Rural<br />
Reading to a nationwide promotion <strong>of</strong> books by New York–based publishers<br />
using mass market appeals and nonprint media to attract readers.<br />
<strong>The</strong> promotional campaign suggested again the irony <strong>of</strong> holding a conference<br />
on rural reading when the future <strong>of</strong> rural life and the role <strong>of</strong> the<br />
book were both threatened by seemingly irreversible changes in American<br />
life. At the same time, the very success <strong>of</strong> these efforts demonstrated<br />
the way in which new means <strong>of</strong> communication could be used to promote<br />
serious reading and the consideration <strong>of</strong> important <strong>issue</strong>s.<br />
<strong>The</strong> New York Public Library used <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books as the<br />
centerpiece <strong>of</strong> exhibits in nearly all its branches and subbranches starting<br />
with the book’s publication on 25 February and running through<br />
March. In a 10 December 1952 letter to ALA executive director David<br />
Clift, John MacKenzie Cory, Chief <strong>of</strong> Circulation, outlined the library’s<br />
plans:<br />
<strong>The</strong> smaller sub-branches will have table displays <strong>of</strong> the book itself<br />
both in the bound and unbound editions; the medium sized<br />
branches will have one to three display panels dealing with the<br />
book and the large branches will have more extensive displays including<br />
related books on sub-topics chosen from the sub-headings<br />
in the books themselves. We will be ordering several hundred copies<br />
<strong>of</strong> the bound edition so that there will be copies available both<br />
for exhibition and immediate loan, and we will be buying at least<br />
l000 copies <strong>of</strong> the unbound edition. 80<br />
Mounted on peg-board, a typical exhibit featured copies <strong>of</strong> the book and<br />
an Osborn drawing <strong>of</strong> a happy reader.<br />
Similarly, a lecture series <strong>of</strong>fered by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago on<br />
‘‘Who Reads What—American Reading and Writing in 1953’’ reflected<br />
the promotion’s distance from the agricultural origins <strong>of</strong> the conference.<br />
81 Like the country’s own move from country to city, the conference<br />
theme migrated from the campuses <strong>of</strong> state agricultural colleges to the<br />
urban home <strong>of</strong> Robert Hutchins and the Great Books movement. <strong>The</strong><br />
Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books did, in fact, include a chapter on the Great Books<br />
by Charles F. Strubbe Jr., president <strong>of</strong> the Great Books Foundation,<br />
which had not been represented at the conference. 82 <strong>The</strong> lecture series,<br />
sponsored jointly by the <strong>University</strong> College and the Women’s National<br />
Book Association, began with a discussion <strong>of</strong> ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Book and TV’’ by
422 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
George Heineman <strong>of</strong> NBC-TV, examined ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Crisis in American Fiction’’<br />
and ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Place <strong>of</strong> Science Fiction in Society,’’ and concluded with<br />
conference participant Richard J. Chron <strong>of</strong> the New American Library<br />
considering ‘‘Democracy’s Library—Paper-bound Books.’’ 83<br />
A radio series, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Festival <strong>of</strong> Books,’’ broadcast over New York<br />
City’s municipal station WNYC further demonstrated the urban nature<br />
<strong>of</strong> the promotional campaign. An endeavor <strong>of</strong> the Committee on Reading<br />
Development <strong>of</strong> the American Book Publishers Council, the program<br />
reflected the same participation by publishers, booksellers, and librarians,<br />
but lacked the rural focus <strong>of</strong> other ABPC projects. Originally modeled<br />
on WNYC’s art and music festivals, by the time <strong>of</strong> the broadcast,<br />
from 29 March to 4 April, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Festival <strong>of</strong> Books’’ featured programs<br />
and speakers drawn from <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books. 84 Listeners could<br />
write to the station for a free copy.<br />
Like the book, these programs adopted a celebratory air to promote<br />
serious concerns and popular enjoyment. Panels <strong>of</strong> experts considered<br />
inspirational reading, discussed how to read better and faster, and examined<br />
the work <strong>of</strong> book reviewers. Listeners could learn more about<br />
creative writing, book designing, paperbound books, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Making <strong>of</strong> a<br />
Poem,’’ and ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Excitement <strong>of</strong> Editing.’’ Bennett Cerf explored ‘‘<strong>The</strong><br />
Pleasures <strong>of</strong> Publishing,’’ while Gilbert Highet appeared twice to consider<br />
‘‘How to Survive 2000 Years’’ and ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Biography <strong>of</strong> Books.’’ Despite<br />
its festive air, however, the series did not shy away from the serious,<br />
important, or controversial. Former Librarian <strong>of</strong> Congress and National<br />
Book Award winner Archibald MacLeish recited his poem ‘‘Act 5.’’ Actors<br />
Frederic March and Florence Eldridge presented readings originally<br />
given at the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress. Judge Curtis Bok, author <strong>of</strong> a widely<br />
cited decision in a Philadelphia censorship case, discussed the freedom<br />
to read. Novelist Sterling North commented on book-burning. A panel<br />
considered the works <strong>of</strong> contemporary Negro authors. 85<br />
In response to the series, WNYC received more than four thousand<br />
pieces <strong>of</strong> overwhelmingly enthusiastic mail. Many requested copies <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong><br />
Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books for use in classrooms. Others praised its approach.<br />
One listener wrote, ‘‘I expected it to be something like INVI-<br />
TATION TO LEARNING, which is beyond me, but this is just the right<br />
key.’’ 86 In many cases, the serious nature <strong>of</strong> the programs was appealing.<br />
An older listener wrote, ‘‘Tho I’m nearing 75, I enjoyed Tennessee<br />
Williams’s reading. U-0-2 repeat it when U have a bigger listening audience.’’<br />
87 Another reported that the discussion <strong>of</strong> Negro writing ‘‘made<br />
me set up and take notice, so to speak. Revealing is the word.’’ 88 Commenting<br />
on the same program, a more critical listener recalled an observation<br />
by one <strong>of</strong> the panelists that ‘‘reaching the Negro market and<br />
the American market in general was difficult, and that there were not
423<br />
too many bookstores in the U.S. outside <strong>of</strong> the large towns.’’ This listener’s<br />
questions echoed the very concerns <strong>of</strong> the Conference on Rural<br />
Reading. ‘‘What and how much does America read? So next year why<br />
not broaden the geographical area a little?’’ 89<br />
Indeed, what had grown to a nationwide campaign to promote books<br />
and libraries had its roots in a conference to address concerns about the<br />
availability <strong>of</strong> books in rural America. Underlying the challenges identified<br />
by conference planners as unique to rural communities were <strong>issue</strong>s<br />
which transcended geography. <strong>The</strong> transformation <strong>of</strong> rural life reflected<br />
changes in the nation as a whole: the advent <strong>of</strong> new technology which<br />
speeded migration from farm to city, the impact <strong>of</strong> new means <strong>of</strong> communication<br />
which created a mass market for books but diminished time<br />
for reading. <strong>The</strong> Conference on Rural Reading and the publication <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books mirrored these changes: the shift from rural<br />
to national concerns, from specialized to mass audience, from books to<br />
nonprint media. Emphasizing the needs <strong>of</strong> rural America, librarians<br />
sought to improve local library service through federal aid. Seeking a<br />
market for books in rural America, publishers launched a promotional<br />
campaign using the tools <strong>of</strong> mass communication to reach a national<br />
audience. Librarians and publishers alike used the needs <strong>of</strong> rural America<br />
and the symbols <strong>of</strong> the nation’s agrarian past to create enthusiasm<br />
and support for libraries and books that reached far beyond the farm<br />
origins <strong>of</strong> the Conference on Rural Reading.<br />
Notes<br />
<strong>The</strong> author gratefully acknowledges grants from the National Endowment for<br />
the Humanities and <strong>The</strong> Catholic <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> America which helped support<br />
the research for this article.<br />
1. Heywood to Schmidt, 14 November 1951, National 4-H Council Resource<br />
Center, Meetings-Conferences-Rural Reading File. Hereafter cited as Meetings<br />
File. <strong>The</strong> author wishes to thank Elsie J. Carper at the National 4-H Council for<br />
her assistance in locating this letter and other conference-related material.<br />
2. ‘‘ALA Liaison Committee Meets with Publishers,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 158<br />
(11 November 1950): 2137.<br />
3. ‘‘Rural Agents Welcome Council’s Plan to Stimulate Home Reading Demand,’’<br />
Publishers’ Weekly 158 (16 December 1950): 2488–9.<br />
4. Wilson [to invitees], 4 September 1951, Meetings File.<br />
5. Carl Woodward, ‘‘Reading and Rural Life,’’ in Report on Conference on Rural<br />
Reading, September 24– 26, 1951, Washington, D.C. (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Agriculture, 1952), 3. (Extension Service Circular No. 472—March<br />
1952.) Hereafter cited as Rural Reading.<br />
6. Ibid., 6.<br />
7. A. Whitney Griswold, Farming and Democracy (New York: Harcourt, Brace,<br />
1948), 5.<br />
8. Ibid., viii.
424 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
9. Louis Round Wilson, <strong>The</strong> Geography <strong>of</strong> Reading (Chicago: <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago<br />
Press, 1938).<br />
10. ‘‘Books Unavailable to Residents <strong>of</strong> 67% <strong>of</strong> Small Towns; Survey Shows,’’<br />
<strong>The</strong> American Press 67 (December 1948): 14–5.<br />
11. Carlton B. Joeckel and Amy Winslow, A National Plan for Library Service<br />
(Chicago: American Library Association, 1948), 34.<br />
12. Ibid., 19.<br />
13. ‘‘Farm Census at New Low,’’ New York Times, 19 July 1951, 25.<br />
14. M. L. Wilson, ‘‘Introductory Remarks,’’ in Rural Reading, [n.p.].<br />
15. U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Agriculture Library, Rural Reading List (Washington,<br />
D.C.: 1947), 1. (Library List No. 39.)<br />
16. Ibid., 20–1.<br />
17. C. Maurice Wieting, ‘‘What Ohio Farmers Read and Why,’’ in Rural Reading,<br />
12. See also ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Ohio Project Studies Farm Markets for Books,’’ Publishers’<br />
Weekly 155 (12 March 1949): 1231–2.<br />
18. Robert West Howard, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Farmer and the Book,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 155<br />
(12 March 1949): 1235–9.<br />
19. A. L. McNeal, ‘‘Reading in Rural Communities in Tennessee,’’ in Rural<br />
Reading, 10–1.<br />
20. Rural Library Service (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Agriculture,<br />
1949), 27. (Farmers’ Bulletin No. 1847.)<br />
21. Emily Taft Douglas, ‘‘Library Demonstration Bill, Speech in the House <strong>of</strong><br />
Representatives, March 12, 1946,’’ [broadside] (Washington, D.C.: Government<br />
Printing Office, 1946).<br />
22. Wilson, ‘‘Introductory Remarks,’’ 2.<br />
23. Gilbert Seldes, <strong>The</strong> Great Audience (New York: Viking Press, 1950).<br />
24. Robert West Howard, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Billion Dollar Furrow,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 153<br />
(22 May 1948): 2121.<br />
25. Robert West Howard, ‘‘Green Grow the Books—Oh!’’ Publishers’ Weekly 160<br />
(22 September 1951): 1313.<br />
26. William Miller, <strong>The</strong> Book Industry (New York: Columbia <strong>University</strong> Press,<br />
1949), 109.<br />
27. Sanford Cobb, ‘‘Panel Discussion on Availability and Distribution <strong>of</strong> Reading<br />
Materials through Commercial Channels,’’ in Rural Reading, 23.<br />
28. Ibid.<br />
29. ‘‘People’s Books Club Announced in Sears Catalog,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 144<br />
(17 July 1943): 188–9. See also Sears Catalog Fall/Winter 1943 (Chicago: Sears,<br />
Roebuck and Co., 1943), 596A–96D. <strong>The</strong> author wishes to thank Vicki Cwiok,<br />
Archivist, Sears, Roebuck and Co., for her assistance in locating information on<br />
the People’s Book Club.<br />
30. ‘‘People’s Book Club Circulation Analyzed,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 145 (13 May<br />
1944): 1841–2.<br />
31. Cobb, ‘‘Panel Discussion,’’ 24.<br />
32. Ibid.<br />
33. Margaret C. Scoggin, ‘‘Books and Young People,’’ in Rural Reading, 27–8.<br />
34. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem I, Topic A, in Rural Reading, 43.<br />
35. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem II, Topic A, in Rural Reading, 45.<br />
36. Ibid., 46.<br />
37. Ibid.<br />
38. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem I, Topic A, in Rural Reading, 44.<br />
39. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem II, Topic A, in Rural Reading, 47.
425<br />
40. Woodward, ‘‘Reading and Rural Life,’’ 5–6.<br />
41. Mary Switzer, ‘‘Panel Discussion on Availability and Distribution <strong>of</strong> Reading<br />
Materials through Commercial Channels,’’ in Rural Reading, 25.<br />
42. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem I, Topic C, in Rural Reading, 45.<br />
43. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem II , Topic B, in Rural Reading, 47.<br />
44. T. V. Smith, ‘‘Our Reading Heritage,’’ in Rural Reading, 41–2.<br />
45. Heywood to Order Department <strong>of</strong> Minneapolis Public Library, 30 October<br />
1952, Meetings File.<br />
46. Mileham to Tucker, 24 January 1952, Meetings File.<br />
47. Heywood to Members <strong>of</strong> the Planning Committee for Conference on Rural<br />
Reading, 10 September 1951, Meetings File.<br />
48. Foreword, Rural Reading, [n.p.].<br />
49. Howard, ‘‘Billion Dollar Furrow,’’ 2152.<br />
50. Alfred Stefferud (ed.), <strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books (Boston: Houghton<br />
Mifflin, 1953), 13. Hereafter cited as Wonderful World.<br />
51. Ibid., [5].<br />
52. Ibid., 15.<br />
53. Report <strong>of</strong> Work Group on Problem II, Topic B, in Rural Reading, 47.<br />
54. Lister Hill, ‘‘Freedom and Responsibility,’’ in Wonderful World, 212–4. Hill’s<br />
article was reprinted as ‘‘Freedom and Responsibility in Publishing,’’ Publishers’<br />
Weekly 163 (10 January 1953), 123–4.<br />
55. Cerf, ‘‘It’s Fun to Read,’’ in Wonderful World, 24–6.<br />
56. ‘‘Summary <strong>of</strong> Events and Trends, 1952, in the American Book Trade,’’<br />
Publishers’ Weekly 163 (24 January 1953): 275. Pictured was a published collection<br />
<strong>of</strong> Highet’s broadcasts, People, Places, and Books (New York: Oxford <strong>University</strong><br />
Press, 1952).<br />
57. ‘‘Industry-Wide Promotion Planned for Spring ’53,’’ Publishers’ Weekly<br />
162 (29 November 1952): 2163–4. See also [Frederic G. Melcher], ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Promotion<br />
<strong>of</strong> Reading Will Be Vigorous in 1953,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163 (10 January<br />
1953): 133.<br />
58. ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Widespread Promotion for ‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books,’’’ Publishers’<br />
Weekly 163 (10 January 1953): 112–3.<br />
59. ‘‘Suggestions for Book Projects From ‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books,’’’<br />
Publishers’ Weekly 163 (10 January 1953): 114–5.<br />
60. House Select Committee on Current Pornographic Materials, Investigation<br />
<strong>of</strong> Literature Allegedly Containing Objectionable Material, 82d Cong., 2d sess.,<br />
1953.<br />
61. ‘‘Classic Taste,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163 (30 May 1953): 2227.<br />
62. ‘‘Albert Schweitzer and the Mentor Goal,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163 (28 February<br />
1953): 1093.<br />
63. ‘‘Strictly Personal,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163 (17 January 1953): 215.<br />
64. ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163 (31 January 1953):<br />
551.<br />
65. Aaron Sussman, ‘‘Brief for the Book,’’ <strong>The</strong> Saturday Review 36 (14 February<br />
1953): 20.<br />
66. C. Maurice Wieting, ‘‘A Farmer Looks at Reading,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163<br />
(10 January 1953): 116–23.<br />
67. T. V. Smith, ‘‘Our Reading Heritage,’’ in Wonderful World, 17–20; T. V.<br />
Smith, ‘‘Our Reading Heritage,’’ ALA Bulletin 47 (February 1953): 56, 73, 75.<br />
68. [Ad] English Journal 42 (March 1953): 180.<br />
69. [Review] English Journal 42 (May 1953): 287.
426 L&C/Rural Readers<br />
70. Sears Catalog Spring 1953 (Chicago: Sears, Roebuck and Co: 1953), 503;<br />
Sears Catalog Fall 1953 (Chicago: Sears, Roebuck and Co.: 1953), 595.<br />
71. <strong>The</strong> Peoples Choice 10 (5) [n.p.].<br />
72. House <strong>of</strong> Representatives, Rep. George Miller, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Wonderful World <strong>of</strong><br />
Books,’’ 82nd Cong., 2d sess., Congressional Record (29 January 1953), 650.<br />
73. Frase to Evans, 22 January 1953, Library <strong>of</strong> Congress Archives, Central<br />
File, MacLeish-Evans, Container 868, Library Cooperation Folder 14-1. Hereafter<br />
cited as Library Cooperation Folder.<br />
74. Evans to Frase, 29 January 1953, Library Cooperation Folder.<br />
75. Dudley to Evans, 12 February 1953, Library Cooperation Folder. <strong>The</strong> author<br />
wishes to thank Robert Frase for his enthusiastic support <strong>of</strong> research into<br />
this event.<br />
76. ‘‘From Day to Day in the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress,’’ Library <strong>of</strong> Congress <strong>Information</strong><br />
Bulletin 12 (2 March 1953): 9.<br />
77. ‘‘Library Services Bill Reintroduced in Senate,’’ Publisher’s Weekly 163 (28<br />
March 1953): 1431.<br />
78. McWilliams to Evans, 27 April 1953, Library Cooperation Folder.<br />
79. Evans to McWilliams, 5 May 1953, Library Cooperation Folder.<br />
80. Cory to Clift, 10 December 1952, New York Public Library Archives, RG<br />
6 Director’s Office, General Files, 1934–1954, Box 30, <strong>file</strong> NYPL CD Exhibitions.<br />
81. ‘‘WNBA Co-Sponsors Talks on American Reading,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 163<br />
(24 January 1953): 293–4.<br />
82. Charles F. Strubbe Jr., ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Great Books Program,’’ in Wonderful World,<br />
215–7.<br />
83. <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago Calendar LVII, No. 26, 22 January 1953; No. 28, 5<br />
February 1953; No. 30, 19 February 1953; No. 32, 5 March 1953.<br />
84. ‘‘WNYC to Broadcast Festival <strong>of</strong> Books,’’ Publishers’ Weekly 162 (20 December<br />
1952): 2377.<br />
85. Lucy Johnson, ‘‘Radio Book Festival,’’ New York Times, 29 March 1953, sec.<br />
2, p. 11.<br />
86. ‘‘Comments on WYNC’s First Annual Festival <strong>of</strong> Books, March 29–April<br />
4, 1953,’’ Library Cooperation Folder, 5.<br />
87. Ibid., 8.<br />
88. Ibid., 7.<br />
89. Ibid., 20.
Blazing the Way: <strong>The</strong> WPA Library Service<br />
Demonstration Project in South Carolina<br />
Robert M. Gorman<br />
In 1935 the Works Progress Administration (WPA) began sponsoring<br />
nationwide library demonstration projects designed to encourage the development<br />
<strong>of</strong> library service to underserved populations while simultaneously<br />
providing temporary work for the unemployed. This paper reviews<br />
the WPA’s statewide library program in South Carolina and analyzes the<br />
impact it had on public library development in the state. Prior to the WPA,<br />
South Carolina had no funded state library agency and only three <strong>of</strong> fortysix<br />
counties had countywide library service. Although the statewide library<br />
demonstration project was not entirely successful in all <strong>of</strong> its activities, the<br />
WPA project greatly improved public library conditions in the state. Libraries<br />
were started or expanded, bookmobile service was initiated, and<br />
library service to rural and African-American citizens was enhanced. When<br />
the project ended in 1943, South Carolina had twelve publicly funded<br />
county libraries, one regional library, and a funded state library agency.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Works Progress Administration, later renamed the Work Projects<br />
Administration, was the largest emergency work relief program in the<br />
history <strong>of</strong> the United States. Created by President Franklin Roosevelt in<br />
1935 at the height <strong>of</strong> the Great Depression, the WPA, a program steeped<br />
in controversy from the very beginning, was designed to provide temporary<br />
work for millions <strong>of</strong> Americans left unemployed by the nation’s<br />
economic collapse. Both men and women were employed in hundreds <strong>of</strong><br />
projects ranging from road and building construction to education, art,<br />
and music programs. Of direct benefit to libraries was a series <strong>of</strong> library<br />
demonstration projects sponsored by the WPA. <strong>The</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> these projects<br />
varied from state to state, but most were concerned with extending<br />
library service to rural and other underserved populations and with providing<br />
library workers for clerical, cataloging, indexing, circulation, book<br />
binding and repair, and bookmobile activities. Although small in comparison<br />
to other WPA activities, the library demonstration projects had<br />
an enormous impact on libraries. 1 Perhaps in no case was this truer than<br />
in the South, especially in South Carolina.<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
428 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
<strong>The</strong> South, traditionally one <strong>of</strong> the poorest regions <strong>of</strong> the country, was<br />
devastated by the Great Depression. Referred to by President Roosevelt<br />
as ‘‘the nation’s No. 1 economic problem,’’ the predominantly rural and<br />
agricultural South saw its per capita income decline to $252 in 1933, the<br />
lowest in the nation. <strong>The</strong> economic conditions were aggravated by deep<br />
racial divisions in the region. Nearly two-thirds <strong>of</strong> all African Americans<br />
lived in the South, comprising nearly a third <strong>of</strong> the population <strong>of</strong> the<br />
region. Customs, practices, and laws dictating separate, but not equal,<br />
facilities and services for Blacks and Whites placed additional financial<br />
burdens on an area with very limited economic resources. 2<br />
<strong>The</strong> status <strong>of</strong> libraries in the South reflected these conditions. A 1935<br />
study found that two-thirds <strong>of</strong> the population in the thirteen southern<br />
states had no public library service. Expenditures for southern libraries<br />
averaged eight cents per capita, compared to a national average <strong>of</strong> thirtyseven<br />
cents. Library conditions in South Carolina were among the worst<br />
in the nation. At the beginning <strong>of</strong> the Depression, the state ranked fortysixth<br />
nationally in library development. A 1933 report on South Carolina<br />
libraries revealed that <strong>of</strong> the state’s forty-six counties, only three, Greenville,<br />
Richland (Columbia), and Charleston, had libraries that came even<br />
close to providing countywide service. 3<br />
Service for the state’s African-American citizens was almost nonexistent.<br />
Of the fifty-six public libraries in South Carolina, only four <strong>of</strong>fered<br />
service to Blacks. Although private activities such as the Faith Cabin<br />
library movement, which created a number <strong>of</strong> small libraries comprised<br />
<strong>of</strong> donated books, attempted to address these gross inequalities, only 15<br />
percent <strong>of</strong> the state’s African-American population received any type <strong>of</strong><br />
library service. One critic contended that these library inequities ‘‘nullif[ied]<br />
the Negro’s full civil rights which the Fourteenth Amendment<br />
attempted to guarantee him.’’ 4<br />
As daunting as library conditions were in South Carolina prior to 1935<br />
when the WPA library demonstration project began in the state, there<br />
were some positive signs for the development <strong>of</strong> public library service.<br />
Beginning in 1915 the South Carolina General Assembly passed a series<br />
<strong>of</strong> library acts that eventually enabled the creation <strong>of</strong> countywide and<br />
regional (multicounty) library systems. A related act in 1929 created<br />
the South Carolina State Public Library Association, governed by a<br />
five-member state library board appointed by the governor. South Carolina<br />
was the last <strong>of</strong> the southern states to create such a state library<br />
agency. Sadly, the general assembly did not fund the new agency, the<br />
only southern state other than Alabama not to do so. 5<br />
In 1930 money was secured from a private educational foundation, the<br />
Julius Rosenwald Fund, to hire Parmalee Cheves, a pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarian,<br />
as the first South Carolina state library field agent. Cheves served
429<br />
in this capacity, promoting public library development throughout the<br />
state, until funding ended in March 1932. She worked with Winthrop<br />
College pr<strong>of</strong>essor and library advocate Mary Frayser to conduct a survey<br />
<strong>of</strong> school and public libraries. <strong>The</strong> resulting report provided the first<br />
accurate picture <strong>of</strong> the deplorable status <strong>of</strong> library resources in the state.<br />
This document also served as the basis for future library development. 6<br />
Other events in the state lay the foundation for the significant library<br />
development that would occur under the WPA. In 1929 the Julius<br />
Rosenwald Fund, as part <strong>of</strong> its commitment to educational development<br />
for both Blacks and Whites in the South, funded eleven public library<br />
demonstration projects in seven southern states. <strong>The</strong>se projects were to<br />
extend library service to Black as well as White citizens. Two counties<br />
in South Carolina, Richland (Columbia) and Charleston, received funding<br />
under this project. <strong>The</strong> two projects in South Carolina were <strong>of</strong> limited<br />
success but did demonstrate the need and desire for expanded public<br />
library service in the state and did increase service for African<br />
Americans. 7<br />
Public sentiment in favor <strong>of</strong> public library development in the state<br />
was growing. A Citizens’ Library Association was formed in 1930 to stimulate<br />
interest and support for public libraries. In early 1934 Clemson<br />
College president Dr. E. W. Sikes, the state library board, and the South<br />
Carolina Library Association convened the first Citizen’s Conference to<br />
discuss the status <strong>of</strong> libraries in the state. <strong>The</strong> conferees were unsuccessful<br />
in their primary objective <strong>of</strong> securing public funding for the state<br />
library agency, but they did serve as a core <strong>of</strong> library advocates and<br />
leaders within South Carolina. 8<br />
By 1935, then, the stage was set for a significant improvement in the<br />
status <strong>of</strong> public library service in South Carolina. All that was needed<br />
was a galvanizing force that could provide funds and central leadership.<br />
That force would come from the WPA.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Organization <strong>of</strong> the WPA<br />
Although it was the largest and most significant <strong>of</strong> the New Deal work<br />
relief efforts, the WPA was not the first federal program to impact library<br />
development and extension. Early Roosevelt relief programs such as the<br />
Federal Emergency Relief Administration (FERA), the Civil Works Administration<br />
(CWA), and the Civil Works Service (CWS) provided limited<br />
funding <strong>of</strong> library projects. <strong>The</strong>se hastily planned and executed<br />
programs did not result in significant public library development, but<br />
they established the precedent <strong>of</strong> federal funding <strong>of</strong> library activities.<br />
<strong>The</strong>y paved the way for the WPA, a much better organized and longer
430 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
term program, and aroused the library community to the possibilities <strong>of</strong><br />
federal involvement with libraries. 9<br />
By 1934 it became abundantly clear to many in the Roosevelt administration<br />
that stop-gap work relief programs such as FERA, CWA, and<br />
CWS were insufficient to meet the economic crisis. Many believed public<br />
assistance would need to continue indefinitely. As a result, more durable<br />
solutions had to be found. 10 <strong>The</strong> creation <strong>of</strong> the WPA was a partial answer<br />
to these concerns.<br />
Administratively, the WPA functioned at four levels: the central administration<br />
in Washington, regional <strong>of</strong>fices throughout the nation, state<br />
administrations, and district <strong>of</strong>fices within each state. <strong>The</strong> head <strong>of</strong> the<br />
WPA was the Commissioner <strong>of</strong> Work Projects. Within the central administration<br />
were a number <strong>of</strong> divisions concerned with such WPA operations<br />
as training, employment, construction projects, and service<br />
projects. <strong>The</strong> state <strong>of</strong>fices were responsible for the overall supervision<br />
and administration <strong>of</strong> the WPA program within the state and for securing<br />
federal approval and funding for work projects within the state. <strong>The</strong><br />
state district <strong>of</strong>fices were responsible for direct management and oversight<br />
<strong>of</strong> WPA projects and for working with local sponsors.<br />
All work projects receiving WPA funding had to be formally proposed<br />
and sponsored by a public agency. Although many projects were sponsored<br />
by state agencies, the majority were sponsored by county or city<br />
governments and their agencies. Sponsors agreed to pay a portion <strong>of</strong><br />
project costs and to complete a project if for any reason it was not completed<br />
by the WPA. All completed projects belonged to the sponsor.<br />
<strong>The</strong> National Library Service Program<br />
<strong>The</strong> WPA’s Division <strong>of</strong> Service Projects, originally called the Division<br />
<strong>of</strong> Women’s and Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Projects, was responsible for work projects<br />
employing clerical, pr<strong>of</strong>essional, white-collar, and women workers. <strong>The</strong><br />
national library service project was part <strong>of</strong> this division. Initially, there<br />
was no formal ‘‘unit’’ or ‘‘section,’’ or <strong>of</strong>ficial administrator at the national<br />
level to coordinate and direct library projects under the WPA. <strong>The</strong><br />
WPA did bring in two librarians as temporary advisors on library projects<br />
and sought the advice <strong>of</strong> the American Library Association concerning<br />
activities appropriate for funding. 11 Edward Chapman, who became director<br />
<strong>of</strong> what was to be the Library Service Section, observed that during<br />
this early stage, library projects were ‘‘a multitude <strong>of</strong> separate and unrelated<br />
local projects approved only for the purpose <strong>of</strong> giving employment<br />
to needy people and without specific reference to acceptable<br />
operating plans.’’ 12
431<br />
By 1938 it was apparent that a more defined structure and organization<br />
was needed to better coordinate library activities and to ensure<br />
greater efficiency and effectiveness. In February 1938 the Library Service<br />
Section was set up under the Division <strong>of</strong> Service Projects. Chapman, who<br />
had been the assistant librarian at the Indiana State Library, was appointed<br />
the first, and only, director <strong>of</strong> this section.<br />
<strong>The</strong> primary functions <strong>of</strong> the Library Service Section, according to<br />
Chapman, included ‘‘coordination <strong>of</strong> all WPA project activity in libraries;<br />
the designation <strong>of</strong> governing objectives and policies[;] and the preparation<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>ficial operating instructions and technical procedures.’’<br />
Furthermore, the section’s field services provided a ‘‘supply <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
advice and interpretation <strong>of</strong> administrative requirements to project<br />
supervisors, sponsors and other qualified persons participating in<br />
project operation.’’ 13<br />
Even under this more formalized structure, the various state library<br />
projects remained autonomous. As long as the states met WPA guidelines<br />
and requirements governing employment, expenditures, and related<br />
matters, the states were free to define their own library service<br />
activities. <strong>The</strong> numerous statewide library projects ‘‘adapt[ed] policies<br />
and procedures set forth by the Library Service Section, at the Federal<br />
level,’’ Chapman wrote, ‘‘not as operating controls per se but as uniform<br />
approaches to a common job with common problems and objectives.’’ 14<br />
Library projects funded under the WPA had two overriding and <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
conflicting goals. First and foremost, library projects, as with all WPAfunded<br />
activities, had to provide work for the unemployed. Any gains in<br />
library service achieved as a result <strong>of</strong> these projects, Chapman surmised,<br />
‘‘had to be by-products <strong>of</strong> employing people as a primary function.’’ 15<br />
Over 90 percent <strong>of</strong> the workers, mostly semi-skilled and unskilled laborers,<br />
had to come from the public relief rolls. Only 5 percent <strong>of</strong> all employees<br />
on library projects could be pr<strong>of</strong>essional supervisory personnel<br />
not on relief. 16 Consequently, most workers supplied by the WPA did not<br />
have a formal library education. Even with the on-the-job training provided<br />
by the WPA, these workers would never be able to provide the level<br />
and quality <strong>of</strong> service that could be provided by pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarians.<br />
<strong>The</strong>y were unfamiliar with library operations and untrained in the principles<br />
<strong>of</strong> librarianship. From a library development perspective, this requirement<br />
was one <strong>of</strong> the weakest aspects <strong>of</strong> the WPA library<br />
demonstration project.<br />
After providing employment, the secondary goal <strong>of</strong> the library projects<br />
was to demonstrate ‘‘logical plans <strong>of</strong> service over wide areas to the end<br />
that permanent development, through the stimulation <strong>of</strong> local and state<br />
funds for library service, [would] result.’’ 17 To achieve this end, projects
432 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
were first to extend library services, primarily to rural areas, and then<br />
to enhance existing services and resources. 18<br />
As was the case with the Rosenwald program, WPA library projects<br />
were to be ‘‘demonstration’’ in nature. <strong>The</strong>y were not to be a substitution<br />
for permanent library service funded by local and state sources. Chapman<br />
believed the ‘‘project demonstration unit merely was a device, strictly temporary<br />
in nature, to stimulate local responsibility for the demonstrated<br />
service.’’ 19 Nor were they to compete with existing programs and services.<br />
‘‘<strong>The</strong> statewide service project is a means to an end and not the<br />
end itself. <strong>The</strong>re is no desire on the part <strong>of</strong> the state Works Project [sic]<br />
Administrations,’’ Chapman argued, ‘‘to set up an independent or rival<br />
system <strong>of</strong> service . . .’’ 20<br />
<strong>The</strong> South Carolina Library Service Demonstration Project<br />
<strong>The</strong> heart and soul <strong>of</strong> WPA library activities were the multitude <strong>of</strong><br />
statewide library service demonstration projects throughout the country.<br />
By the end <strong>of</strong> 1939 forty such projects were in operation. Two more came<br />
into existence before the WPA ceased activities in 1943. Only Maine,<br />
Delaware, Utah, Nevada, New Mexico, and Idaho failed to initiate statewide<br />
projects. 21<br />
Although in most cases WPA library project funds were distributed in<br />
proportion to the total population <strong>of</strong> the individual states, South Carolina<br />
actually received far greater project assistance than it would have<br />
received based strictly on its population. 22 This distribution, however, was<br />
not based on the library needs <strong>of</strong> the individual states, with those states<br />
with the most need getting the greater proportion <strong>of</strong> the funding. In<br />
fact, when viewed regionally, the Southeast received only a fourth <strong>of</strong> total<br />
library assistance provided by the WPA, even though more than a third<br />
<strong>of</strong> the nation’s unserved population resided in this region. Based on a<br />
‘‘Suggested Federal Grants’’ for libraries formula developed in 1938, the<br />
Southeast received nearly $5,000,000 less than it should have under<br />
the formula, while the Midwest received over $4,000,000 more, and the<br />
Northeast nearly $2,000,000 more. Although the distribution <strong>of</strong> assistance<br />
was inequitable from a library need perspective, it did reflect the<br />
work relief mission <strong>of</strong> the WPA. Like other WPA projects, assistance<br />
under the library demonstration project was distributed mainly on differences<br />
in population and work relief loads. 23<br />
<strong>The</strong> WPA began operations in South Carolina on 31 August 1935,<br />
when thirty-one projects employing 1,734 persons were initiated under<br />
the direction <strong>of</strong> Lawrence M. Pinckney, South Carolina WPA State Administrator.<br />
Within six months, 36,531 persons were employed on WPA<br />
projects, 96.6 percent <strong>of</strong> whom were from the public relief rolls. 24
433<br />
While most South Carolinians seemed to readily accept WPA assistance<br />
in the state, 25 such was not always the case in other areas <strong>of</strong> the<br />
South. In Georgia, for example, many residents viewed New Deal programs<br />
like the WPA with suspicion, seeing them as a threat to states’<br />
rights and the racial conventions <strong>of</strong> the region. This opposition was most<br />
pronounced during the governorship <strong>of</strong> Eugene Talmadge (1933–1937,<br />
1941–1943), a virulent racist and vocal opponent <strong>of</strong> Franklin Roosevelt.<br />
Even some southern librarians, in spite <strong>of</strong> their philosophical support <strong>of</strong><br />
federal aid, resented the intrusion <strong>of</strong> outsiders into their domains or<br />
feared the new federal library program might somehow damage the<br />
hard-won gains they had so recently achieved in their states. To assuage<br />
these concerns, WPA library <strong>of</strong>ficials attempted to work closely with state<br />
library agencies and with local library leaders. 26<br />
Columbia was the site <strong>of</strong> state headquarters for WPA operations in<br />
South Carolina. Pinckney divided the state into four districts: Charleston,<br />
covering nine counties; Columbia, with fourteen counties; Florence,<br />
encompassing nine counties; and Greenville, comprising fourteen counties.<br />
Each district was supervised by a district manager. Initially, Pinckney<br />
created four divisions within the state <strong>of</strong>fice in the areas <strong>of</strong><br />
operations, finance, employment, and women’s work. Margaret Davies<br />
was appointed head <strong>of</strong> the Women’s and Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Projects Division,<br />
the unit responsible for library and other service and pr<strong>of</strong>essional projects.<br />
Each <strong>of</strong> the district <strong>of</strong>fices also had the same divisions. 27<br />
State library leaders immediately began to lobby for projects under<br />
the WPA. Shortly after her appointment as head <strong>of</strong> the Women’s Division,<br />
Davies was contacted by Fanny Taber, librarian at the Greenville<br />
Public Library and then president <strong>of</strong> the South Carolina Library Association,<br />
about possible WPA funding for library activities. Davies, being<br />
favorably disposed toward the idea, asked Taber to recommend someone<br />
to organize and help initiate library projects throughout the state. Taber<br />
suggested Ida Belle Entrekin, a pr<strong>of</strong>essional member <strong>of</strong> the Greenville<br />
Public Library staff. 28 Entrekin, noted for ‘‘her tact, pr<strong>of</strong>essional ability,<br />
and her sympathy for WPA objectives,’’ 29 traveled throughout the state,<br />
visiting with county leaders and influential citizens and organizing citizens<br />
library organizations. Within six weeks <strong>of</strong> her appointment in the<br />
fall <strong>of</strong> 1935, she had established her <strong>of</strong>fice and laid the foundation for<br />
library projects across the state.<br />
<strong>The</strong> primary goals <strong>of</strong> the library service demonstration project were<br />
established early on, remaining essentially the same throughout the existence<br />
<strong>of</strong> the program. First, according to Entrekin, the project was ‘‘to<br />
extend the service <strong>of</strong> school and public libraries already established.’’<br />
Second, the project was ‘‘to give demonstrations <strong>of</strong> books service in areas<br />
hitherto unprovided for with the expectation that such areas will
434 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
continue the service with adequate financial support.’’ And finally, the<br />
project was ‘‘to crystalize library sentiment in the state and to develop<br />
the individual workers on the projects.’’ 30<br />
Public support on behalf <strong>of</strong> the WPA’s library efforts was essential if<br />
the library service demonstration project was to achieve its most important<br />
goal, the creation <strong>of</strong> permanent, publicly funded county libraries<br />
in South Carolina. ‘‘Thus the purpose <strong>of</strong> the demonstration,’’ Edward<br />
Chapman concluded,<br />
is to so prove the need and value <strong>of</strong> library service to local taxpayers<br />
that at the end <strong>of</strong> the demonstration period they will vote to retain<br />
the demonstrated service as a permanent, local, public utility; the<br />
demonstration is to help people to decide whether or not library<br />
service has a place in their everyday living. 31<br />
To this end, the WPA staff worked tirelessly in arousing public interest<br />
and creating citizens’ library organizations.<br />
Typically, project staff visited the counties to determine whether interest<br />
and support existed for new or expanded library service. Local<br />
librarians, organizations, and other interested individuals were contacted.<br />
If there was interest in a project, a sponsor was found and plans<br />
were developed. All WPA-funded projects had to have public sponsors<br />
who agreed to share some <strong>of</strong> the costs involved. Since South Carolina<br />
lacked a funded state library agency, local county boards <strong>of</strong> education<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten sponsored the projects under the authority <strong>of</strong> the State Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Education. Other local sponsors included local library boards<br />
and organizations such as the Grange, the Farm Women’s Council,<br />
women’s clubs, citizens’ library committees, and other civic clubs. 32<br />
A contractual agreement was written outlining the responsibilities and<br />
obligations <strong>of</strong> the parties involved. <strong>The</strong> WPA supplied personnel and<br />
some books; the sponsors provided suitable quarters for the service, supplies<br />
and equipment, and funds for the purchase <strong>of</strong> books and magazines.<br />
Other items such as the rental <strong>of</strong> bookmobiles might also be part <strong>of</strong> the<br />
agreement. Usually the agreement was for a specified period <strong>of</strong> time,<br />
<strong>of</strong>ten one year. 33<br />
WPA personnel also assisted with the formation <strong>of</strong> citizens’ library<br />
associations within the counties. <strong>The</strong>se groups were not designed to replace<br />
local friends <strong>of</strong> the library organizations. Rather, Chapman directed,<br />
they were formed to<br />
recognize and publicize the need for adequate and permanent library<br />
service; be temporarily responsible for the partial financial<br />
support <strong>of</strong> the demonstration and make a concentrated effort
toward securing local tax support; and further assist by expressing<br />
and representing particular community library service needs, and<br />
by securing community participation. 34<br />
435<br />
A second Citizens’ Conference on the Library Needs <strong>of</strong> South Carolina,<br />
held at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> South Carolina on 8 January 1936, complemented<br />
the work <strong>of</strong> WPA personnel in arousing public interest in library<br />
development. Private citizens, educators, and librarians gathered together<br />
to discuss library conditions within the state, the activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />
WPA library service demonstration project, and steps needed to improve<br />
library service. <strong>The</strong> conference concluded with a resolution urging the<br />
general assembly to provide the state library board with funds ‘‘sufficient<br />
for it to carry out its purpose <strong>of</strong> stimulating public library service for all<br />
<strong>of</strong> the people <strong>of</strong> the state.’’ 35 Although the resolution did not result in<br />
state funding for the state library board, the conference did help keep<br />
the <strong>issue</strong> <strong>of</strong> library development before the public.<br />
By 1 March 1936, $188,000 was secured from the WPA for book binding<br />
and library extension work in South Carolina. Sponsors provided<br />
$15,275 in cash in addition to in-kind contributions. Because the Department<br />
<strong>of</strong> Education was the state’s <strong>of</strong>ficial sponsor <strong>of</strong> the library demonstration<br />
project, much <strong>of</strong> this and future funding was used for school<br />
library projects as well as public library projects. 36 Although many <strong>of</strong> the<br />
early projects involved the repair and binding <strong>of</strong> school textbooks and<br />
library books, a concerted effort was made to initiate countywide library<br />
service throughout the state. By early 1936 public, subscription, and private<br />
libraries in twenty-two counties were sharing books, magazines, and<br />
other materials as the first step toward full county service. 37<br />
<strong>The</strong> bac<strong>kb</strong>one <strong>of</strong> countywide service in South Carolina was the library<br />
bookmobile, a truck converted to carry library materials to rural residents<br />
<strong>of</strong> the state. <strong>The</strong> WPA agreed early on to rent cabs and chassis for<br />
a county if the local project sponsor supplied the body. This rental agreement<br />
was usually for no more than one year, after which the county was<br />
expected to assume the full cost <strong>of</strong> the truck. <strong>The</strong>se trucks traveled<br />
across the back roads <strong>of</strong> the state. <strong>The</strong>y would leave books at deposit<br />
drops, usually a school, or stop at crossroads, community centers, grocery<br />
stores, filling stations, and other gathering spots. By mid-1937 the WPA<br />
library project’s twenty-three bookmobiles stopped at over 1,200 stations.<br />
38 It was unquestionably one <strong>of</strong> the most popular features <strong>of</strong> the<br />
library service demonstration project.<br />
By early 1936, 734 women were employed by the WPA in various library-related<br />
projects ranging from book binding and repair to assisting<br />
with circulation services, staffing longer library hours, compiling bibliographies<br />
and lists <strong>of</strong> special materials, and organizing story hours for
436 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
On May 18, 1937, Daisy Browning, driver (l), and LaVerne McLane, bookmobile librarian<br />
(r), prepare for the maiden journey <strong>of</strong> the WPA-funded Chester County Library bookmobile.<br />
Courtesy <strong>of</strong> Nichols’ Studio <strong>of</strong> Chester and the Chester County Library.<br />
children. <strong>The</strong>se women were sometimes assigned duties such as opening<br />
and staffing branch reading rooms. 39<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the more important programs initiated in the early days <strong>of</strong> the<br />
library demonstration project was a cooperative cataloging service for<br />
school libraries. <strong>The</strong> service was begun in early 1936 in order to help the<br />
high schools <strong>of</strong> the state meet accreditation standards mandated by the<br />
Southern Association <strong>of</strong> Secondary <strong>School</strong>s and Colleges, the regional<br />
accrediting body. South Carolina high schools were directed to have their<br />
library collections cataloged by 1941. A cataloging unit was set up at the<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> South Carolina under the direction <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essionally trained<br />
staff. <strong>The</strong> State Department <strong>of</strong> Education supplied the materials; the<br />
WPA funded the staff. 40<br />
Titles cataloged were limited to specific standard lists approved by the<br />
State Department <strong>of</strong> Education. This requirement had the effect <strong>of</strong> forcing<br />
schools to weed their collections <strong>of</strong> outdated and questionable materials<br />
and to purchase materials recognized for their quality. <strong>The</strong> unit<br />
maintained a catalog <strong>of</strong> all items processed, listing on the back <strong>of</strong> each<br />
card the school or schools owning that item. Thus the nucleus <strong>of</strong> a union<br />
catalog for the state was developed. Libraries unable to answer reference<br />
questions locally sent them to this unit to be handled. 41
437<br />
This service was so well organized and executed that it served as an<br />
example for other states wishing to develop their own cataloging project.<br />
In fact, the South Carolina experience was the basis for a technical circular<br />
on centralized cataloging services <strong>issue</strong>d by the Library Service<br />
Section in Washington. 42<br />
<strong>The</strong> cataloging unit also was responsible for processing books purchased<br />
by the state WPA for demonstration purposes. <strong>The</strong>se books<br />
formed a core collection <strong>of</strong> materials used by the library service demonstration<br />
project to stimulate interest in and support for local library<br />
collections. When a project was begun in a county, a portion <strong>of</strong> these<br />
books was loaned to the county on a temporary basis. <strong>The</strong>y were not a<br />
substitute for local collections; rather, they were to capture the public’s<br />
imagination on the importance and need for good library collections.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se materials were moved from county to county as the local community<br />
either began funding libraries on their own or letting the project<br />
expire. By 1943 there were over 25,000 books in this collection. 43<br />
Restructuring the Library Project<br />
On 1 January 1938 all the WPA-funded library projects were brought<br />
together administratively into one statewide project. Prior to this date,<br />
projects operated on the county level with little concern for duplication<br />
<strong>of</strong> effort. It quickly became apparent that a more formal structure and<br />
tighter organization at the state level was needed to maximize efficiency<br />
and effectiveness and to provide a better sense <strong>of</strong> direction and purpose.<br />
Emphasis was placed on worker training and the development <strong>of</strong> statewide<br />
standards <strong>of</strong> service.<br />
Under the new statewide structure, the state library supervisor was<br />
administratively and technically responsible for all aspects <strong>of</strong> the project<br />
and for the worker training program. Agnes Crawford was the state library<br />
supervisor when the restructuring took place. Crawford, who earlier<br />
had conducted a survey on library work with African Americans in<br />
South Carolina, had been appointed state supervisor when Ida Belle<br />
Entrekin resigned in mid-1937. Crawford was assisted by the four district<br />
supervisors who were administratively responsible for library activities<br />
within their districts. Each district had four assistant district supervisors<br />
who handled the technical aspects <strong>of</strong> book repair and binding, publicity,<br />
extension service, and training workers in the use <strong>of</strong> library materials<br />
and resources. Each county was headed by a unit supervisor, later called<br />
area supervisor, administratively responsible for the county activities.<br />
<strong>The</strong> assistant district supervisors and the unit supervisors were directly
438 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
responsible for the individual worker. Because <strong>of</strong> restrictions on the number<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-relief personnel allowed, many <strong>of</strong> these supervisory positions<br />
were either unfilled, or the same individual served in two positions at<br />
once. 44 Consequently, the statewide project was limited in the amount<br />
<strong>of</strong> supervision and direction it could provide the local operations.<br />
To improve the skills and work habits <strong>of</strong> WPA library employees, most<br />
<strong>of</strong> them unskilled or semi-skilled female workers, and to help prepare<br />
them for eventual private employment, the statewide library project<br />
mandated formal monthly training courses. According to Crawford, these<br />
training courses were designed<br />
first to improve his [the worker’s] moral[e], that is to teach selfassurance<br />
and self-reliance; second, to teach thriftiness in the use<br />
<strong>of</strong> tools and in the use <strong>of</strong> free and inexpensive material; third, to<br />
teach the correct use <strong>of</strong> tools used in daily work; and lastly, simple<br />
hygiene or neatness in person and work. 45<br />
Library topics included arrangement and classification, circulation systems,<br />
basic reference tools, the card catalog, publicity, bookmobile service<br />
and operation, and the mending and binding <strong>of</strong> all types <strong>of</strong> library<br />
materials. 46 Since the library projects were dependent upon these workers,<br />
training them was a perennial concern. In counties with existing<br />
programs, many <strong>of</strong> these individuals worked under the supervision <strong>of</strong> a<br />
trained librarian. In counties without a librarian, these women worked<br />
under the direction <strong>of</strong> library project personnel. In no case were these<br />
workers to replace existing employees. 47<br />
According to reports from the field, these training courses did result<br />
in improved skills and a greater satisfaction with the individual worker.<br />
Because the WPA limited employment to eighteen months in most cases,<br />
the constant turnover in workers resulted in some inefficiency and loss<br />
<strong>of</strong> continuity that the training program helped address. <strong>The</strong> library project<br />
had only limited success in placing workers in private employment. 48<br />
Patterns <strong>of</strong> Library Development<br />
By 1938 the basic structure and direction <strong>of</strong> the South Carolina library<br />
service demonstration project was set. <strong>The</strong> orientation was toward countywide<br />
library service for every county in the state. By mid-year, thirtytwo<br />
countywide projects were in operation. Bookmobiles were making<br />
nearly 1,900 stops serving 62,529 borrowers. Circulation from these<br />
trucks was nearly one million items, averaging over fifteen books per<br />
patron. <strong>The</strong> bookmobile experiment was so successful that nineteen <strong>of</strong>
439<br />
the twenty-eight counties using the service assumed full funding for the<br />
trucks. 49<br />
In counties with existing libraries, the WPA supplied workers to extend<br />
service to the entire county and to free permanent staff from more<br />
routine duties. <strong>The</strong>se workers were used to extend hours, to assist with<br />
clerical duties, to help with bookmobile operations, and to perform other<br />
support duties. In Charleston, for example, WPA workers were used to<br />
open new branch libraries that were later run by employees <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Charleston Free Library. <strong>The</strong> project also maintained a mending unit to<br />
repair books for the public and school libraries <strong>of</strong> Charleston, as it did<br />
with many other county library projects throughout the state. 50 WPA<br />
employees were used in a similar capacity in many school libraries.<br />
In counties with little or no existing public library service, the WPA<br />
assistance was more basic. WPA library-trained workers <strong>of</strong>ten performed<br />
the many functions usually handled by pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarians. A case in<br />
point was in Chesterfield County in the northeastern part <strong>of</strong> the state.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Chesterfield County Board <strong>of</strong> Commissioners and the local Council<br />
<strong>of</strong> Farm Women sponsored the demonstration project which began operation<br />
in 1937. A bookmobile was rented with WPA assistance, and<br />
reading rooms were established in the towns <strong>of</strong> Chesterfield, Cheraw,<br />
Pageland, McBee, Ruby, and Jefferson. In 1938 the county assumed full<br />
operation <strong>of</strong> the bookmobile. 51<br />
At the same time, the town <strong>of</strong> Cheraw in Chesterfield County asked<br />
for assistance in opening its own public library. A small subscription<br />
library, which had closed in July 1938 due to lack <strong>of</strong> funding, served as<br />
the basis for the new public library. <strong>The</strong> building in which it was housed<br />
was in need <strong>of</strong> repair, the books were worn and damaged, and there were<br />
few furnishings. Two civic organizations agreed to establish a book fund,<br />
the town council provided money for the repair <strong>of</strong> the books and building<br />
and provided equipment and furnishings, and the WPA supplied a deposit<br />
from its own book collection, cleaned and repaired the existing<br />
collection, processed the new books, and assigned two workers to run the<br />
library. <strong>The</strong> Cheraw Public Library opened its doors on 4 November<br />
1938. Within a short period, the library registered over 700 borrowers<br />
and circulated over 2,000 volumes a month. 52<br />
A third pattern <strong>of</strong> library development in South Carolina emerged in<br />
early 1937 when libraries in Colleton and Dorchester counties combined<br />
to share library services, thus becoming the first regional library system<br />
in the state. This event underscored the growing realization among library<br />
leaders that it made better financial and administrative sense for<br />
small counties in a poor rural state like South Carolina to share limited<br />
resources rather than attempt to maintain individual county libraries.
440 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
Although a relatively new concept <strong>of</strong> library governance, the regional<br />
library idea was not unknown in South Carolina or the South as a whole.<br />
An American Library Association preconference meeting <strong>of</strong> southern library<br />
leaders in New Orleans in 1932 endorsed the regional library structure,<br />
and Tommie Dora Barker, the ALA’s southern field representative,<br />
was active in promoting the concept. In the mid-1930s, regional libraries<br />
were created in Tennessee under the aegis <strong>of</strong> the Tennessee Valley Authority<br />
and the direction <strong>of</strong> Mary Rothrock, the TVA library coordinator.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se projects were a good example <strong>of</strong> the regional concept in practice.<br />
In fact, by the mid-1930s ten <strong>of</strong> thirteen southern state library plans,<br />
including South Carolina’s, supported the creation <strong>of</strong> regional libraries. 53<br />
South Carolina had made legal provision for regional libraries with a<br />
change in the state library law in 1934. All <strong>of</strong> these events were part <strong>of</strong><br />
a national trend that began earlier in the century with a move away<br />
from municipal libraries to countywide libraries as more effective and<br />
efficient. Regional libraries were the next logical step in this development.<br />
Still, the county form <strong>of</strong> government was near and dear to the<br />
hearts <strong>of</strong> most southerners. 54 As a result, regional libraries that crossed<br />
county lines would be more the exception than the rule, at least for the<br />
time being.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Colleton-Dorchester library was governed by an eight-person<br />
board comprised <strong>of</strong> four representatives from each county. Bookmobile<br />
service was begun in April 1938 when the WPA loaned the system a<br />
confiscated automobile. It initially made stops at fifty stations in the two<br />
counties. With the assistance <strong>of</strong> the WPA, a regular bookmobile was<br />
acquired in late 1939. 55 Service to African-American citizens in the two<br />
counties was begun for the first time as a result <strong>of</strong> WPA support and the<br />
donation <strong>of</strong> 5,000 books in late 1938 and early 1939 by Harvey D. Kelsey,<br />
a Black philanthropist from Washington, D.C. <strong>The</strong> WPA processed the<br />
materials and made them available through the Black schools in the<br />
bicounty area. 56<br />
This first state experiment in regional library service was never adequately<br />
supported by the local communities. In 1939 each county appropriated<br />
only $300 for library services. When WPA funding ceased,<br />
Dorchester County withdrew from the system. Although the regional<br />
library system did not survive, it did serve as an early example <strong>of</strong> how<br />
smaller counties could share limited resources and funds. 57<br />
A second, better planned multicounty system began in November 1940<br />
when the counties <strong>of</strong> Georgetown, Horry, and Marion formed a tricounty<br />
regional library. A tricounty library board was created, and a formal<br />
agreement between the WPA and the three counties was drafted. <strong>The</strong><br />
counties agreed to share existing library resources, to provide $1,000<br />
each for the purchase <strong>of</strong> books, and to work toward the development <strong>of</strong>
441<br />
permanent regional library service. <strong>The</strong> WPA lent the project 1,200<br />
books, provided a trained librarian to supervise the regional library, employed<br />
workers, and assisted with the rental <strong>of</strong> a third bookmobile to<br />
serve the three counties. 58<br />
Unfortunately, this second experiment in regional library service did<br />
not survive either. <strong>The</strong> project suffered greatly when Margaret D.<br />
Hedbring, the WPA-funded librarian in charge <strong>of</strong> the regional library,<br />
resigned in June 1941. Because a 37 percent reduction in the quota <strong>of</strong><br />
WPA workers in the statewide library project had been implemented, a<br />
replacement could not be secured. Eventually the system was dissolved<br />
when the WPA ceased funding in 1942. 59<br />
A third, ultimately successful regional system was begun in March<br />
1941 when Allendale, Hampton, and Barnwell counties agreed to institute<br />
cooperative library service. <strong>The</strong> WPA supplied workers, books, and<br />
a bookmobile. When WPA funding ceased the following year, Barnwell<br />
County withdrew from the system. However, Allendale and Hampton<br />
continued to work together, mainly on the strength <strong>of</strong> a small appropriation<br />
from each county and the dedication and volunteer help <strong>of</strong> interested<br />
citizens in the area. In 1947 Jasper County joined with Allendale<br />
and Hampton to form a tricounty regional library. Thus, one <strong>of</strong> the three<br />
attempts by the WPA to develop regional library service did eventually<br />
become permanent. 60<br />
Finally, in addition to supporting the development <strong>of</strong> county and regional<br />
library service, the WPA in South Carolina made a concerted, if<br />
limited, effort to provide expanded service to Black residents. Early in<br />
the project, the WPA trained and placed African-American workers as<br />
library aides in a number <strong>of</strong> Black schools in the state. In 1937 it funded<br />
the first bookmobile to provide direct service entirely to Blacks. Operating<br />
in Greenville County, this truck was stocked with books loaned by<br />
the WPA. A second WPA-funded bookmobile served Blacks in Calhoun<br />
County through deposits left at Black schools and other sites throughout<br />
the county. This service was supplemented by an African-American<br />
teacher who delivered books in her car. By mid-1938 the WPA reported<br />
a circulation <strong>of</strong> 158,528 books to 5,819 African-Americans. 61<br />
<strong>The</strong> WPA also established separate libraries and branches <strong>of</strong> White<br />
public libraries to serve African Americans. Agnes Crawford found the<br />
WPA’s efforts in this arena to be ‘‘hard up-hill work in South Carolina.<br />
It is not only because <strong>of</strong> the high percentage <strong>of</strong> illiterates within this<br />
race, but also due to lack <strong>of</strong> real leadership within the communities that<br />
can afford a library.’’ 62 In other words, most Whites were not interested<br />
in funding efforts to expand library service to Blacks. In spite <strong>of</strong> these<br />
roadblocks, by 1939 the WPA supported twenty-nine separate libraries,<br />
most in Black schools which also served the general Black public.
442 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
African-American library workers operated twenty-four <strong>of</strong> these libraries.<br />
Out <strong>of</strong> a bookstock <strong>of</strong> 32,238 titles available for use by Blacks (as compared<br />
to 252,387 titles for Whites), 20,022 African Americans borrowed<br />
157,110 items. 63 By early 1940 thirty WPA-funded libraries made 42,893<br />
titles available to Blacks, an increase <strong>of</strong> 10,000 titles over the previous<br />
year. Unfortunately, quota reductions in the number <strong>of</strong> WPA workers<br />
allowed reduced the number <strong>of</strong> libraries to nineteen later in 1940. 64<br />
In no sense were WPA library activities in support <strong>of</strong> Blacks equivalent<br />
to that provided to Whites. <strong>The</strong> number <strong>of</strong> book titles available was<br />
considerably smaller, and the number <strong>of</strong> projects funded significantly<br />
fewer. In some cases, as with the Tri-County Regional Library experiment<br />
in Horry, Marion, and Georgetown counties, the WPA avoided the<br />
<strong>issue</strong> <strong>of</strong> library service for Blacks because <strong>of</strong> White opposition. 65 Still,<br />
library service for Blacks under the WPA was a considerable improvement<br />
over what had existed previously, and WPA efforts did pave the<br />
way for future development.<br />
Activities <strong>of</strong> the State Library Board<br />
Because the South Carolina State Library Board was not funded, the<br />
WPA statewide library service demonstration project during its existence<br />
was to all intents and purposes the state library agency for South Carolina.<br />
Only it had the financial resources and staffing to carry out the<br />
duties performed by library agencies in other states. This situation did<br />
not mean, however, that the state library board was inactive.<br />
Marion Wright, attorney and chair <strong>of</strong> the state library board, and library<br />
activists such as Mary Frayser sacrificed time and money to promote<br />
public libraries. <strong>The</strong>y were active in speaking to civic and<br />
educational organizations and in lobbying the general assembly for state<br />
funding for public libraries. In late 1938 the board secured a grant from<br />
the state to hire Dr. Helen Stewart, a renowned Canadian librarian and<br />
acting director <strong>of</strong> the library school at Louisiana State <strong>University</strong>, to<br />
assist in the reorganization <strong>of</strong> the Citizens’ Library Association formed<br />
in 1930.<br />
<strong>The</strong> impetus for Dr. Stewart’s consultation was a series <strong>of</strong> reports<br />
<strong>issue</strong>d by President Roosevelt’s Advisory Committee on Education. <strong>The</strong>se<br />
reports covered all aspects <strong>of</strong> education, including library service, and<br />
focused on the need for federal aid to education. As a result, several bills<br />
for federal aid to schools and libraries were introduced in the U.S.<br />
Congress in 1938. One aspect <strong>of</strong> this proposed legislation was that a<br />
state would receive federal aid for libraries only if it had a funded state<br />
library agency. Thus, Dr. Stewart’s visit was designed to achieve this end<br />
by arousing public support through the Citizens’ Library Association. 66
443<br />
<strong>The</strong> state library board organized a meeting on 16 November 1938 to<br />
discuss the status <strong>of</strong> libraries in the state, the role <strong>of</strong> the Citizens’ Library<br />
Association in library development, and the possible goals and activities<br />
<strong>of</strong> a funded state library board. Dr. Stewart spoke at this meeting.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Citizens’ Library Association was reorganized with a state committee<br />
at the head. Committees at the county and local levels were also<br />
created to involve as many local citizens as possible. Dr. Stewart was<br />
charged with visiting each county in the state to help organize these<br />
county committees. She assisted in the development <strong>of</strong> twenty-eight<br />
county citizens’ library organizations. 67 Mary Frayser identified the goals<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Citizens’ Library Association as being threefold: ‘‘to arouse and<br />
mobilize public opinion in support <strong>of</strong> a state-wide program sponsored by<br />
the State; to take advantage <strong>of</strong> the opportunity for federal aid; to work<br />
out with the State Board, plans for each local district.’’ 68<br />
As a consultant, Dr. Stewart advocated regional tax-supported public<br />
libraries as the most cost effective and efficient structure, an indication<br />
<strong>of</strong> the growing recognition that in the mostly rural South a multicounty<br />
structure was a more financially viable alternative for many <strong>of</strong> the<br />
smaller counties. She recommended that the state library board, if<br />
funded, should perform three functions initially. First, it should acquire<br />
a collection <strong>of</strong> books which would be loaned to local libraries to supplement<br />
their collections. Second, the state library board should create a<br />
union catalog <strong>of</strong> the library resources in the state to allow libraries to<br />
locate and lend books to each other. Finally, the board should assist local<br />
libraries through grants and library planning. 69<br />
Unfortunately, none <strong>of</strong> the proposed federal aid for education and<br />
libraries was funded by Congress. Nor was the South Carolina Citizens’<br />
Library Association successful in securing funding for the state library<br />
board. Dr. Stewart’s ideas would not be implemented until a statesupported<br />
library board was created years later. In the meantime, interested<br />
parties such as the Citizens’ Library Association continued to serve<br />
as advocates for public library development.<br />
Zenith <strong>of</strong> the Statewide Library Project<br />
In 1939 Agnes Crawford was appointed as an assistant director <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Library Service Section in Washington, D.C. Roberta O’Hear Bonnoit, a<br />
librarian at the Charleston Free Library, was selected as her successor<br />
to head the South Carolina statewide library service demonstration<br />
project. By this time, the project had achieved some very real successes.<br />
Six former WPA county demonstration projects (Aiken, Darlington,<br />
Greenwood, Lancaster, Orangeburg, and Sumter counties) now had permanent<br />
tax-supported county libraries, bringing the total number <strong>of</strong>
444 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
county library systems to ten. In addition, the statewide project was<br />
providing assistance in all but four <strong>of</strong> the state’s forty-six counties. <strong>The</strong><br />
cooperative cataloging service had cataloged thousands <strong>of</strong> school library<br />
books in its effort to help the high schools meet accreditation standards.<br />
Seventy high schools had availed themselves <strong>of</strong> this service. <strong>The</strong><br />
number <strong>of</strong> registered borrowers had reached 189,040, nearly twice the<br />
number as had registered the year before. <strong>The</strong>se patrons borrowed over<br />
4,000,000 books, accounting for an average circulation <strong>of</strong> 20.6 items per<br />
borrower. 70<br />
Although library service in South Carolina continued to rank among<br />
the lowest in the country, a committee <strong>of</strong> educators appointed to review<br />
WPA education programs statewide found the library service demonstration<br />
project to be one <strong>of</strong> the most successful WPA activities being conducted<br />
in the state. ‘‘Probably no other project <strong>of</strong> the W.P.A. will, in the<br />
long run, be <strong>of</strong> so much benefit in raising the educational and cultural<br />
level <strong>of</strong> so many people as the Statewide library project,’’ the committee<br />
concluded. ‘‘<strong>The</strong>se effects promise to a great extent to be enduring.’’<br />
<strong>The</strong> committee found that the WPA had ‘‘blazed the way’’ in demonstrating<br />
the importance and effectiveness <strong>of</strong> countywide public library<br />
service in South Carolina. 71<br />
Early 1940 saw the statewide project at its height. Nancy C. Blair,<br />
head <strong>of</strong> the county department <strong>of</strong> the Richland County Public Library,<br />
was appointed state supervisor <strong>of</strong> the project when Roberta Bonnoit resigned<br />
to become a WPA district supervisor in charge <strong>of</strong> extension services.<br />
Blair remained as supervisor until 1943, when the WPA ceased<br />
operations. Seven pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarians and thirteen district and assistant<br />
district supervisors provided supervision and training throughout<br />
the state. <strong>The</strong>re were also up to twenty unit or area supervisors in charge<br />
at the county level. Manuals on library procedures, extension services,<br />
publicity, and book repair had been written to ensure uniformity <strong>of</strong> service<br />
and policies. 72 <strong>The</strong>re were now eleven counties with permanent publicly<br />
funded county library systems. <strong>The</strong> WPA funded twenty-five projects<br />
in the remaining thirty-five counties. Cash contributions from sponsors<br />
had reached a high <strong>of</strong> $66,367, over four times what it had been in 1936.<br />
Thirty-one bookmobiles were totally owned by the counties; the statewide<br />
project assisted in the rental <strong>of</strong> just two. 73<br />
In addition to its cataloging service, in February 1940 the statewide<br />
project began <strong>of</strong>fering a book selection service for libraries throughout<br />
the state. Interested librarians indicated the amount <strong>of</strong> funds they<br />
wanted to spend for books and how they wanted it allocated between<br />
fiction and non-fiction and adult and children’s books. <strong>The</strong> project prepared<br />
a list <strong>of</strong> appropriate titles chosen from various standard book
445<br />
Nancy Blair, state supervisor <strong>of</strong> the South Carolina library project (1940–1943), inspects a<br />
model <strong>of</strong> the bookmobile used to provide countywide library service in South Carolina. Courtesy<br />
<strong>of</strong> the South Carolina State Library.<br />
selection aids. <strong>The</strong> requesting library used the lists to assist with book<br />
selection. In its first six months, the project compiled lists for eleven<br />
public libraries. 74<br />
<strong>The</strong> statewide project in South Carolina gained attention within the<br />
library pr<strong>of</strong>ession in mid-1940 when an exhibit on its activities and progress<br />
was prepared and displayed at the American Library Association<br />
annual conference held in Cincinnati, Ohio. ‘‘W.P.A. Rural Library Service<br />
in South Carolina,’’ a motion picture about project activities and<br />
services in the state, and a miniature bookmobile were included in the<br />
exhibit. <strong>The</strong> film was later loaned to other states. 75<br />
End <strong>of</strong> the WPA<br />
By 1940 the WPA nationwide was beginning its final phase. A growing<br />
improvement in the U.S. economy resulted in reduced appropriations for<br />
WPA activities and a drastic reduction in worker quotas. At the same<br />
time, the nation became more concerned with national defense <strong>issue</strong>s as<br />
war in Europe and Asia broke out. <strong>The</strong> WPA began a shift toward defense-related<br />
projects. South Carolina was not immune to these changes.
446 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
By June 1941, 63.4 percent <strong>of</strong> all WPA employment in the state was for<br />
national defense projects. 76<br />
Reductions in the number <strong>of</strong> WPA workers allowed had a direct impact<br />
on the statewide library service demonstration project. <strong>The</strong> project responded<br />
by curtailing some activities and consolidating some <strong>of</strong> its operations.<br />
Book repair and binding services were centralized in the<br />
counties to reduce duplication and improve the quality <strong>of</strong> work performed.<br />
In most counties there was now only one mending unit; in some<br />
cases a unit served more than one county. 77<br />
A visit by Agnes Crawford, in her capacity as an assistant director <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Library Service Section, resulted in a recommendation for further consolidation<br />
and centralization <strong>of</strong> the statewide library project. Crawford<br />
found the project to be ‘‘hampered by the lack <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional supervisors<br />
on a district level’’ and by a reduction in WPA library workers. To address<br />
these reductions, Crawford recommended a reorganization <strong>of</strong> the<br />
statewide library project administrative structure so that the project<br />
would require fewer supervisors, a further centralization <strong>of</strong> the book repair<br />
program so that there would be just one unit per district, and ‘‘the<br />
culmination <strong>of</strong> a few <strong>of</strong> the areawide demonstration systems now being<br />
operated by the project.’’ 78<br />
America’s entry into the World War II marked the beginning <strong>of</strong> the<br />
end <strong>of</strong> the WPA. With the economy booming because <strong>of</strong> war-related<br />
industrial expansion, thousands <strong>of</strong> men being drafted into the military,<br />
and federal funds being directed toward defense activities, the WPA’s<br />
funding and reasons for existence disappeared. Although the WPA continued<br />
to fund library activities, most <strong>of</strong> its projects from 1942 onward<br />
were redirected toward the war effort. <strong>The</strong> national WPA library program<br />
was absorbed into a larger consolidated project known as War Services.<br />
In South Carolina only those libraries in defense areas, such as<br />
those with military bases, received WPA support. Demonstration projects<br />
in seventeen counties were discontinued. 79<br />
Finally, on 4 December 1942 President Roosevelt gave the WPA an<br />
‘‘honorable discharge,’’ decreeing that WPA activities would cease as <strong>of</strong><br />
30 June 1943. 80 When word came from Washington that the South Carolina<br />
statewide library project would end operations on 1 March 1943,<br />
state library leaders worried about the future <strong>of</strong> the library programs<br />
begun under the WPA. South Carolina had become very dependent upon<br />
the WPA for funding and directing basic library operations. When the<br />
project came to a close, South Carolina was the only southern state and<br />
one <strong>of</strong> just two states nationwide without a state-funded library agency.<br />
Unless this situation changed, the progress and success in library service<br />
achieved under the WPA would disappear.
Funding the State Library Board<br />
447<br />
With the end <strong>of</strong> the WPA in sight, library advocates in South Carolina<br />
redoubled their efforts to secure funding for the state library board.<br />
Throughout the winter <strong>of</strong> 1942–1943, individuals and state organizations<br />
such as the Federation <strong>of</strong> Women’s Clubs, the Congress <strong>of</strong> Parent-<br />
Teachers, and the Federation <strong>of</strong> Business and Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Women’s<br />
Clubs, contacted and met with public <strong>of</strong>ficials responsible for appropriating<br />
state funds. Early in 1943 their efforts paid <strong>of</strong>f. <strong>The</strong> State Budget<br />
Commission allocated $1,000 for the extension work <strong>of</strong> the state library<br />
board. At the same time, the general assembly approved $2,000 from the<br />
State Emergency Fund to support the state library board through the<br />
remainder <strong>of</strong> the fiscal year ending 30 June 1943. Finally in the spring<br />
<strong>of</strong> 1943, the general assembly appropriated $15,000 for use by the state<br />
library board during fiscal year 1943–1944. <strong>The</strong> board itself was reorganized<br />
with Mary Frayser appointed chair. At long last, South Carolina<br />
had a fully constituted and publicly funded state library agency. 81<br />
<strong>The</strong> amount initially appropriated was certainly minuscule in comparison<br />
to amounts expended in neighboring states. Georgia, for example,<br />
allocated $100,000 for library services, and North Carolina received<br />
$250,000 in state funds. It was considerably less than the $480,000 expended<br />
by the WPA for South Carolina libraries during the previous<br />
fiscal year. Regardless <strong>of</strong> the amount, it was the first real commitment<br />
by the state government to support statewide library development. 82<br />
When the WPA statewide library project ended, there were twelve<br />
publicly funded county libraries in the state under the supervision <strong>of</strong><br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarians. <strong>The</strong>re were fourteen other WPA demonstration<br />
county libraries and one regional system not permanently established<br />
operating under the supervision <strong>of</strong> former WPA-trained library workers.<br />
Four other counties maintained libraries at the county seat but could<br />
not afford to continue bookmobile service to the rest <strong>of</strong> the county.<br />
Residents <strong>of</strong> these counties, however, were permitted to come to the<br />
library itself. <strong>The</strong> remaining fourteen counties were unable to continue<br />
county library service in any form. Thus, the state library board’s first<br />
goal was to devise a system to support and encourage the continued<br />
development <strong>of</strong> countywide and regional library service throughout the<br />
state. 83<br />
One <strong>of</strong> the first acts <strong>of</strong> the state library board was to hire Nancy Blair,<br />
the former WPA statewide library supervisor, as executive secretary and<br />
field representative <strong>of</strong> the board. Her job was to assist the board in<br />
organizing a plan for state aid to the counties and to oversee the continued<br />
development <strong>of</strong> countywide and regional library systems. Based
448 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
on Dr. Stewart’s earlier recommendations, a formal framework for state<br />
aid was developed.<br />
First, a central collection <strong>of</strong> books was established in Columbia to be<br />
loaned to libraries and individuals throughout the state. <strong>The</strong> core <strong>of</strong> this<br />
collection was the nearly 26,000 WPA-owned books which had been<br />
turned over to the state library board by the state board <strong>of</strong> education.<br />
During its first full year <strong>of</strong> operation, the state library board added 3,677<br />
more books. 84<br />
To encourage the development <strong>of</strong> countywide and regional library systems,<br />
the board set aside funds to be used by these systems for book<br />
purchases. To qualify for this aid, a county had to have a county library<br />
board which agreed to work toward increased support for the library, to<br />
provide countywide service, and to hire a pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarian as quickly<br />
as possible. In return, the county could submit book orders to the board<br />
totaling $200. In actuality, because many counties did not meet state<br />
requirements the first year, each that did qualify received $300 worth <strong>of</strong><br />
books. <strong>The</strong> board ordered, processed, and returned the books to the qualifying<br />
county. <strong>The</strong> board retained ownership <strong>of</strong> these books in the event<br />
the county stopped supporting the library system. Counties combining<br />
to form a regional system would receive a bonus <strong>of</strong> $50 per county for<br />
book purchases. During the first year, twenty-three counties and two<br />
regional systems, Allendale-Hampton and Abbeville-Greenwood, shared<br />
in this state aid. 85 In addition, the board provided counties with advice<br />
and consultation in planning and developing library services. It held conferences<br />
in thirty-seven counties the first year and provided assistance<br />
with preparing book orders, weeding collections, cataloging, and budget<br />
preparation. 86<br />
Thus, by the end <strong>of</strong> its first full year <strong>of</strong> operation, the state library<br />
board had established itself as the leader in public library development<br />
in South Carolina. Even with limited funds, it had successfully replaced<br />
the WPA statewide project as the primary agent in extending library<br />
service to all residents <strong>of</strong> the state. <strong>The</strong> course was set; there would be<br />
no turning back.<br />
Conclusions<br />
<strong>The</strong> WPA was one <strong>of</strong> the most controversial programs <strong>of</strong> the Roosevelt<br />
administration. Critics <strong>of</strong>ten characterized it as a giant boondoggle, an<br />
agency dedicated to wasting taxpayer money on useless projects. One<br />
common image advanced by detractors was that <strong>of</strong> the lazy ditch digger<br />
lounging on the side <strong>of</strong> the road: ‘‘Here we stand asleep all day/While<br />
F.D. shooes the flies away/We just wake up to get our pay/What for? For<br />
leaning on a shovel!’’ 87
449<br />
Undoubtedly, some WPA projects were poorly conceived and executed.<br />
<strong>The</strong> WPA was, after all, a program begun quickly to address the most<br />
harrowing economic crisis in the history <strong>of</strong> the United States. However,<br />
it was successful in putting millions <strong>of</strong> Americans back to work and in<br />
injecting billions <strong>of</strong> dollars into an ailing economy. Many <strong>of</strong> its projects<br />
continued to have an impact long after the demise <strong>of</strong> the agency.<br />
<strong>The</strong> South Carolina library service demonstration project was a prime<br />
example <strong>of</strong> the WPA at its best. Prior to 1935, there were only three<br />
countywide library systems in the state. <strong>The</strong> remainder <strong>of</strong> libraries were<br />
local operations serving a limited number <strong>of</strong> residents. By the end <strong>of</strong> the<br />
WPA project, four times as many countywide and one struggling bicounty<br />
system had been created, and an equal number <strong>of</strong> counties were well on<br />
their way to permanently establishing their county libraries. Much remained<br />
to be done, but the WPA had forced a quantum leap in the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> library service in the state.<br />
This is not to say the South Carolina project was perfect. One critic<br />
faulted the statewide program for attempting to demonstrate service in<br />
all counties rather than putting its limited resources into a few select<br />
county or regional projects. Consequently, many counties that began projects<br />
with WPA funding could not afford to continue countywide library<br />
services once federal funding was withdrawn. In these counties the WPA<br />
failed ‘‘to provide a strong basis for a permanent, efficient, independent<br />
library system.’’ 88 However valid this criticism may be, the social and<br />
political realities dictated the form the project would take. With the<br />
state’s library advocates oriented toward developing countywide service<br />
for every county in the state, with the South’s general orientation toward<br />
the county as the most appropriate form <strong>of</strong> local government, with no<br />
central direction from an active state library agency, and with local politicians<br />
and citizens actively lobbying for all the WPA aid they could get,<br />
it was inevitable that the statewide project would attempt to serve every<br />
county. Eventually, library leaders recognized that the small counties<br />
could not sustain a county system and began encouraging the development<br />
<strong>of</strong> regional systems in which limited resources were shared. Furthermore,<br />
dependence on unskilled labor diminished the impact <strong>of</strong> the<br />
demonstration projects. <strong>The</strong>se workers, no matter how enthusiastic or<br />
willing to learn, were not adequate substitutes for pr<strong>of</strong>essional librarians.<br />
<strong>The</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> the services suffered as a result.<br />
Nonetheless, during its existence the WPA statewide project was the<br />
state library agency for South Carolina. It supplied the leadership and<br />
direction necessary to demonstrate the importance, need, and demand<br />
for better public libraries. <strong>The</strong> growth in borrowers, circulation, services,<br />
and collections provided a testimony to its success. Without the WPA’s<br />
example, it is doubtful that the state library board would have been
450 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
funded so early. Public pressure and concern over the loss <strong>of</strong> library<br />
service initiated under the WPA forced the state to assume responsibility<br />
for funding a state library agency. <strong>The</strong> state library board, once permanently<br />
funded, used the WPA experience to build its program <strong>of</strong> state<br />
aid to libraries.<br />
Finally, the WPA library project did have limited success in addressing<br />
the library needs <strong>of</strong> Black South Carolinians. In the opinion <strong>of</strong> Edward<br />
Chapman, national director <strong>of</strong> the WPA’s Library Service Section, among<br />
the southern states South Carolina was second only to North Carolina<br />
in expanding services to Blacks. 89 New library programs were started for<br />
African Americans, although certainly not at the level <strong>of</strong> service <strong>of</strong>fered<br />
to Whites. Racism and the desire to avoid conflict over racial <strong>issue</strong>s predetermined<br />
that the project would not accomplish as much in this area.<br />
It would be years before Blacks were allowed equal access to resources<br />
and services.<br />
If not for the WPA, statewide library service in South Carolina probably<br />
would have been delayed until well after World War II. <strong>The</strong> WPA<br />
statewide library project had indeed ‘‘blazed the way’’ for the rapid development<br />
<strong>of</strong> public library service in the state.<br />
Notes<br />
1. Federal Works Agency, Final Report on the WPA Program, 1935– 1943 (Washington,<br />
D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office, 1947; reprint, Westport, Conn.:<br />
Greenwood Press, 1976), iii, 7, 52, 62, 67. Also, a good overview <strong>of</strong> the library<br />
demonstration projects is found in Edward B. Stanford, Library Extension Under the<br />
WPA: An Appraisal <strong>of</strong> an Experiment in Federal Aid (Chicago: <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Chicago Press, 1944).<br />
2. Louis R. Wilson and Edward A. Wight, County Library Service in the South:<br />
A Study <strong>of</strong> the Rosenwald County Library Demonstration (Chicago: <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Chicago Press, 1935), 5–15; National Emergency Council, Report on Economic<br />
Conditions in the South (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office,<br />
1938), 1.<br />
3. Tommie D. Barker, Libraries <strong>of</strong> the South: A Report on Developments 1930– 1935<br />
(Chicago: American Library Association, 1936), 88–90; Louis R. Wilson, <strong>The</strong> Geography<br />
<strong>of</strong> Reading: A Study <strong>of</strong> the Distribution and Status <strong>of</strong> Libraries in the United States<br />
(Chicago: American Library Association and the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago Press,<br />
1938), 186; Mary E. Frayser, <strong>The</strong> Libraries <strong>of</strong> South Carolina (Clemson College:<br />
South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, 1933), 7–12, 23–6.<br />
4. Eliza A. Gleason, <strong>The</strong> Southern Negro and the Public Library: A Study <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Government and Administration <strong>of</strong> Public Library Service to Negroes in the South (Chicago:<br />
<strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago Press, 1941), 18–24, 185–6; Wilson, Geography <strong>of</strong> Reading,<br />
33; Dan R. Lee, ‘‘Faith Cabin Libraries: A Study <strong>of</strong> an Alternative Library<br />
Service in the Segregated South, 1932–1960,’’ Libraries & Culture: A Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Library History 26 (Winter 1991): 172–3. Because <strong>of</strong> the racial conditions in the<br />
South, service figures are in question. In her survey <strong>of</strong> South Carolina libraries,<br />
Mary Frayser stated that 688,757 residents had access to public library service.
451<br />
Dr. Gleason points out that Black residents were <strong>of</strong>ten included in public library<br />
service figures even though they received no service. Dr. Gleason’s service figures<br />
found on pages 95–7 seem more accurate.<br />
5. Frayser, Libraries <strong>of</strong> South Carolina, 19–21; South Carolina, Acts and Joint<br />
Resolutions <strong>of</strong> the General Assembly <strong>of</strong> the State <strong>of</strong> South Carolina Passed at the Regular<br />
Session <strong>of</strong> 1929, Statutes at Large <strong>of</strong> South Carolina 36 (1929): 261–2; ‘‘Revised Library<br />
Law,’’ Library Journal, 15 December 1935, 979; South Carolina, Acts and Joint Resolutions<br />
<strong>of</strong> the General Assembly <strong>of</strong> the State <strong>of</strong> South Carolina Passed at the Regular Session<br />
<strong>of</strong> 1934, Statutes at Large South Carolina 38 (1934): 1480–3; Mary E. Anders, ‘‘<strong>The</strong><br />
Development <strong>of</strong> Public Library Service in the Southeastern States, 1895–1950,’’<br />
Ph.D. dissertation, Columbia <strong>University</strong>, 1958, 166.<br />
6. <strong>The</strong> Rosenwald Fund, founded in Illinois in 1917 by Julius Rosenwald,<br />
philanthropist and president <strong>of</strong> Sears, Roebuck, and Company, was concerned<br />
primarily with the educational, social, and medical needs <strong>of</strong> African Americans.<br />
See Edwin R. Embree and Julia Waxman, Investment in People: the Story <strong>of</strong> the Julius<br />
Rosenwald Fund (New York: Harper and Brothers, 1949); Parmelee Cheves, Untitled<br />
report on goals and activities, typewritten document by Cheves as State<br />
Library Field Agent, November 1930, [1–2], Mary E. Frayser Papers, Archives,<br />
Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.; Mary E. Frayser,<br />
‘‘<strong>The</strong> State Library Board,’’ Typewritten document, April 1939, [1], Mary E.<br />
Frayser Papers, Archives, Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock<br />
Hill, S.C.<br />
7. Wilson and Wight, County Library Service, v–vi, 37–41, 92–101, 200–2;<br />
‘‘Voted Permanent Support,’’ Wilson Bulletin for Librarians, November 1934, 147.<br />
An excellent analysis <strong>of</strong> the problems confronting the Rosenwald projects is<br />
found in James V. Carmichael, ‘‘Tommie Dora Barker and Southern Librarianship,’’<br />
Ph.D. dissertation, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1988,<br />
283–326.<br />
8. Barker, Libraries <strong>of</strong> the South, 9–10; ‘‘Citizens Library Plan for South Carolina,’’<br />
<strong>School</strong> and Society, 17 February 1934, 205; E. W. Sikes, ‘‘Why the Citizens’<br />
Library Conference,’’ Library Journal, 1 June 1934, 464; Marion Wright, ‘‘Some<br />
Social and Political Trends and <strong>The</strong>ir Implications for Libraries,’’ Library Journal,<br />
July 1934, 559; Frayser, Libraries <strong>of</strong> South Carolina, 34; ‘‘Citizens Library Plan,’’<br />
205.<br />
9. ‘‘Library Projects Under Public Works, Civil Works, and Relief Administrations,’’<br />
Bulletin <strong>of</strong> the American Library Association, December 1933, 539–40; ‘‘<strong>The</strong><br />
Month at Random,’’ Wilson Bulletin for Librarians, May 1937, 620; Stanford, Library<br />
Extension, 30–2.<br />
10. Federal Works Agency, Final Report <strong>of</strong> the WPA Program, 6.<br />
11. Stanford, Library Extension, 36–7.<br />
12. Edward A. Chapman, Work Projects Administration Library Service Assistance<br />
Program: A Record <strong>of</strong> Organization, Administration and Operation Submitted to the Administrator<br />
as a Closing Report Upon the Liquidation <strong>of</strong> the Administration, June 30, 1943<br />
(Washington, D.C.: Division <strong>of</strong> Service Projects, Work Projects Administration,<br />
Federal Works Agency, 1943), 1.<br />
13. Ibid., 136.<br />
14. Ibid., 137.<br />
15. Ibid., 13–4.<br />
16. Ibid., 17.<br />
17. Edward A. Chapman, ‘‘<strong>The</strong>ory and Practice in the Organization and Operation<br />
<strong>of</strong> WPA Library Service Projects,’’ National Association <strong>of</strong> State Libraries<br />
Papers and Proceedings 42 (1939): 25.
452 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
18. Chapman, Library Program, 14.<br />
19. Ibid., 55.<br />
20. Chapman, ‘‘<strong>The</strong>ory and Practice,’’ 24.<br />
21. Chapman, Library Program, 12.<br />
22. Such was not the case for WPA expenditures as a whole. Many Southerners<br />
resented the fact that other regions <strong>of</strong> the country received a far greater share<br />
<strong>of</strong> relief assistance than the South did. U.S. Senator James Byrnes <strong>of</strong> South Carolina<br />
pointed out that through early 1938, WPA expenditures in New York totaled<br />
over $737,000,000 while the thirteen Southern states received only<br />
$600,000,000 even though the region’s population was over twice the size <strong>of</strong> New<br />
York’s. See Stanford, Library Extension, 54–5; Jack I. Hayes, ‘‘South Carolina and<br />
the New Deal, 1932–1938,’’ Ph.D. dissertation, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> South Carolina,<br />
1972, 137–8.<br />
23. Stanford, Library Expenditures, 79–86.<br />
24. Lawrence M. Pinckney, <strong>The</strong> Story <strong>of</strong> the WPA in South Carolina: Permanent<br />
Achievements Through the State’s Sponsors (Columbia, S.C.: <strong>The</strong> <strong>Information</strong> Service,<br />
South Carolina Works Progress Administration, 1936), [1].<br />
25. Although there was political opposition in South Carolina to the New<br />
Deal, especially after 1936, the state’s politicians generally supported New<br />
Deal legislation like the CWA, FERA, and the Social Security Act. In 1935, for<br />
example, South Carolina’s Senator James Byrnes was instrumental in securing<br />
passage <strong>of</strong> the Emergency Relief Appropriation Act, the legislation that created<br />
the WPA among other things. All members <strong>of</strong> the South Carolina delegation<br />
supported the act. Most average South Carolinians regarded Roosevelt as<br />
a savior even though they might disagree with a particular policy <strong>of</strong> his. For a<br />
thorough analysis <strong>of</strong> the New Deal in South Carolina, see Hayes, ‘‘South Carolina<br />
and the New Deal,’’ especially pages 83–5, 115–7, 134–51, 173–215, 232–63,<br />
463–522.<br />
26. Robert M. Willingham, ‘‘Bookish Bureaucracy: the Work <strong>of</strong> the American<br />
Imprints Inventory in Georgia, 1937–1941,’’ <strong>The</strong> Georgia Librarian, August 1982,<br />
3–6; Carmichael, ‘‘Tommie Dora Barker,’’ 333–4; Anders, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Development <strong>of</strong><br />
Public Library Service,’’ 132–3.<br />
27. Lawrence M. Pinckney, ‘‘Final report on the South Carolina Work Projects<br />
Administration, 5 March 1943,’’ 2–3, 10, in Archives <strong>of</strong> the Work Projects Administration<br />
and Predecessors, 1933– 1943: Series One: the Final State Reports (Sussex, England:<br />
Harvester Micr<strong>of</strong>orm, 1987), reel 6.<br />
28. Fanny T. Taber, ‘‘Looking a Gift Horse in the Mouth,’’ Library Journal, 15<br />
December 1936, 939; ‘‘Second Citizens Conference on Library Needs <strong>of</strong> State,’’<br />
Columbia (S.C.) State, 17 February 1936, 6.<br />
29. Taber, ‘‘Looking a Gift Horse,’’ 939.<br />
30. Ida B. Entrekin, ‘‘W.P.A. Library Projects in South Carolina,’’ Typewritten<br />
document, 1 March 1936, [1], Mary E. Frayser Papers, Archives, Ida Jane Dacus<br />
Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.<br />
31. Chapman, Library Program, 69–70.<br />
32. Entrekin, ‘‘W.P.A. Library Projects,’’ [1–2].<br />
33. Chapman, Library Program, 75–7.<br />
34. Ibid., 73–4.<br />
35. ‘‘Second Citizens Conference,’’ 6.<br />
36. Entrekin, ‘‘W.P.A. Library Projects,’’ [1]; Nancy C. Blair, Statewide Library<br />
Project Annual Report July 1, 1939– June 30, 1940 (Columbia, S.C.: South Carolina<br />
Work Projects Administration, Federal Works Agency, 1940), [20].<br />
37. Pinckney, Story <strong>of</strong> the WPA, [10]; Entrekin, ‘‘W.P.A. Library Projects,’’ [1].
453<br />
38. Agnes D. Crawford, ‘‘Report <strong>of</strong> WPA Library Projects in South Carolina<br />
as <strong>of</strong> July 1, 1937,’’ Typewritten document, 1 July 1937, [1, 4], Mary E. Frayser<br />
Papers, Archives, Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.<br />
39. Entrekin, ‘‘W.P.A. Library Projects,’’ [3]; Crawford, ‘‘Report <strong>of</strong> WPA Library<br />
Projects,’’ [1].<br />
40. Entrekin, ‘‘W.P.A. Library Projects,’’ [3]; Agnes D. Crawford, Annual Report<br />
Statewide Library Project July 1938– July 1939 (Columbia, S.C.: South Carolina<br />
Works Progress Administration, 1939), [11].<br />
41. Crawford, Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [12].<br />
42. Chapman, Library Program, 101–2.<br />
43. Blair, Annual Report July 1, 1939– June 30, 1940, 6; Chapman, Library Program,<br />
85–6; James H. Hope, Columbia, South Carolina, to Mary E. Frayser, Rock Hill,<br />
South Carolina, signed letter, 19 March 1943, Mary E. Frayser Papers, Archives,<br />
Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.<br />
44. Crawford, Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [1]; Stanford, Library Extension,<br />
157.<br />
45. Crawford, Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [5].<br />
46. Ibid., [2–4].<br />
47. Blair, Annual Report July 1, 1939– June 30, 1940, 4–5.<br />
48. Ibid., 5.<br />
49. Agnes D. Crawford, Annual Report Statewide Library Project July 1937– July<br />
1938 (Columbia, S.C.: South Carolina Works Progress Administration, 1938), 6.<br />
<strong>The</strong> library pr<strong>of</strong>ession as a whole did not embrace the concept <strong>of</strong> countywide<br />
library service until the beginning <strong>of</strong> this century. As late as 1923, the American<br />
Library Association passed a resolution advocating the county as ‘‘a logical unit<br />
<strong>of</strong> library service for most parts <strong>of</strong> the United States.’’ Only later did the pr<strong>of</strong>ession<br />
see the potential <strong>of</strong> regional libraries as perhaps more suitable to the<br />
conditions <strong>of</strong> smaller counties. See ‘‘Proceedings,’’ ALA Bulletin, July 1923, 153;<br />
Anders, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Development <strong>of</strong> Public Library Service,’’ 183–92; Louis R. Wilson,<br />
‘‘<strong>The</strong> County Library: An Agency to Promote General Reading,’’ <strong>The</strong> American<br />
City, April 1919, 340–2; Carleton B. Joeckel, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Library and Its Relationship<br />
to Government in the South,’’ Papers and Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the Joint Meeting <strong>of</strong> the Southeastern<br />
Library Association and the Southwestern Library Association, October 1934,<br />
13–24.<br />
50. Charleston District Office, South Carolina Writer’s Project, ‘‘State Wide<br />
Library Project,’’ news release, 24 April 1940, 1–3, Mary E. Frayser Papers, Archives,<br />
Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.<br />
51. WPA Statewide Library Project, Recent Library Development in South Carolina<br />
(n.p., [1940]), [15].<br />
52. Ibid., [15]; Crawford, Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [22–3].<br />
53. Carmichael, ‘‘Tommie Dora Barker,’’ 335–41, 354–5, 368–9; Tommie D.<br />
Barker, ‘‘A Summary <strong>of</strong> Progress in State Planning in the South,’’ Papers and<br />
Proceedings <strong>of</strong> the Joint Meeting <strong>of</strong> the Southeastern Library Association and the Southwestern<br />
Library Association, October 1934, 58–66.<br />
54. Charlotte Templeton, ‘‘County Libraries for Southern Conditions,’’ North<br />
Carolina Library Bulletin, December 1921, 5.<br />
55. WPA Statewide Library Project, Recent Library Development, [15]; Crawford,<br />
Annual Report July 1937– July 1938, 6; Estellene Walker, ed., ‘‘So Good and Necessary<br />
a Work’’: the Public Library in South Carolina 1698– 1980 (Columbia, S.C.: South<br />
Carolina State Library, 1981), 21.<br />
56. WPA Statewide Library Project, Recent Library Development, [15]; Crawford,<br />
Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [24–6].
454 L&C/<strong>The</strong> WPA in South Carolina<br />
57. WPA Statewide Library Project, Recent Library Development, [15]; Walker,<br />
‘‘So Good and Necessary,’’ 21.<br />
58. ‘‘Monthly Narrative Report Statewide Library Project: June Report,’’ typewritten<br />
document, June 1941, 4–5, 10; WPA Central Files: State 1935–1944,<br />
Record Group 69, National Archives, Washington, D.C.<br />
59. Ibid, 1.<br />
60. Walker, ‘‘So Good and Necessary,’’ 6.<br />
61. Crawford, Annual Report July 1937– July 1938, 8–9.<br />
62. Crawford, Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [24].<br />
63. Ibid., [24, 28].<br />
64. Blair, Annual Report July 1, 1939– June 30, 1940, 12.<br />
65. Stanford, Library Extension, 177–8.<br />
66. Frayser, ‘‘State Library Board,’’ 2–3.<br />
67. Ibid., 3.<br />
68. Ibid.<br />
69. Ibid., 4.<br />
70. Crawford, Annual Report July 1938– July 1939, [9, 11, 28].<br />
71. State <strong>of</strong> South Carolina, U.S. Community Improvement Appraisal, Report<br />
<strong>of</strong> the State Appraisal Committee (Columbia, S.C.: Works Progress Administration,<br />
1938), [11–2].<br />
72. Blair, Annual Report July 1, 1939– June 30, 1940, 4.<br />
73. Ibid., 6, [20], 22.<br />
74. Ibid., 8.<br />
75. Ibid., 13<br />
76. Lawrence M. Pinckney, A Statistical Summary <strong>of</strong> WPA Operations in South<br />
Carolina (Columbia, S.C.: South Carolina Work Projects Administration, Federal<br />
Works Agency, 1941), 16; Chapman, Library Program, 2–3.<br />
77. Blair, Annual Report July 1, 1939– June 30, 1940, 5, 9.<br />
78. Agnes D. Crawford, ‘‘Report <strong>of</strong> Visit to South Carolina, April 21–2, 1941,’’<br />
typewritten document, 1 May 1941, [1–3], WPA Central Files: General 1935–42,<br />
Record Group 69, National Archives, Washington, D.C.<br />
79. Chapman, Library Program, 2–3; Mary E. Frayser, ‘‘Talking Points for a<br />
State Appropriation for Libraries and Federal Aid to Education Including Aid to<br />
Libraries,’’ typewritten letter, [28 November 1942], Mary E. Frayser Papers, Archives,<br />
Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.<br />
80. Federal Works Agency, Final Report on the WPA Program, v.<br />
81. Mary E. Frayser, letter to county librarians, typewritten letter by Frayser<br />
as Chairman <strong>of</strong> the South Carolina State Library Board, 20 March 1943, Mary<br />
E. Frayser Papers, Archives, Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock<br />
Hill, S.C.; South Carolina State Library Board, First Annual Report July 1, 1943–<br />
June 30, 1944 (n.p., 1944), 1–2.<br />
82. State Library Board, First Annual Report, 3; Mary E. Frayser, Letter to<br />
Friends <strong>of</strong> Libraries, typewritten letter by Frayser as Chairman <strong>of</strong> the South<br />
Carolina State Library Board, 27 February 1943, Mary E. Frayser Papers, Archives,<br />
Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.<br />
83. State Library Board, First Annual Report, 2.<br />
84. Ibid, 5.<br />
85. Ibid., 4; Nancy C. Blair, Columbia, South Carolina, to Mary E. Frayser,<br />
Columbia, South Carolina, typewritten letter, 11 August 1944, Mary E. Frayser<br />
Papers, Archives, Ida Jane Dacus Library, Winthrop <strong>University</strong>, Rock Hill, S.C.;<br />
South Carolina State Library Board, State Aid for South Carolina Libraries 1943–<br />
1944 (Columbia, S.C.: South Carolina State Library Board, [1943]), [1–2].
455<br />
86. State Library Board, First Annual Report, 5.<br />
87. John LaTouche, ‘‘Leaning on a Shovel,’’ in Roosevelt: His Life and Times: An<br />
Encyclopedic View, ed. Otis L. Graham and Meghan R. Wander (Boston: G. K.<br />
Hall and Company, 1985), 462.<br />
88. Stanford, Library Extension, 194.<br />
89. Anders, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Development <strong>of</strong> Public Library Service,’’ 140.
<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library <strong>of</strong> Shanghai<br />
Gail King<br />
<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library was begun in 1847 as a part <strong>of</strong> the Jesuit mission<br />
complex at the village <strong>of</strong> Xujiahui outside <strong>of</strong> Shanghai and grew over the<br />
next one hundred years to become a scholarly repository <strong>of</strong> over 200,000<br />
volumes. It was known for its local gazetteers <strong>of</strong> China; long, complete<br />
runs <strong>of</strong> newspapers; reference books; and mission-related writings in Chinese<br />
and European languages. <strong>The</strong> advent <strong>of</strong> the People’s Republic <strong>of</strong><br />
China brought an end to the Jesuit Xujiahui mission, but its legacy continues<br />
in various forms. One <strong>of</strong> these is the Xujiahui Library, which since<br />
1957 has been part <strong>of</strong> the Shanghai Library.<br />
In the mid–nineteenth century, in a village to the southwest <strong>of</strong> Shanghai,<br />
China, the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus began construction <strong>of</strong> a mission complex<br />
that within a few decades was known worldwide for its charitable works<br />
and original research in the physical and natural sciences. Chinese students<br />
at schools there were introduced to Western learning, and mission<br />
priests were expected to be scholars as well as pastors. <strong>The</strong> missionaries<br />
saw themselves as heirs <strong>of</strong> an earlier generation <strong>of</strong> Jesuits in China, and<br />
like them they strove to build a mission based on scholarship, scientific<br />
endeavor, and respect for Chinese culture. <strong>The</strong> library that grew out <strong>of</strong><br />
this undertaking became one <strong>of</strong> the finest in China. Collected by scholars<br />
and intended for scholarly use, the holdings <strong>of</strong> the library reflected its<br />
heritage <strong>of</strong> Chinese-Western interaction. This paper begins with a look<br />
at the historical background <strong>of</strong> the library and then moves on to discuss<br />
its founding, collections, and recent history.<br />
Historical Background<br />
<strong>The</strong> Jesuits who came to China in the late sixteenth century developed<br />
an approach to evangelization unique in their time, one based on an<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> and respect for Chinese civilization. 1 <strong>The</strong>ir goal was<br />
not many quick converts, but a sure, slow rooting <strong>of</strong> the gospel in China,<br />
beginning by making friends among the scholar-<strong>of</strong>ficials. <strong>The</strong>y hoped to<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
457<br />
gain acceptance for themselves as scholars <strong>of</strong> both Western learning and<br />
the Confucian learning <strong>of</strong> the literati <strong>of</strong> China and in this way eventually<br />
to win a place for Christianity in Chinese life. This approach necessitated<br />
a strong emphasis on study and scholarship, precisely what St. Ignatius<br />
Loyola prescribed for the educational formation <strong>of</strong> young men entering<br />
his new Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus, which had been granted formal recognition as<br />
a new religious order by Pope Paul III on 27 September 1540. 2 <strong>The</strong> education<br />
<strong>of</strong> aspiring young Jesuits at the Roman College, the Jesuit seminary<br />
founded in 1551, included the finest training then available in<br />
theology, classics, mathematics, and science; and newly arrived Jesuits<br />
in the China mission were immediately put to intensive studies <strong>of</strong> Chinese<br />
language, culture, and the classic Confucian works, standard to the<br />
education <strong>of</strong> an aspiring Chinese scholar.<br />
Books were essential to the success <strong>of</strong> this mission strategy. When they<br />
left Europe bound for China, Jesuits brought with them books in all the<br />
subjects they had studied. In their house in Zhaoqing in Guangdong<br />
Province, site <strong>of</strong> the first Jesuit mission in China (1583–1589), Frs. Matteo<br />
Ricci (1552–1610) and Michel Ruggieri (1543–1607) exhibited their<br />
collection <strong>of</strong> books—the foundation <strong>of</strong> the first library <strong>of</strong> European books<br />
in China. 3 Bringing back up-to-date books in the sciences was one <strong>of</strong> the<br />
charges given to Fr. Nicholas Trigault (1577–1628) when he was sent to<br />
Europe in 1613 to take care <strong>of</strong> several matters regarding the China<br />
mission. <strong>The</strong> volumes he brought back with him in 1620 were the beginning<br />
<strong>of</strong> a library in the Beijing residence <strong>of</strong> the Jesuits and the foundation<br />
<strong>of</strong> the collection eventually housed in the Beitang [North Church]<br />
and known as the Beitang Library. 4<br />
<strong>The</strong> tradition <strong>of</strong> scholar missionaries was continued by the Jesuits in<br />
China throughout the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, until the<br />
suppression <strong>of</strong> the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus by Pope Clement XIV in 1773, after<br />
which the last Jesuits left Beijing. 5 Earlier, in 1724, an imperial decree<br />
had prohibited the preaching <strong>of</strong> Christianity in China and ordered the<br />
deportation <strong>of</strong> missionaries from the empire, with the exception <strong>of</strong> those<br />
working at the court. Furthermore, Christian churches were to be converted<br />
to public buildings, and Chinese Christians were ordered to renounce<br />
their faith. 6 <strong>The</strong>ir work as scientists kept the Jesuits at Court in<br />
imperial favor, but the hope <strong>of</strong> Christianity winning a recognized place<br />
in Chinese society was lost. Local persecutions became more frequent<br />
and severe. <strong>The</strong> Chinese Christian community, scattered and demoralized,<br />
existed on the economic and social fringes <strong>of</strong> society, increasingly<br />
cut <strong>of</strong>f from help from Europe and viewed with suspicion by their own<br />
society. 7 By 1840 there were fewer than forty European missionaries and<br />
ninety Chinese priests to care for the 200,000 to 250,000 Chinese<br />
Christians. 8
458 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library<br />
Beleaguered Chinese Christians recalled the esteem and influence the<br />
early Jesuits had enjoyed in the courts <strong>of</strong> the late Ming and early Qing<br />
emperors. If only the Jesuit missionaries would return, they believed,<br />
their situation as Chinese Christians would improve and the prestige <strong>of</strong><br />
Christianity would be restored. 9 <strong>The</strong>y sent numerous petitions during<br />
the 1830s to the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus, restored by Pope Pius VII in 1784, to<br />
the Queen <strong>of</strong> Portugal, and to the Pope, requesting the return <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus to China. 10 In response to these petitions, three Jesuit<br />
missionaries—Frs. Claude Gotteland (1803–1856), named head <strong>of</strong> the<br />
mission, François Estève (1804–1848), and Benjamin Brueyre (1808–<br />
1880)—were sent to China, landing at Wusong near Shanghai on 11 July<br />
1842. 11 Fr. Gotteland had been instructed to renew the scientific work<br />
<strong>of</strong> the early Jesuit fathers and win the respect <strong>of</strong> educated Chinese, while<br />
Frs. Estève and Brueyre were to engage in the direct apostolate. 12 <strong>The</strong><br />
latter two immediately set themselves to tending to the spiritual and<br />
material needs <strong>of</strong> the Catholics in the region.<br />
As the work <strong>of</strong> the mission progressed over the next five years, it<br />
became clear that a permanent place <strong>of</strong> residence was needed to allow<br />
the Jesuit missionaries to rest, recuperate from illness, and see each<br />
other, as well as to provide a place for newly arrived missionaries to study<br />
Chinese and prepare for their work. 13 <strong>The</strong> site chosen was the village <strong>of</strong><br />
Xujiahui (pronounced Zikawei in the local dialect), five miles southwest<br />
<strong>of</strong> Shanghai. 14 Xujiahui, which means ‘‘the Xu family [home] where the<br />
[Zhaojiabin and Fahuajing] waterways meet,’’ was the ancestral home <strong>of</strong><br />
Xu Guangqi (1562–1633), one <strong>of</strong> the early Jesuits’ most famous and<br />
influential converts. 15 Xu Guangqi, baptized in 1604, served as a Ming<br />
Dynasty court <strong>of</strong>ficial—rising to the position <strong>of</strong> grand secretary—from<br />
1610 until his death. He collaborated with Matteo Ricci and other Jesuit<br />
fathers to translate Western mathematical and scientific works into Chinese<br />
and polished or rewrote most <strong>of</strong> Fr. Ricci’s writings in Chinese. Xu<br />
Guangqi was the strong support and defender <strong>of</strong> the early Catholic<br />
Church in China, and with his help and personal witness congregations<br />
were begun in Hangzhou and in Shanghai. 16 Xu’s remains were interred<br />
in Xujiahui in 1641 after his death in Beijing in 1633, and one branch<br />
<strong>of</strong> his descendants still living in the village over two centuries later remained<br />
staunchly Catholic. 17 <strong>The</strong> small chapel they had built next to<br />
the Zhaojiabin canal northeast <strong>of</strong> Xu Guangqi’s grave was a popular<br />
pilgrimage site for local Christians. 18<br />
In March <strong>of</strong> 1847, Fr. Gotteland’s superior, Fr. Mathurin Lemaitre,<br />
purchased a plot <strong>of</strong> land in Xujiahui adjacent to the chapel <strong>of</strong> the local<br />
Christians and began construction <strong>of</strong> the Jesuit residence. 19 By the end<br />
<strong>of</strong> July the residence was completed and the Jesuits moved to their new<br />
quarters in Xujiahui, 20 there to begin anew a Christian mission based
on scholarship and an understanding <strong>of</strong> Chinese culture that Matteo<br />
Ricci had pioneered two and a half centuries earlier.<br />
Establishment <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library<br />
459<br />
Though pastoral work among the local Christians took most <strong>of</strong> the<br />
missionaries’ time and energy, Fr. Gotteland was ever mindful <strong>of</strong> the<br />
charge given him to renew the scholarly apostolate <strong>of</strong> the early Jesuits.<br />
A seminary was started in 1843 to encourage development <strong>of</strong> a Chinese<br />
clergy, 21 and at a retreat in the same year it was decided to make every<br />
effort to strengthen or found local village schools in the Christian communities<br />
<strong>of</strong> the area. 22 While such efforts were far from pure scholarship,<br />
they did reflect Fr. Gotteland’s determination to give the mission a foundation<br />
<strong>of</strong> concern for learning. So too did his decision to set aside space<br />
for a collection <strong>of</strong> books supporting the missionaries’ study and work just<br />
as soon as they moved to Xujiahui. However modest, this was the first<br />
small beginning <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library (Zikawei Library), which would<br />
become one <strong>of</strong> the two foremost Jesuit libraries in China, the other being<br />
the previously mentioned Beitang Library.<br />
At first the library was housed very simply in three rooms in the mission<br />
priests’ quarters on the north side <strong>of</strong> the existing chapel. <strong>The</strong>n in<br />
1860 the Jesuits added to their land holdings in Xujiahui, and the library<br />
was moved east <strong>of</strong> the Zhaojiabin canal and the building enlarged. By<br />
1897 the library’s holdings had outgrown that building, and plans were<br />
drawn up for a new two-story, twelve-room library divided into a Chinesestyle<br />
first floor area for materials in Chinese and a Western language<br />
section on the second floor. In 1906 the building was completed, and the<br />
library holdings were moved to their new quarters. 23<br />
<strong>The</strong> name <strong>of</strong> the library was never written on the building. In fact, it<br />
was referred to by several names, known from the stamps <strong>of</strong> ownership<br />
inside the books in the library: Zi-ka-wei Reservata Bibliotheca, Bibliotheca<br />
Zi-ka-wei, Zi-ka-wei Bibliotheque de Mission, Zi-ka-wei Bibliotheca<br />
Major, and in Chinese, Shanghai Xujiahui Tianzhutang Cangshulou<br />
(‘‘Library <strong>of</strong> the Catholic Church <strong>of</strong> Xujiahui, Shanghai’’). Local people<br />
in the area called the big building among the old gingko trees ‘‘<strong>The</strong><br />
Great Library.’’ 24<br />
Administration<br />
<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library was one <strong>of</strong> a number <strong>of</strong> libraries in the Xujiahui<br />
mission complex, such as the libraries <strong>of</strong> the various schools, the Jesuit<br />
Seminary, the orphanage, the observatory, and the museum. <strong>The</strong> care <strong>of</strong><br />
the library, until 1875, was assigned by the superior <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui
460 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library<br />
mission to one <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui mission priests as one <strong>of</strong> his various responsibilities.<br />
After that, from 1875 until 1949, the mission priest chosen<br />
to oversee the work <strong>of</strong> the library and the maintenance <strong>of</strong> its collections<br />
was directly appointed by the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus. 25 As we have seen, Fr.<br />
Claude Gotteland, first superior <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Jesuit mission, gave the<br />
library its start in 1847 when the mission moved to Xujiahui. Following<br />
him, Frs. Angelo Zottoli and Henri Havret laid a firm foundation for the<br />
library as a repository <strong>of</strong> scholarly materials for Sinological studies. 26<br />
Angelo Zottoli (1826–1902), who joined the Jesuits in 1843, first arrived<br />
in Xujiahui in 1848 and was one <strong>of</strong> the first European Jesuits to<br />
complete university and seminary studies together with Chinese students<br />
at Xujiahui. From 1853 on, Fr. Zottoli was a teacher and headmaster <strong>of</strong><br />
the College <strong>of</strong> St. Ignatius, a boarding school founded in 1849 to prepare<br />
Chinese leaders for the Christian community. Many <strong>of</strong> the leading educators<br />
and Chinese priests <strong>of</strong> the following decades received their formative<br />
training under his direction. During his years at Xujiahui, Fr.<br />
Zottoli wrote a multivolume textbook <strong>of</strong> Chinese for incoming missionaries<br />
and several studies <strong>of</strong> Chinese literature, compiled a Chinese<br />
dictionary, and wrote numerous theological works in Chinese. 27 Fr. Henri<br />
Havret (1848–1902) entered the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus in 1872, arrived in<br />
China late in 1874, and, following final theological studies at Xujiahui,<br />
was ordained a priest. From 1874 to 1876 he was assigned responsibility<br />
for the Xujiahui Library at the same time he taught philosophy and<br />
theology in the Jesuit mission schools at Xujiahui. After spending a number<br />
<strong>of</strong> years doing mission work in the lower Yangtze River region, Fr.<br />
Havret served as director <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Jesuit Seminary from 1894 to<br />
1898. <strong>The</strong> founder <strong>of</strong> the scholarly series Variéte´s Sinologiques, Fr. Havret<br />
is best known for his study <strong>of</strong> the Nestorian tablet found near Xi’an in<br />
central China about 1625, La Stèle chretiénne de Si-gnan-fou, (3 vols., Shanghai:<br />
Mission Catholique, 1897). 28<br />
In their work in the Xujiahui Library, Frs. Zottoli and Havret were<br />
assisted by two <strong>of</strong> Fr. Zottoli’s students from his early years as headmaster<br />
<strong>of</strong> the College <strong>of</strong> St. Ignatius, Ma Xiangbo and Li Wenyu. 29 Ma<br />
Xiangbo (1840–1939) joined the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus in 1862 and was ordained<br />
a priest in 1870. He left the priesthood in 1876 and devoted the<br />
remainder <strong>of</strong> his life to various efforts to modernize China and improve<br />
education, all the while maintaining close ties to the Jesuit community<br />
in Shanghai. 30 Li Wenyu (1840–1911) was a friend <strong>of</strong> and fellow student<br />
with Ma Xiangbo. He entered the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus in 1862 and was ordained<br />
a priest in 1872. A pioneer <strong>of</strong> Chinese journalism, he was the<br />
founding editor <strong>of</strong> Yiwenlu [General Report] (1879), the first Chinese<br />
Catholic periodical, and Shengxinbao [Sacred Heart Messenger] (1887).
461<br />
From 1906 until his death, Fr. Li was headmaster <strong>of</strong> Aurora Academy,<br />
which Ma Xiangbo began in 1906. 31<br />
From 1868 to 1874 and from 1876 to 1881 the library was headed by<br />
Fr. Louis Pfister (1833–1891). Fr. Pfister arrived in China in 1867 and a<br />
year afterward was assigned to the Xujiahui Library. He reorganized the<br />
books, manuscripts, and other materials in the library. His knowledge <strong>of</strong><br />
the holdings <strong>of</strong> the library aided the research <strong>of</strong> many Sinologists <strong>of</strong> the<br />
time. Fr. Pfister is best known for his invaluable reference work, Notices<br />
biographiques et bibliographiques sur les Jésuites de l’ancienne mission de Chine<br />
1552– 1773 (Shanghai: Imprimerie de la mission catholique, 1932), which<br />
he compiled over the course <strong>of</strong> twenty years using the resources <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Xujiahui Library. 32<br />
Following Fr. Pfister, nine Chinese Jesuits headed the Xujiahui Library.<br />
33 <strong>The</strong> last director <strong>of</strong> the library was Fr. Xu Zongze (1886–1947),<br />
a twelfth generation descendant <strong>of</strong> Xu Guangqi, who headed the library<br />
from 1923 until his death. 34 Under Xu Zongze the policy <strong>of</strong> allowing only<br />
Jesuits to use the library was relaxed beginning in the 1920s to allow<br />
anyone who was introduced by a Jesuit, and approved by the library’s<br />
administrator, to be given reading privileges. 35 While the library was still<br />
restricted in use, nonetheless certain Chinese researchers were thus able<br />
to make use <strong>of</strong> the materials in the Xujiahui Library. For example, the<br />
historian <strong>of</strong> Chinese journalism Ge Gongzhen, after securing an introduction<br />
by Ma Xiangbo, was able to consult the library’s rich holdings<br />
<strong>of</strong> newspapers and journals in writing his study Zhongguo baoxue shi [<strong>The</strong><br />
history <strong>of</strong> Chinese journalism]. 36 Besides teaching in the schools <strong>of</strong> Xujiahui,<br />
Fr. Xu also served as editor <strong>of</strong> Shengjiao zazhi (Revue Catholique),<br />
and he frequently inquired on the pages <strong>of</strong> the journal for news about<br />
old, new, or different editions <strong>of</strong> gazetteers from the various areas <strong>of</strong><br />
China and then expended much effort to acquire them for the library.<br />
Under his direction the Xujiahui Library’s collection <strong>of</strong> local gazetteers<br />
<strong>of</strong> China grew to become one <strong>of</strong> the largest in China. Fr. Xu was responsible<br />
for a revised edition, <strong>issue</strong>d in 1933, <strong>of</strong> the collected writings<br />
<strong>of</strong> his ancestor Xu Guangqi that had originally been compiled by Fr. Li<br />
Wenyu in 1896. Using the resources <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library, Fr. Xu<br />
compiled Ming-Qing jian Yesuhuishi yizhu tiyao [Abstracts <strong>of</strong> writings by<br />
Jesuits during the Ming and Qing dynasties] (Shanghai: Zhonghua shuju,<br />
1946), which lists 401 Chinese works from the seventeenth century by<br />
Jesuit missionaries and related works by Chinese scholars. It was Fr. Xu’s<br />
hope following World War II to modernize the library and allow public<br />
access, but these suggestions were not approved by his superiors. Xu<br />
Zongze continued his work at the library until his death in June 1947<br />
from an attack <strong>of</strong> malaria. 37
462 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library<br />
Facilities<br />
<strong>The</strong> library was designed for quiet reading and study. Jesuits and<br />
other approved patrons were freely permitted to choose and use books<br />
in the reading room, but there were no borrowing privileges. Current<br />
periodicals and books for general reading were placed in the Fathers’<br />
commons room. In the Western stacks on the second floor were a reading<br />
counter, two tables, and several chairs. In the Chinese stacks on the first<br />
floor, besides several tables, there was a stand with bookshelves for writing<br />
characters and a stand for use in book binding and repair. Reference<br />
tables in the Western area were designed with sections to hold Chinese<br />
and Western reference books with drawers above and cabinets below,<br />
each with sections for notecards, bound indexes, and other tools <strong>of</strong> the<br />
researcher. <strong>The</strong> bookcases throughout the library stretched from floor to<br />
ceiling and were painted with scarlet lacquer. <strong>The</strong>re were twelve shelves<br />
per bookcase in the Chinese section—three wide lower shelves, and nine<br />
narrow upper ones—and six shelves per bookcase in the Western section.<br />
In the Chinese section the higher shelves were reached by a bamboo<br />
ladder hooked to an iron bar that ran along the top shelves. In the<br />
Western section the upper level was reached by climbing one <strong>of</strong> three<br />
ladders up to a walkway supported by iron columns that circled the<br />
room. 38<br />
Collections<br />
At its height, the Xujiahui Library collection included over 100,000<br />
titles in 200,000 volumes—80,000 volumes in European languages and<br />
120,000 volumes in Chinese. 39 It was, after the destruction <strong>of</strong> the Dongfang<br />
[Asia] Library in 1932 by Japanese militarists, the largest library in<br />
Shanghai. 40 <strong>The</strong> books in the Chinese section <strong>of</strong> the library were classified<br />
into five categories—the four traditional Chinese bibliographic<br />
classes <strong>of</strong> classics, history, philosophy, and belles lettres, plus a fifth,<br />
collectanea. <strong>The</strong> Chinese section was rich in local gazetteers <strong>of</strong> the provinces,<br />
prefectures, and counties <strong>of</strong> China. In 1930 they numbered 2,531,<br />
and eventually their number totaled over 2,700 separate titles. 41<br />
Ninety-eight <strong>of</strong> the gazetteers were the only extant copies, the rarest<br />
being a five-volume manuscript gazetteer from Zhenjiang Prefecture in<br />
Jiangsu Province dating from the reign period which lasted from 1330<br />
to 1332. 42<br />
Besides its extensive holdings <strong>of</strong> gazetteers, another distinction <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Xujiahui Library was its early, rare newspapers and magazines and its<br />
complete runs <strong>of</strong> newspapers, including the English-language North China
463<br />
Herald, Shanghai’s first newspaper, and the influential Shanghai daily<br />
Shen pao. <strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library held every <strong>issue</strong> <strong>of</strong> Shen pao published<br />
from its founding on 30 April 1872 until it ceased publication 27 May<br />
1949 (except 17 October 1909). Important, hard-to-acquire newspapers<br />
from the 1870s held by the Xujiahui Library included the Huipao (1874),<br />
Yipao (1875), and Xinbao (1876). Early journals included Jiaohui xinbao<br />
[Church news], also called Zhongguo jiaohui xinbao [Chinese church news],<br />
begun in 1868 and continued from 1874 under the title Wan’guo gongbao<br />
[Universal news]; Xiaohai yuebao [Children’s monthly], begun 1876;<br />
Yiwenlu [General report], begun 1879; and Huatu xinbao [Variety news],<br />
begun 1880. 43<br />
<strong>The</strong> European-language collection <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library was made<br />
up <strong>of</strong> books in over ten different languages, including Hebrew, Latin,<br />
Greek, and other European languages, arranged on the shelves by subject<br />
categories. 44 <strong>The</strong> library owned major dictionaries and encyclopedias<br />
from all over the world and important scholarly journals to aid the Jesuits<br />
in their studies. 45 One rare reference work in the library’s collections<br />
was the remainder <strong>of</strong> a dictionary compiled in the mid–nineteenth century<br />
by the French consul in Canton, by order <strong>of</strong> Louis-Napoleon. <strong>The</strong><br />
dictionary, Han-yang zidian [Chinese foreign (language) dictionary], when<br />
first compiled included Chinese, French, and Latin entries. To reduce<br />
the size, the French portion was later excised. In 1853 the dictionary was<br />
sent to Hong Kong for printing, but before the job was done, a fire broke<br />
out in the printer’s shop, and only a few portions <strong>of</strong> the dictionary, those<br />
later held by the Xujiahui Library, survived. 46<br />
Four double-faced glass cabinets in the Western section held manuscript<br />
copies <strong>of</strong> early writings in Chinese by the Jesuit missionaries, including<br />
Lifa xichuan [History <strong>of</strong> European astronomy] by Adam Schall,<br />
S.J. (1591–1666), Zhili shugao [Draft memorial on calendar reform], and<br />
Dizhen gao [On earthquakes—draft]. 47 <strong>The</strong> library also owned many<br />
rarely seen woodblock prints and early typeset editions from Catholic<br />
mission presses throughout China. 48<br />
In all, the library held over two thousand pre-1800 rare editions, 49<br />
among them an incomplete copy <strong>of</strong> Sapientia Sinica (Zhonghua zhanyan),<br />
the earliest Latin translation <strong>of</strong> certain <strong>of</strong> the Confucian classics, printed<br />
in 1662 in Jiangxi Province. <strong>The</strong> copy <strong>of</strong> this translation in the Xujiahui<br />
collection was Sinensis imperii classici sex (Prague, 1711) by Francois Noël,<br />
S.J. (1651–1729), the first complete translation <strong>of</strong> the Confucian Four<br />
Books to appear in Europe. <strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library collection also included<br />
Gujin jingtian jian tianxue [An examination <strong>of</strong> the ancient and modern<br />
(Chinese) worship <strong>of</strong> Heaven: the essentials <strong>of</strong> the Heavenly Teaching]<br />
by Joachim Bouvet, S.J. (1656–1730), and variant editions <strong>of</strong> Tian Ru
464 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library<br />
yinzheng [On the true conformity <strong>of</strong> Christianity and Confucianism] and<br />
Zhengxue liushi [<strong>The</strong> touchstone <strong>of</strong> true learning] by the Spanish missionary<br />
Antonio Caballero a Santa Maria, O.F.M. (1602–1669). 50<br />
A catalog <strong>of</strong> the Chinese books in the library existed in the 1930s, 51<br />
but this catalog seems to have disappeared; its whereabouts are unknown.<br />
52 <strong>The</strong>re is a handwritten catalog <strong>of</strong> European books in two volumes,<br />
the latest entry dated 1952, that includes approximately 25,000<br />
titles, or a fairly complete listing <strong>of</strong> the European books in the Xujiahui<br />
Library. 53 <strong>The</strong>re seems never to have been any record made <strong>of</strong> the library’s<br />
copious archival materials—manuscripts, letters, and journals.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library 1949–1976<br />
<strong>The</strong> last foreign Jesuits left Xujiahui in 1951, after the mission schools<br />
and scientific establishments had been taken over by the Chinese government.<br />
54 In November 1956 the Xujiahui Jesuit Seminary was occupied<br />
by the People’s Liberation Army. 55 <strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library was placed,<br />
along with other libraries formerly run by foreign groups, under the control<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Shanghai Municipal Library, which had been established in<br />
1952. Subsequently the Xujiahui Library became a unit <strong>of</strong> the Shanghai<br />
Library, while remaining in its original building, and was opened in January<br />
1957 for limited use. 56 Beginning in 1956 other specialized libraries<br />
in Shanghai were merged with the Xujiahui Library. <strong>The</strong> first <strong>of</strong> these<br />
was the Yazhou Wenhui Tushuguan [Literary library <strong>of</strong> Asia], followed<br />
by the Hong Ying Library, the Shanghaishi Baokan Tushuguan [Shanghai<br />
Newspaper Library], which included the archives <strong>of</strong> the Shen pao and<br />
Xinwen pao, and finally, in 1958, the Shanghaishi Lishi Wenxian Tushuguan<br />
[Shanghai Municipal Library <strong>of</strong> Historical Documents]. <strong>The</strong>se libraries<br />
brought to the Xujiahui Library fine collections <strong>of</strong> books on Asian<br />
studies, historical documents, and many <strong>issue</strong>s <strong>of</strong> early newspapers <strong>of</strong><br />
China from the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, increasing<br />
its total volumes to 1,070,000. 57<br />
In October 1957 a draft catalog titled Xujiahui cangshulou socang guji<br />
mulugao chubian [Preliminary draft catalog <strong>of</strong> rare books in the Xujiahui<br />
Library] was <strong>issue</strong>d by the Shanghai Library. <strong>The</strong> catalog includes approximately<br />
8,500 Chinese titles arranged according to the four traditional<br />
Chinese bibliographic divisions plus a fifth, collections, the same<br />
divisions that the Chinese holdings were divided into on the shelves <strong>of</strong><br />
the library. No mission-related works are listed in the draft catalog. 58<br />
After this catalog was <strong>issue</strong>d, no doubt because <strong>of</strong> political events in<br />
China, little more was done in the way <strong>of</strong> organizing and cataloging the<br />
collections for over two decades.
465<br />
Through the courage and determination <strong>of</strong> the staff, the library building<br />
and its holdings survived the Cultural Revolution undamaged. In late<br />
August <strong>of</strong> 1966, 59 at the height <strong>of</strong> the campaign against the ‘‘Four Olds’’<br />
(old ideas, old culture, old customs, and old habits), the Red Guards<br />
came to the Xujiahui area <strong>of</strong> Shanghai. <strong>The</strong>y first looted the Catholic<br />
church next door to the library <strong>of</strong> all its books and burned them, and<br />
then, several days later, attacked the library, yelling, ‘‘Down with the<br />
Four Olds!’’ While some <strong>of</strong> the staff guarded the doors and windows <strong>of</strong><br />
the library, others went out to conciliate the mob, and the crisis was<br />
averted. 60 <strong>The</strong> library was closed after this incident and did not reopen<br />
until 1977. Though the contents <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library did not suffer<br />
in the Cultural Revolution, the staff were not so fortunate. A number <strong>of</strong><br />
them suffered persecution, imprisonment, and physical harm (even<br />
death) simply because they worked there. 61<br />
Recent Developments<br />
After the Xujiahui Library reopened in 1977, the staff began two major<br />
projects: a thorough reorganization <strong>of</strong> the materials <strong>of</strong> the library<br />
and repair and preservation <strong>of</strong> its many rare books. 62 Evidence <strong>of</strong> this<br />
effort is the publication in 1992 <strong>of</strong> Shanghai tushuguan xiwen zhenben shumu:<br />
Shanghai Library Catalog <strong>of</strong> Western Rare Books by <strong>The</strong> Publishing House <strong>of</strong><br />
the Shanghai Academy <strong>of</strong> Social Sciences. This catalog lists 1,800 European<br />
books published between 1515 and 1800 formerly held in the libraries<br />
<strong>of</strong> the foreign concessions in Shanghai, among them the Xujiahui<br />
Library, which are now a part <strong>of</strong> the Shanghai Library. 63 Of the books<br />
listed in this catalog, 126 include the annotation that the book has the<br />
Xujiahui Library stamp in it. Cataloging and organization <strong>of</strong> the materials<br />
in the Xujiahui Library, with the goals <strong>of</strong> improved access and bibliographic<br />
control, continues. For example, a recent article includes a<br />
brief report <strong>of</strong> an assessment <strong>of</strong> the manuscripts <strong>of</strong> Western works translated<br />
into Chinese held in the Xujiahui Library, noting that there are<br />
305 manuscripts on religious topics, forty on society and the arts, and<br />
sixty-three in the sciences. Many <strong>of</strong> these manuscripts are unpublished<br />
drafts, and many are written in the local dialects <strong>of</strong> the area. 64 Such<br />
reports are a welcome indication <strong>of</strong> the ongoing work to preserve and<br />
make known the rich resources <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library.<br />
Access to the Xujiahui Library collections remains limited for several<br />
reasons. In addition to its origins as a mission library and the nature <strong>of</strong><br />
the materials held in it, there is the further problem that half <strong>of</strong> the<br />
library’s materials in Chinese appear to have not yet been properly cataloged.<br />
65 Use <strong>of</strong> the library’s materials by foreigners is restricted to those
466 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library<br />
having prior permission. In 1986 an American pr<strong>of</strong>essor, although not<br />
allowed inside the Xujiahui Library building itself, was allowed to examine<br />
books from the library by selecting them from the previously mentioned<br />
catalog <strong>of</strong> European books, after which the books were brought<br />
from the Xujiahui Library to him in the Rare Books Reading Room <strong>of</strong><br />
the Shanghai Library. 66<br />
After nearly ninety years in its old quarters, the Xujiahui Library was<br />
moved in 1993 because construction <strong>of</strong> a subway under North Caoxi<br />
Road, where the library was located, was affecting the building. 67 Consequently,<br />
the contents <strong>of</strong> the library were moved to another location<br />
until the new Shanghai Library, now under construction at a site on<br />
Nanhaizhong Road, is completed. 68<br />
Conclusion<br />
<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library, whose roots go back to the earliest Jesuit missionaries<br />
and their converts and to the Chinese Christian on whose family<br />
land holdings it was built, is a part <strong>of</strong> the heritage <strong>of</strong> the Catholic<br />
Church in China and an important monument <strong>of</strong> Chinese-Western scholarship.<br />
<strong>The</strong> materials collected in the library and the history <strong>of</strong> the library<br />
itself are primary sources <strong>of</strong> information about the early Church<br />
in China, Chinese Christians, Westerners in China, Chinese society, and<br />
Sino-Western relations.<br />
Notes<br />
1. For a discussion <strong>of</strong> the distinctiveness <strong>of</strong> the Jesuit mission to China, see<br />
the introduction to Andrew C. Ross, A Vision Betrayed: <strong>The</strong> Jesuits in Japan and<br />
China, 1542– 1742 (Maryknoll, N.Y.: Orbis Books, 1994), xi–xvii, and the Prologue<br />
and Chapter 1 <strong>of</strong> George S. Dunne, S.J., Generation <strong>of</strong> Giants: <strong>The</strong> Story <strong>of</strong> the Jesuits<br />
in China in the Last Decades <strong>of</strong> the Ming Dynasty (Notre Dame, Indiana: <strong>University</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> Notre Dame Press, 1962), 3–22.<br />
2. William A. Bangert, S.J., A History <strong>of</strong> the Society <strong>of</strong> Jesus (St. Louis: <strong>The</strong><br />
Institute <strong>of</strong> Jesuit Sources, 1986), 26–8.<br />
3. Dunne, Generation <strong>of</strong> Giants, 28.<br />
4. J. Van den Brandt, C.M., ‘‘La Bibliotheque du Pe-t’ang,’’ Monumenta Serica<br />
4:2 (1940): 616.<br />
5. J. de la Servière, S.J. Les anciennes missions de la compagnie de Jésus en Chine<br />
(1552– 1814) (Shanghai: Tusewei Press, 1924), 69.<br />
6. La Servière, Les anciennes missions, 63–4.<br />
7. Ann Nottingham Kelsall, ‘‘Zi-ka-wei and the Modern Jesuit Mission to the<br />
Chinese, 1842–1952,’’ Master’s thesis, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Maryland, 1978, 34.<br />
8. Ibid., 41.<br />
9. Ibid., 44–5.<br />
10. J. de la Servière, S.J., La Nouvelle mission du Kiang-nan (1840– 1922) (Shanghai:<br />
Tusewei Press, 1925), 2.<br />
11. Ibid., 2; Kelsall, ‘‘Zi-ka-wei,’’ 51.
467<br />
12. Kelsall, ‘‘Zi-ka-wei,’’ 51.<br />
13. Ibid., 78; 113–4.<br />
14. J. de la Servière, S.J., Histoire de la mission du Kiang-nan (Shanghai: Tusewei<br />
Press, 1914), 1: 112.<br />
15. Ibid.<br />
16. Xu Zongze, ‘‘Fengjiao gelaode zuanlue’’ [Biography <strong>of</strong> the Catholic Grand<br />
Secretary], Shengjiao zazhi (Revue Catholique) 22:11 (November 1933): 9–19. <strong>The</strong><br />
date <strong>of</strong> Xu Guangqi’s baptism is from H. Verhaeren, C.M., ‘‘Nos anciens catechismes,’’<br />
Bulletin catholique de Pekin 30 (1943): 238.<br />
17. La Servière, Histoire, 112.<br />
18. Boxi Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi’’ [Brief history <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library],<br />
Tushuguan zazhi [Library Journal] 4 (1982): 69.<br />
19. La Servière, Histoire, 113.<br />
20. Ibid., 114.<br />
21. Ibid., 55.<br />
22. Kelsall, ‘‘Zi-ka-wei,’’ 66.<br />
23. Zhiwei Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou—<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui (Zi-ka-wei) Library,’’<br />
trans. Norman Walling, S.J., Tripod 70 (July–August 1992): 23.<br />
24. Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi,’’ 69; Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’<br />
24–5.<br />
25. Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi,’’ 70.<br />
26. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 23–4.<br />
27. Kelsall, ‘‘Zi-ka-wei,’’ 80, 128–9 and note 71, 128–9; Hao Fang, Zhongguo<br />
Tianzhujiaoshi renwuzhuan [Biographies <strong>of</strong> people in Chinese Catholic history], 3<br />
vols. (Hong Kong: Catholic Truth Society, 1970–1973), 3: 260–2.<br />
28. Fang, Zhongguo, 262–5.<br />
29. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 23–5.<br />
30. Fang, Zhongguo, 292–8; and Howard L. Borman, ed., Biographical Dictionary<br />
<strong>of</strong> Republican China, 4 vols. (New York: Columbia <strong>University</strong> Press, 1968), 2: 470–3.<br />
31. Fang, Zhongguo, 284–6.<br />
32. Ibid., 276–7; Henri Cordier, ‘‘Necrologie,’’ T’oung Pao Series I, Vol. 2<br />
(1891): 460–4.<br />
33. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 24–5. Chinese Jesuit directors <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui<br />
Library were Frs. Shen Jinbiao, Xu Li, Mao Benquan, Xu Yunxi, Zhang<br />
Rouyu, Zhang Yushan (author <strong>of</strong> Synchronismes Chinois [Shanghai: Tusewei Press,<br />
1905]), Yang Weishi, Cui Tingcai, and Xu Zongze. Frs. Xu Yunxi and Xu Zongze<br />
were, respectively, eleventh- and twelfth-generation descendants <strong>of</strong> Xu Guangqi.<br />
34. Fang, Zhongguo, 323.<br />
35. Ibid., 323; Hu Daojing, ‘‘Wo dushu zai Shanghaide tushuguanli’’ [<strong>The</strong> libraries<br />
<strong>of</strong> Shanghai where I studied,] in Shanghai zhanggu [Anecdotes <strong>of</strong> Shanghai]<br />
(Shanghai: Shanghai wenhua chubanshe, 1982), 44.<br />
36. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 26.<br />
37. Fang, Zhongguo, 322–5.<br />
38. <strong>The</strong> description <strong>of</strong> the physical facilities <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library in this<br />
paragraph is compiled from details given in Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi,’’<br />
70, and Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 25.<br />
39. Hu Daojing, Shanghai tushuguan shi [History <strong>of</strong> libraries in Shanghai]<br />
(Shanghai: Shanghaishi tungzhiguan, 1935), 57.<br />
40. Shanghai chunqiu [Annals <strong>of</strong> Shanghai] Section 4.a, ‘‘Tushuguan’’ [Libraries]<br />
(Hong Kong: Hong Kong Nantian Book Company, 1962), 91.<br />
41. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 26. ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou socang difangzhi<br />
mulu chugao’’ [Preliminary draft bibliography <strong>of</strong> local gazetteers held in the
468 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui Library<br />
Xujiahui Library], mimeographed, 1957, lists a total <strong>of</strong> 2,732 gazetteers. Fang,<br />
Zhongguo, 323.<br />
42. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 26.<br />
43. Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi,’’ 70; Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 31.<br />
44. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 26.<br />
45. Daojing, Shanghai tushuguan shi, 59.<br />
46. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 26–7.<br />
47. Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi,’’ 70; Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 32.<br />
48. Ge, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou jianshi,’’ 70; Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 29.<br />
49. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 29.<br />
50. D. E. Mungello, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library <strong>of</strong> Shanghai in 1986,’’<br />
China Mission Studies (1550– 1800) Bulletin VIII (1986): 48–50.<br />
51. ‘‘Aurora <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Shanghai,’’ <strong>The</strong> Far Eastern Review 32:9 (September<br />
1936): 391; ‘‘Le nouveau batiment de l’Universite,’’ Bulletin de l’Université Aurore<br />
2:34 (1936): 69.<br />
52. Jon W. Huebner, ‘‘L’Universite l’Aurore, Shanghai, 1903–1952,’’ Papers on<br />
Far Eastern History 1989 (40): 148, note 69.<br />
53. Mungello, ‘‘Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library,’’ 43–5. Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Mungello examined<br />
these catalogs <strong>of</strong> the Xujiahui Library at the Shanghai Library in late September<br />
and October, 1986.<br />
54. Kelsall, ‘‘Zi-ka-wei,’’ 187.<br />
55. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 29.<br />
56. Shang Tuwen, ‘‘Shanghai tushuguande sishi nian,’’ [Forty years <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Shanghai Library] Tushuguan zazhi [Library Journal] 4 (1992): 2.<br />
57. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 29, 31–2.<br />
58. Mungello, ‘‘Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library,’’ 43–5.<br />
59. <strong>The</strong> dating <strong>of</strong> this incident is uncertain. One source says ‘‘early in the<br />
Cultural Revolution’’ (Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 32). Another source gives<br />
a date <strong>of</strong> 1970 (‘‘Xujiahui dashiji’’ [Main events in Xujiahui], Tripod July–August,<br />
1992, 78). Another source refers to the looting <strong>of</strong> St. Ignatius Church in Xujiahui<br />
in August <strong>of</strong> 1966, at the height <strong>of</strong> the campaign against the Four Olds, and an<br />
attempt to enter the Xujiahui Library at that time. (Ye Yonglie, Zhang Chunqiao<br />
fuchenlu [<strong>The</strong> life <strong>of</strong> Zhang Chunqiao] [Hong Kong: South China Press, 1989],<br />
248–9.) <strong>The</strong> Cultural Revolution began in November 1965, and the Campaign<br />
against the Four Olds was begun in August <strong>of</strong> 1966. Churches were ‘‘stripped <strong>of</strong><br />
crosses, statues, icons, decorations, and all church paraphernalia’’ about 24 August<br />
1966 (Lynn T. White III, Policies <strong>of</strong> Chaos: <strong>The</strong> Organizational Causes <strong>of</strong> Violence<br />
in China’s Cultural Revolution [Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton <strong>University</strong> Press,<br />
1989], 283, quoting an article from the South China Morning Post <strong>of</strong> 30 August<br />
1966, by a Russian correspondent who was in Shanghai on 24 August and saw<br />
Red Guards at work stripping churches throughout the city and burning their<br />
books. 283, Note 48). I conclude that late August 1966 is the most probable date<br />
for the attempt by Red Guards to enter the Xujiahui Library.<br />
60. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 32–3.<br />
61. Wang Lili, ‘‘Dangdai Shanghai gonggong tushuguan shiye gaishu 1949–<br />
1988 I’’ [Overview <strong>of</strong> contemporary public libraries in Shanghai 1949–1988 Part<br />
I], Tushuguan zazhi [Library Journal] 6 (1992): 39–40.<br />
62. Wang Lili, ‘‘Dangdai Shanghai gonggong tushuguan shiye gaishu 6’’ [Overview<br />
<strong>of</strong> contemporary public libraries in Shanghai, Part 6] Tushuguan zazhi [Library<br />
Journal] 5 (1993): 48.<br />
63. ‘‘Preface,’’ Shanghai tushuguan xiwen zhenben shumu: Shanghai Library Catalog<br />
<strong>of</strong> Western Rare Books (Shanghai: Shanghai Academy <strong>of</strong> Social Sciences, 1992), v.
469<br />
64. Lu Diaowen, ‘‘Tianzhujiao zai Zhongguode Han yi Xixue tushu,’’ [Western<br />
books translated into Chinese by the Catholic Church in China] Tushuguan zazhi<br />
[Library Journal] 1 (1995): 55.<br />
65. Mungello, ‘‘Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library,’’ 45, 52.<br />
66. Mungello, ‘‘Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library,’’ 43.<br />
67. Huang, ‘‘Xujiahui cangshulou,’’ 34; Sino-Western Cultural Relations Journal<br />
XVI (1994): 71. <strong>The</strong> exact location to which the materials were removed is not<br />
known.<br />
68. He Dayong, ‘‘Weilaide Shanghai tushuguan,’’ [<strong>The</strong> future Shanghai Library],<br />
Tushuguan zazhi [Library journal] 4 (1992): 9.
Notes & Essays<br />
LIBRARIES & PHILANTHROPY, THE PROCEEDINGS OF<br />
LIBRARY HISTORY SEMINAR IX, SPRING 1995, THE<br />
UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA, TUSCALOOSA<br />
P. Toby Graham<br />
Students <strong>of</strong> library history will be pleased to learn that the Graduate<br />
<strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong> Library and <strong>Information</strong> Science at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at<br />
Austin has published the proceedings <strong>of</strong> Library History Seminar IX,<br />
titled Libraries & Philanthropy. <strong>The</strong> proceedings originally appeared as the<br />
Winter and Spring 1996 <strong>issue</strong>s <strong>of</strong> Libraries & Culture, but are reprinted<br />
in a single, hard-bound volume edited by Donald G. Davis Jr. Major<br />
improvements over the journal version are the combined tables <strong>of</strong> contents<br />
and an index compiled by Hermina G. B. Anghelescu.<br />
<strong>The</strong> twenty-eight research papers and five prefatory essays <strong>of</strong> Libraries<br />
& Philanthropy bear witness to the exciting exchange <strong>of</strong> ideas at the seminar,<br />
and they provide extensive coverage <strong>of</strong> the <strong>issue</strong>s and themes associated<br />
with the history <strong>of</strong> libraries and their benefactors. <strong>The</strong> papers<br />
<strong>of</strong>fer diversity in chronology and geography; topics range from the ancient<br />
world to the computer age and cover five continents. <strong>The</strong>se scholarly<br />
works provide a meaningful contribution to the historiography <strong>of</strong><br />
libraries. <strong>The</strong>y also carry a particular relevance to the present funding<br />
troubles confronting many libraries, a fact not lost on the seminar<br />
participants.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Library History Seminar is a quinquennial event bringing together<br />
an international library history community for three days <strong>of</strong> scholarly<br />
interaction and collegiality. <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Alabama hosted the<br />
ninth and most recent gathering on 30 March–1 April 1995. Approximately<br />
eighty librarians and scholars attended, representing twenty-four<br />
states and nine countries. Library History Seminar IX was dedicated to<br />
Edward G. Holley, William Rand Kenan Jr. Pr<strong>of</strong>essor Emeritus and former<br />
dean <strong>of</strong> the <strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong> and Library Science at the <strong>University</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> North Carolina, Chapel Hill.<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
471<br />
<strong>The</strong> thematic choice <strong>of</strong> Library History Seminar IX, ‘‘Libraries & Philanthropy,’’<br />
proved to be a timely one. <strong>The</strong> planning committee received<br />
more than the usual number <strong>of</strong> submissions on the conference topic and<br />
was able to accept many fine manuscripts directly related to library benefaction.<br />
Listeners received these papers with a recognition <strong>of</strong> their current<br />
relevance, <strong>of</strong>ten making ad lib comparisons to the budgetary crises<br />
threatening the library world.<br />
Three plenary papers by an interdisciplinary group <strong>of</strong> distinguished<br />
scholars provide a broad context for the philanthropy theme. Together,<br />
these papers provide a sense that the history <strong>of</strong> libraries has been closely<br />
associated with philanthropy and that studies <strong>of</strong> funding and organizational<br />
patterns in the past speak to the financial challenges <strong>of</strong> the present.<br />
Peter Dobkin Hall’s essay on ‘‘Libraries and the Origins <strong>of</strong> Civil<br />
Society in the United States’’ asserts that America lacks an adequate<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> its fundamental institutions, an understanding that<br />
might prove helpful in the post–Cold War atmosphere <strong>of</strong> restructuring<br />
and shrinking resources. He believes that scholars can learn from the<br />
variety <strong>of</strong> organizational possibilities represented in the history <strong>of</strong> library<br />
development. Dr. Hall is the Associate Research Scientist for the Yale<br />
<strong>University</strong> Program on Non-Pr<strong>of</strong>it Organizations. Neil Harris, pr<strong>of</strong>essor<br />
<strong>of</strong> history at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago, provides the second plenary<br />
paper, entitled, ‘‘Public Funding for Rarity in America.’’ He examines<br />
the mixed public-private system <strong>of</strong> collecting rare books and manuscripts<br />
in the United States, finding a general reluctance on the part <strong>of</strong> American<br />
legislators to pay for rarities with public funds. Studying ‘‘American<br />
Public Libraries and the Third Sector,’’ Phyllis Dain asserts that philanthropy<br />
and nonpr<strong>of</strong>it organizations have been as much a part <strong>of</strong><br />
American library development as has governmental support.<br />
<strong>The</strong> majority <strong>of</strong> the remaining twenty-five papers elaborate on the<br />
central theme. Selected from over a hundred proposals, they highlight<br />
research on library philanthropy within specific historical contexts. <strong>The</strong><br />
diversity <strong>of</strong> the papers selected creates an interdisciplinary appeal and<br />
provides opportunities for comparison. Topics covered include women<br />
and philanthropy, libraries in India and Ancient Greece, Rockefeller<br />
gifts, philanthropy by beer and tobacco tycoons, reading during the Cold<br />
War, the Council on Library Resources, and libraries and literacy in<br />
Europe.<br />
No general work on library philanthropy would be complete without a<br />
study <strong>of</strong> Carnegie’s gifts, and Libraries & Philanthropy <strong>of</strong>fers five. Notable<br />
among these is Maxine K. Rochester’s paper on the Carnegie Corporation<br />
British Dominions and Colonies Fund in which she asserts that Carnegie<br />
philanthropy abroad served to ‘‘Americanize’’ international<br />
librarianship. Nancy Becker Johnson highlights the influence <strong>of</strong> two
472 L&C/Libraries & Philanthropy<br />
previously neglected figures, ALA Associate Secretary Sarah C. N. Bogle<br />
and Andrew’s wife, Louise Whitfield Carnegie, on the Carnegie Corporation.<br />
Johnson argues that these women helped to ‘‘shape the face <strong>of</strong><br />
philanthropy’’ (433). In a paper on ‘‘Melvil Dewey’s Designs on Carnegie’s<br />
Millions,’’ Wayne A. Wiegand contends that Dewey failed to obtain<br />
Carnegie support for his work largely because <strong>of</strong> damage done to<br />
his reputation by charges <strong>of</strong> anti-Semitism and sexual improprieties.<br />
Wiegand’s presentation <strong>of</strong> the study provided one <strong>of</strong> the lighter moments<br />
<strong>of</strong> the seminar. He adopted the character and dress <strong>of</strong> Dewey to deliver<br />
the paper and afterwards ‘‘Mr. Dewey’’ fielded questions—and several<br />
good-natured barbs—from the audience.<br />
Three papers address philanthropy within the context <strong>of</strong> the American<br />
South. Edward G. Holley describes the rise <strong>of</strong> the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> North<br />
Carolina as an institution <strong>of</strong> national prominence within a region that<br />
generally lagged in higher education. Robert Sidney Martin and Orvin<br />
Lee Shiflett study the development <strong>of</strong> library training for African Americans<br />
in the segregated South. In his paper on North Carolina’s public<br />
libraries, Patrick Valentine asserts that philanthropists helped to create<br />
a public expectation <strong>of</strong> library service. He emphasizes, however, that<br />
these benefactors failed to promote systematic library development, especially<br />
where African Americans were concerned. On this <strong>issue</strong>, a study<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Julius Rosenwald Fund County Library Demonstrations would<br />
have been an illustrative addition to Libraries & Philanthropy.<br />
Four papers on European libraries demonstrate the international nature<br />
<strong>of</strong> the <strong>issue</strong>s involved in library organization and funding. <strong>The</strong>se<br />
papers are significant contributions in their own right, but they also inspired<br />
insightful comparisons by the Americanists during the discussion<br />
at LHS IX. A paper by Ilkka Mäkinen addresses the social and political<br />
implications <strong>of</strong> fund-raising efforts among the masses for Finnish public<br />
libraries in the nineteenth century. Margaret S. Dalton examines Germany’s<br />
Borromäus Verein, a Catholic library organization that worked<br />
to promote library development in the interest <strong>of</strong> ‘‘good reading.’’ Two<br />
papers cover philanthropy in France, Martine Poulain’s ‘‘American Philanthropy<br />
and Libraries in France, 1917–1929’’ and Mary Niles Maack’s<br />
‘‘Study <strong>of</strong> the Role <strong>of</strong> Libraries in Contemporary Efforts to Combat Illiteracy<br />
in France and the United States.’’ Paul Sturges provides a<br />
well-received study <strong>of</strong> the library philanthropy <strong>of</strong> beer magnate Michael<br />
Thomas Bass.<br />
Libraries & Philanthropy bears witness to the exciting exchange <strong>of</strong> ideas<br />
that characterized Library History Seminar IX, and it chronicles the<br />
participation <strong>of</strong> library historians in the renewed scholarly activity associated<br />
with philanthropy. <strong>The</strong> papers that are a result <strong>of</strong> the event<br />
make a meaningful contribution to the historiography <strong>of</strong> libraries, and
473<br />
also for some engaging reading. In his plenary paper Peter Dobkin Hall<br />
warns <strong>of</strong> a historiographical gap regarding libraries; one result is a lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> understanding <strong>of</strong> the association <strong>of</strong> librarianship with its benefactors.<br />
This volume <strong>of</strong> essays has done something to narrow that gap by providing<br />
a timely exploration <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong> philanthropy in the history <strong>of</strong><br />
library organization and development.
THE COVER<br />
<strong>The</strong> Reverend Thomas Robbins (1777–1856) received on 28 July 1844<br />
a letter from educator Henry Barnard <strong>of</strong>fering him the position <strong>of</strong> librarian<br />
in <strong>The</strong> Connecticut Historical Society at Hartford. In his diary,<br />
Robbins, after noting receipt <strong>of</strong> the letter, remarked: ‘‘It is all <strong>of</strong> the<br />
great mercy <strong>of</strong> God.’’ A month later, on 25 July 1844, Barnard followed<br />
up that letter with another one that enthusiastically called Robbins, ‘‘the<br />
man <strong>of</strong> the Historical Society.’’ With those letters, Barnard relieved<br />
Robbins <strong>of</strong> a considerable embarrassment and ensured that <strong>The</strong> Connecticut<br />
Historical Society would have the services <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> the more<br />
eminent book collectors and antiquarians <strong>of</strong> the time. Robbins, a bachelor<br />
Congregational minister in Mattapoisett, Massachusetts, and involved<br />
in a sex scandal over an innocent kiss, was in search <strong>of</strong> a new<br />
position; the historical society, trying to renew itself after fifteen years<br />
<strong>of</strong> lifeless inactivity and flush with the success <strong>of</strong> moving into new quarters<br />
at the newly constructed Wadsworth Atheneum, was in search <strong>of</strong> a<br />
librarian. With this appointment, a circle had come fully around. It was<br />
Bookplate courtesy <strong>of</strong> <strong>The</strong> Connecticut Historical Society.<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
475<br />
Robbins in 1822 who publicly called for the creation <strong>of</strong> a Connecticut<br />
historical society and when one was <strong>of</strong>ficially established in 1825 became<br />
its first corresponding secretary.<br />
At the time <strong>of</strong> his removal from Mattapoisett to Hartford, Robbins<br />
was possessed <strong>of</strong> a substantial library <strong>of</strong> about 3,600 volumes concerning<br />
history and theology and about as many pamphlets. <strong>The</strong> society’s elders<br />
were clearly just as interested in somehow acquiring the library as they<br />
were in acquiring Robbins’s services. When Robbins was settled on as<br />
the society’s librarian, one <strong>of</strong> his demands was an annual salary <strong>of</strong> $300,<br />
a sum intended to cover not only his living expenses but also his bookcollecting<br />
activities. When the society’s funds could not cover that demand,<br />
Barnard personally guaranteed Robbins that amount. Later, when<br />
the society could not cover even the $300, Robbins proposed to deed over<br />
his library to the society upon his death provided the society would pay<br />
him an annual salary <strong>of</strong> $600. That condition was met, and upon<br />
Robbins’s death in 1855, his library became the society’s property, where<br />
it has remained ever since, each volume marked with the handsome<br />
bookplate shown on the cover.<br />
Robbins’s diaries detail the problems <strong>of</strong> moving such a substantial<br />
library. On 5 September 1844, he remarks that the books already filled<br />
forty crates. On 10 and 11 September they were loaded aboard a ship<br />
bound for Hartford, where they arrived on 19 September. In his diary<br />
Robbins expresses his concern about the arrival <strong>of</strong> the shipment; his<br />
anxiety over the matter was probably increased by the fact that as the<br />
shipment was being put aboard, ‘‘One box was broken and some books<br />
were injured. A very confused scene.’’ But his mind was soon eased when<br />
upon unpacking the crates he discovered that the books had nicely survived<br />
the week’s trip. Robbins had also had the foresight to request that<br />
his Mattapoisett congregation pay to remove his effects to Hartford.<br />
<strong>The</strong> congregation paid about $450 for the privilege, a sum more than<br />
Robbins’s annual salary as society librarian and the bulk <strong>of</strong> which went<br />
toward paying the freight on the book crates. <strong>The</strong> day after the ship<br />
sailed for Hartford, Robbins remarked in his dairy <strong>of</strong> his library and<br />
personal finances: ‘‘I am not worth as much aside from my library as<br />
when I came to Mattapoisett, but would bless God for what I have.’’<br />
Once the library arrived in Hartford and was unpacked and arranged<br />
in the society’s rooms, it was the marvel <strong>of</strong> the city, a status it would<br />
hold for as long as Robbins lived. As he noted <strong>of</strong>ten in his diary, visitors<br />
were frequent even before the entire library was unpacked and put on<br />
the shelves, which delayed putting the books in order. Other problems,<br />
such as lack <strong>of</strong> an adequate heat source and improper shelves that had<br />
to be modified, also delayed the full opening <strong>of</strong> the library. But on 25
476 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Cover<br />
October 1844, Robbins remarked: ‘‘We finished putting up the books <strong>of</strong><br />
my library. It was nearly done before the present week. It is much admired.<br />
It has required great labor.’’ Robbins, however, seemed mindful<br />
<strong>of</strong> his role as librarian <strong>of</strong> the society. When Benjamin Lossing visited in<br />
1847, his recollections indicate quite clearly that Robbins spent a good<br />
deal <strong>of</strong> time showing him the objects possessed by the society, as opposed<br />
to his own library, which he apparently kept separate from the society’s<br />
collections. Many distinguished visitors, such as Peter Force, called on<br />
Robbins, and his library was visited regularly by people from far and<br />
wide. Robbins apparently treated each visitor with courtesy and respect<br />
and seems to have given a tour that would be the envy <strong>of</strong> any librarian<br />
to this day.<br />
<strong>The</strong> library is rich in history and theology, with most volumes still<br />
in their original condition. Unlike some other collectors <strong>of</strong> his time,<br />
Robbins did not rebind his books into Morocco or other flashy bindings,<br />
so most <strong>of</strong> the bindings are original. Robbins does not appear to have<br />
been an extravagant collector, because all his bookplates record the<br />
prices he paid for the books to which they are affixed, and most <strong>of</strong> those<br />
prices are not exorbitant. He paid $3.00 each for two slightly defective<br />
copies <strong>of</strong> the second edition <strong>of</strong> the Eliot Indian Bible, both <strong>of</strong> which he<br />
bought at the same time. He paid 50¢ for a copy <strong>of</strong> the first edition <strong>of</strong><br />
Phyllis Wheatley’s poems. One <strong>of</strong> the more amazing items in the library<br />
is a complete run <strong>of</strong> the Journal des Sçavans, in 385 volumes, the first<br />
scholarly periodical ever published, for which Robbins paid $100. Because<br />
<strong>of</strong> his historical interests, Robbins also bought much older books. He<br />
owned two incunables: a copy <strong>of</strong> Aquinas’s Super quarto libro sentantiarum<br />
(Venice: Jensen, 1481), bought in 1839 for $3.00; and a copy <strong>of</strong> Nicolaus de<br />
Lyra’s commentaries on Matthew (Nuremberg: Koberger, 1493), one volume<br />
<strong>of</strong> the original four, which he bought in 1846 for $8.00. He also owned<br />
a copy <strong>of</strong> Marcus Musurus and Aldus Manutius’s Venice 1513 edition <strong>of</strong><br />
Plato’s works, which he bought in 1846 for $30.00. But for the most part,<br />
the books were the substantial fare <strong>of</strong> the day: a copy <strong>of</strong> Jared Sparks’s<br />
edition <strong>of</strong> Franklin’s works (10 vols.; Boston, 1840), bought in 1848 for<br />
$15.00; an edition <strong>of</strong> Jonathan Edwards’s works (10 vols.; New York,<br />
1829), purchased in 1834 for $17.50; an edition <strong>of</strong> John Witherspoon’s<br />
works (4 vols.; Philadelphia, 1800–01), acquired in 1819 for $6.00; and a<br />
copy <strong>of</strong> Sparks’s edition <strong>of</strong> George Washington’s letters (12 vols.; Boston,<br />
1838–39), for which he paid $42.00 in 1840. One minor indication <strong>of</strong><br />
bibliographic worldly vanity, against which Robbins continually asked<br />
God for strength, may be seen in his copy <strong>of</strong> Robert Watts’s Psalms <strong>of</strong><br />
David (London, 1783). Robbins’s copy is in a magnificent contemporary<br />
binding <strong>of</strong> red straight-grain Morocco with gilt working. To this copy he<br />
added a small black leather label at the foot <strong>of</strong> the spine on which his
477<br />
name is tooled in gilt letters. Other than this one manifestation, however,<br />
Robbins seems to have been content to leave his books as he found<br />
them.<br />
Ironically, Robbins rarely recorded from whom he bought any <strong>of</strong> the<br />
books, so precisely how he built his library is a mystery. <strong>The</strong> first book<br />
in his collection is dated 1793, while he was a student at Yale, and was<br />
a gift from his father. His diaries do contain numerous mentions <strong>of</strong> booksellers<br />
and his dealings with them, but specifics are rarely revealed. He<br />
had an account with the Boston firm <strong>of</strong> Little & Brown, for example, and<br />
at one point in 1845 expresses his delight that it turns out he has a<br />
credit with them <strong>of</strong> $22.00, when he believed instead that he owed them<br />
that amount. He also sometimes mentions buying books at auctions, such<br />
as a ‘‘public auction’’ he attended in November 1844, while in New York<br />
City for the fortieth anniversary celebration for the New-York Historical<br />
Society. On occasion, he also traded books, as in January 1845, when he<br />
noted: ‘‘Exchanged some <strong>of</strong> my books and pamphlets that were valuable<br />
for some large volumes very valuable.’’ But the diaries rarely reveal the<br />
specific circumstances surrounding the acquisition <strong>of</strong> any particular volumes.<br />
Whatever book bills were in his personal papers have not survived.<br />
Robbins’s library has undergone numerous vicissitudes since it was<br />
bequeathed to the society. At some point, all the pamphlet volumes were<br />
disbound, and their contents disappeared into the general collections.<br />
Many <strong>of</strong> the individual volumes were also dispersed among the general<br />
collections, although that process was never completed, and in the early<br />
1980s many <strong>of</strong> the volumes from Robbins’s library sat as an uncatalogued<br />
group on the society’s shelves. <strong>The</strong> society suffered a disastrous flood in<br />
1955 and another in 1972, both <strong>of</strong> which resulted in the destruction <strong>of</strong><br />
some volumes from Robbins’s library. <strong>The</strong> latter flood was particularly<br />
disastrous to the collection, because it heavily damaged most <strong>of</strong> the folio<br />
and quarto volumes. <strong>The</strong> survivors were disbound and the sheets left on<br />
the shelves. Robbins’s diaries make it clear that he also lent his books<br />
and contain complaints that borrowers failed to return items. To this<br />
day the society encounters and buys books in the marketplace that were<br />
alienated from Robbins’s library, readily identifiable by their distinctive<br />
bookplate. In one case a book was restored to the library only through a<br />
shadow. <strong>The</strong> bookplate itself had been removed, but its image, still legible,<br />
had been <strong>of</strong>fset to the front flyleaf.<br />
In the past decade efforts have been made to restore Robbins’s library.<br />
<strong>The</strong> pamphlets are impossible to recover, <strong>of</strong> course, but because <strong>of</strong><br />
Robbins’s steadfast habit <strong>of</strong> affixing a bookplate to every volume, most<br />
individual titles have been identified, removed from the general collections,<br />
and regrouped once again, sitting on the shelves in the order he<br />
intended. A conservation program, underwritten by a grant from the
478 L&C/<strong>The</strong> Cover<br />
State <strong>of</strong> Connecticut, has resulted in the rebinding <strong>of</strong> most <strong>of</strong> the damaged<br />
quarto and folio volumes. Other volumes are restored with the<br />
society’s own funds. Thus, Robbins’s library begins again to resume its<br />
former shape. Most <strong>of</strong> these titles have now been catalogued on OCLC.<br />
As part <strong>of</strong> Robbins’s legacy, the society also received all his personal<br />
manuscripts. Among those manuscripts are the annual inventories he<br />
made <strong>of</strong> his library, thus allowing us to see exactly how the library grew<br />
over the years. As his library increased, Robbins had to have new furniture<br />
made to hold the volumes. <strong>The</strong> society also possesses all that<br />
furniture, including his original library tables.<br />
Robbins was a deeply religious man who sought God’s guidance and<br />
discipline in all things. <strong>The</strong> formation <strong>of</strong> his library was no exception,<br />
and the item bearing bookplate #1 is a Bible. Deep in contemplation<br />
about what was to become <strong>of</strong> the collection, he noted in his diary for 4<br />
November 1845, ‘‘Last evening endeavored to consecrate myself anew to<br />
the disposal <strong>of</strong> God, particularly with regard to my property.’’ He altered<br />
his will numerous times to provide different methods <strong>of</strong> ensuring his<br />
library’s continued existence after his death, before finally contracting<br />
with the society on 27 May 1846 to bequeath the library to the society<br />
in exchange for an annual salary <strong>of</strong> $600. Robbins was at one time considering<br />
giving the books to Harvard but heeded his sister’s advice concerning<br />
the problem <strong>of</strong> adding to Harvard’s ‘‘duplicates.’’ Upon his<br />
death, the library became the society’s property. Ever mindful <strong>of</strong> his<br />
mission, however, Robbins also left the society the sum <strong>of</strong> $1,000 to be<br />
used for ‘‘the preservation and increase’’ <strong>of</strong> the society’s library. To this<br />
day not only his library but also his bequest is being used for the benefit<br />
<strong>of</strong> all researchers at <strong>The</strong> Connecticut Historical Society.<br />
Everett C. Wilkie Jr.<br />
Hartford, Connecticut
CONTRIBUTORS<br />
Robert M. Gorman is head <strong>of</strong> reference at Winthrop <strong>University</strong>’s Dacus<br />
Library in Rock Hill, South Carolina. He holds an undergraduate degree<br />
from Florida State <strong>University</strong> in Tallahassee, a master’s degree in history<br />
from Georgia College in Milledgeville, and an M.L.S. from Emory <strong>University</strong><br />
in Atlanta. He has written on collection development, intellectual<br />
freedom, library cooperative programs, and British fascism. His pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />
interests include library instruction, reference services, and library<br />
history.<br />
Patterson Toby Graham is a doctoral candidate in librarianship at the<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Alabama in Tuscaloosa, where he serves as an adjunct instructor<br />
in the <strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong> Library and <strong>Information</strong> Studies. He holds an<br />
undergraduate degree in social science and history from James Madison<br />
<strong>University</strong> in Harrisonburg, Virginia, and a master’s degree in history<br />
from <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Alabama in Tuscaloosa. He also earned a Master<br />
<strong>of</strong> Library Service degree from <strong>The</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Alabama in Tuscaloosa.<br />
He has worked as a graduate assistant at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Alabama’s<br />
W.S. Hoole Special Collections Library, and has authored the ‘‘CSS Alabama<br />
Digital Collection.’’ He is active in library and information science<br />
organizations, including the Library History Round Table <strong>of</strong> the<br />
A.L.A.<br />
Gail King is curator <strong>of</strong> the Asian Collection <strong>of</strong> the Harold B. Lee Library<br />
at Brigham Young <strong>University</strong> in Provo, Utah. She holds a doctorate<br />
in Chinese literature from the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Chicago. Her special interests<br />
focus on Christianity in China from the 1580s to 1700, the Catholic<br />
mission press, and libraries in China and East Asia.<br />
Jean Preer is associate dean and associate pr<strong>of</strong>essor at the <strong>School</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
Library and <strong>Information</strong> Science at <strong>The</strong> Catholic <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> America<br />
in Washington, D.C. In addition to a bachelor’s degree in history from<br />
Swarthmore College and an M.L.S. from the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> California at<br />
Berkeley, she holds a J.D. and a Ph.D. in American Civilization from<br />
George Washington <strong>University</strong>. Her articles have appeared in Prologue,<br />
the quarterly journal <strong>of</strong> the National Archives, Special Libraries, American<br />
Libraries, and Libraries & Culture, and she is currently working, with<br />
Elizabeth Stone, on American Library Development, 1900–1976. Her interests<br />
encompass the role <strong>of</strong> libraries and information in society, which includes<br />
the access to information and pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethics.<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
Book Reviews<br />
Careering Along with Books: Studies in the History <strong>of</strong> British Public Libraries and Librarianship,<br />
in Honour <strong>of</strong> the 85th Birthday <strong>of</strong> Dr. William A. Munford. Edited by K. A.<br />
Manley. London: <strong>The</strong> Library History Group <strong>of</strong> the Library Association, 1996.<br />
viii, 276 pp. £28.00. ISBN 0-9527919-0-0.<br />
This book has successfully accomplished the admirable tasks <strong>of</strong> honoring Britain’s<br />
leading library historian and presenting examples <strong>of</strong> current historical<br />
scholarship relating to aspects <strong>of</strong> British libraries and librarianship dealt with in<br />
W. A. Munford’s own publications.<br />
Of the four parts <strong>of</strong> this festschrift, three deal specifically with Munford: part<br />
one, ‘‘Tributes and Autobiography,’’ contains biographical, autobiographical, and<br />
bibliographical essays; part three, ‘‘Studies in Public Library History,’’ deals with<br />
the public libraries <strong>of</strong> Portsmouth, Ilford, Dover, and Cambridge where Munford<br />
spent parts <strong>of</strong> his career; and ‘‘Appendices’’ includes both a reprint <strong>of</strong> Munford’s<br />
history <strong>of</strong> the National Library for the Blind, where he served for many years as<br />
librarian, and also the 1962–1968 minutes <strong>of</strong> the Library Association’s Library<br />
History Group, which he founded. Taking these three parts together, a wellrounded<br />
portrait emerges <strong>of</strong> a scholar-librarian, possessing the instincts <strong>of</strong> a<br />
bookman and the administrative skills necessary for a successful career.<br />
Of particular value to those with historiographical interests will be Peter<br />
Hoare’s ‘‘W. A. Munford as Library Historian,’’ David Gerard’s ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Writing <strong>of</strong><br />
Library History: A Conversation with Dr. Munford,’’ ‘‘W. A. Munford: A Select<br />
Bibliography,’’ and ‘‘Library History Group 1962–1968: the Early Minutes.’’ What<br />
remains elusive, however, after reading these essays is a clear sense <strong>of</strong> whether<br />
Munford’s historical writing is an extension <strong>of</strong> his pr<strong>of</strong>essional activities or an<br />
expression <strong>of</strong> a scholarly passion. What does become clear is his particular focus<br />
upon biography and his ability to inspire others with an enthusiasm for library<br />
history.<br />
Important and helpful as are these sections relating to Munford, the general<br />
essays in part two, ‘‘Studies in British Librarianship,’’ along with those by P.<br />
Sturges and K. C. Harrison that have strayed into part three, will prove equally<br />
fascinating for many readers. <strong>The</strong> insights afforded into nineteenth- and twentieth-century<br />
transformations <strong>of</strong> the British scene will permit comparisons with<br />
contemporaneous events in other parts <strong>of</strong> the world. Such diverse topics as the<br />
British national library to 1837 by Ian Willison, Scottish working-class libraries<br />
by John Crawford, St. Martin’s Subscription Library by Peter Hoare, and public<br />
library readership, 1850–1900, by Paul Sturges raise fascinating questions on<br />
whether libraries emerge as elite or popular institutions. Essays by E. Hanson,<br />
K. Manley, R. Busby, P. Morrish, N. Webber, R. Duckett, G. Jefcoate, and<br />
Libraries & Culture, Vol. 32, No. 4, Fall 1997<br />
1997 by the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin, TX 78713-7819
481<br />
K. Harrison detail the growing pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism <strong>of</strong> British librarianship over the<br />
past one hundred years or so. Jefcoate’s essay on the roll <strong>of</strong> honor for librarians<br />
killed in action during World War I is most illuminating. A wealth <strong>of</strong> information<br />
is contained in these essays that would be very difficult to find elsewhere.<br />
If one essay can be said to summarize this collection, it is probably Alistair<br />
Black’s ‘‘Edward Edwards and Modernity: Personality, Progress and Pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism.’’<br />
This is not only because Munford himself has written significant studies<br />
on Edwards, but also because Black’s insightful analysis provides a perspective<br />
from which to analyze Munford. <strong>The</strong> postmodern world <strong>of</strong> the 1990s has given<br />
commentators a sense <strong>of</strong> distance about modernism that permits its analysis as<br />
something different. Within the context <strong>of</strong> this collection, it becomes clear that<br />
Edwards and Munford were united in their commitment to the fundamental<br />
principles <strong>of</strong> modernism: social betterment and bureaucratic mechanisms. To the<br />
extent that the two men differed, it is largely a factor <strong>of</strong> the extent to which<br />
they did or did not align themselves with modernism’s tripartite program <strong>of</strong><br />
personality, progress, and pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism.<br />
This collection contains twenty-seven essays plus a foreword and a preface.<br />
<strong>The</strong> contributors are generally well-known figures in the field <strong>of</strong> British library<br />
history and are identified in a separate section. <strong>The</strong> only non-British contributor<br />
writes usually on Canadian themes. <strong>The</strong>re is an all too brief index. A few blackand-white<br />
photographs are included. <strong>The</strong> collection has been <strong>issue</strong>d as volume<br />
12 (1996) <strong>of</strong> Library History.<br />
Peter F. McNally, McGill <strong>University</strong><br />
Puritans in Babylon: <strong>The</strong> Ancient Near East and American Intellectual Life, 1880–1930.<br />
By Bruce Kuklick. Princeton: Princeton <strong>University</strong> Press, 1996. xii, 253 pp.<br />
$29.95. ISBN 0-691-02582-7.<br />
Bruce Kuklick, a pr<strong>of</strong>essor at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Pennsylvania who has written<br />
histories <strong>of</strong> American philosophy and <strong>of</strong> baseball in Philadelphia, has written a<br />
fascinating account <strong>of</strong> the earliest American involvement in the archaeology <strong>of</strong><br />
the Ancient Near East. Scholars from Pennsylvania began the first American<br />
excavations by digging at the ancient Sumerian site <strong>of</strong> Nippur.<br />
Kuklick describes the difficulties <strong>of</strong> the first excavations, the conflicts between<br />
individuals and institutions, and the emerging academic disciplines <strong>of</strong> the halfcentury<br />
between 1880 and 1930. He focuses upon the controversies swirling about<br />
Hermann V. Hilprecht and his critics. Hilprecht was a pious German Lutheran<br />
who originally came to the U.S. in 1886 to edit the Sunday <strong>School</strong> Times. As a<br />
student <strong>of</strong> the famed scholar Friedrich Delitzsch, he was also a competent Assyriologist<br />
who began teaching at Penn. Hilprecht was brilliant but also egotistical<br />
and abrasive. He managed to turn many scholars, even his colleagues,<br />
against him. Particularly bitter were his relations with John P. Peters and John<br />
H. Haynes, who had directed the Nippur excavations. Hilprecht was not an excavator<br />
himself, but he was an epigrapher who examined the cuneiform documents.<br />
Hilprecht was criticized for claiming in a book which he edited, Exploration<br />
in Bible Lands (1903), to be the discoverer <strong>of</strong> the tablets. He was eventually denied<br />
access to the 17,000 tablets in the <strong>University</strong> Museum in Philadelphia and was<br />
accused <strong>of</strong> keeping 2,500 tablets at his home in Jena, Germany.
482 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
<strong>The</strong> author has done admirable research in the diaries and letters <strong>of</strong> the key<br />
participants in the Penn expeditions to Nippur. His knowledge <strong>of</strong> the rise <strong>of</strong><br />
universities in America and the intellectual history <strong>of</strong> the late nineteenth and<br />
early twentieth centuries enables him to place American involvement in the Near<br />
East and the consequent academic developments in clear perspective. But in<br />
concentrating in such minute detail on the participants in Penn’s excavations at<br />
Nippur, he neglects completely the key excavation <strong>of</strong> Ephraim A. Speiser at the<br />
important Hurrian site <strong>of</strong> Nuzi (1925–1931) and the important role played by<br />
James A. Montgomery as a teacher <strong>of</strong> Semitics at Penn. [Despite all <strong>of</strong> the information<br />
the author provides about the personalities involved at Nippur, he does<br />
not give a very good account <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> the texts, buildings, and objects<br />
discovered there. See E. Yamauchi, ‘‘Nippur,’’ in E. M. Blaiklock and R. K.<br />
Harrison, eds., <strong>The</strong> New International Dictionary <strong>of</strong> Biblical Archaeology (Grand<br />
Rapids: Zondervan, 1983), 339–41.]<br />
In assessing the contributions <strong>of</strong> his subjects, Kuklick makes a rather gratuitous<br />
observation, ‘‘<strong>The</strong>y were certainly sexist, racist, and homophobic’’ (199), as<br />
he has not presented evidence to substantiate some <strong>of</strong> these charges. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />
some surprising omissions from his discussions about Jewish scholarship and the<br />
secularization <strong>of</strong> the universities, such as Samuel E. Karff, ed., Hebrew Union-<br />
College Jewish Institute <strong>of</strong> Religion at One Hundred Years (Cincinnati: Hebrew Union<br />
College Press, 1976), and George M. Marsden, <strong>The</strong> Soul <strong>of</strong> the American <strong>University</strong><br />
(New York: Oxford <strong>University</strong> Press, 1994).<br />
<strong>The</strong> author concedes that he lacks firsthand knowledge <strong>of</strong> archaeology and<br />
Semitic languages (237). Despite consulting leading scholars, there are a few<br />
minor misspellings such as Sinoor for Sinor (205), Wallace E. A. Budge for E. A.<br />
Wallace Budge (210), and Margolies for Margolis (236). A more serious error is<br />
the identification <strong>of</strong> the site <strong>of</strong> Telloh with ancient Lagash (167). Scholars have<br />
known for some time that Telloh is to be identified with ancient Girsu and that<br />
ancient Lagash is to be identified with another mound, al-Hiba. See Vaughn E.<br />
Crawford, ‘‘Lagash,’’ Iraq 36 (1974): 29–35.<br />
Edwin M. Yamauchi, Miami <strong>University</strong>, Oxford, Ohio<br />
Libraries and Librarianship during Muslim Rule in India. By Shaikh Allauddin and<br />
R. K. Rout. New Delhi: Reliance Publishing House, 1996. 298 pp. $77. ISBN<br />
81-85972-95-8.<br />
This book is an improved doctoral work <strong>of</strong> the first author. It deals with the<br />
history <strong>of</strong> libraries that emerged between the tenth and twentieth centuries during<br />
the period <strong>of</strong> Muslim rule, which in due course were either lost or were taken<br />
over by other libraries. <strong>The</strong> book traces the reasons for this growth <strong>of</strong> libraries<br />
and describes how Muslim rulers brought to India the art <strong>of</strong> making paper and<br />
improved binding techniques, as well as emphasis on literacy and cultural influences—all<br />
<strong>of</strong> which contributed to an improved concept <strong>of</strong> libraries and librarianship.<br />
As a result, many libraries emerged. Interestingly, mosque libraries in<br />
this era became the kind <strong>of</strong> libraries which are known today as public reading<br />
rooms.<br />
<strong>The</strong> book has the following chapters: Delhi Sultanate; Mughal Dynasty; Deccani<br />
Kingdoms; Special Libraries; Regional Libraries; and Calligraphy, Binding,<br />
Illustrations and Book Production. <strong>The</strong> book has done some justice to the topic
483<br />
and is quite elaborate in its details. Each chapter not only gives the size <strong>of</strong> a<br />
particular library but also includes a note on how and why the collection grew<br />
and what precursors and factors motivated and supported the development process.<br />
A few titles that were available in the respective libraries are listed—giving<br />
a picture <strong>of</strong> the interests which each library tried to develop and promote.<br />
A few errors need correction, like Ushmania <strong>University</strong> for Osmaina <strong>University</strong><br />
(206) and Hindu’s library for libraries <strong>of</strong> non-Muslims, i.e., Hindus (144). In one<br />
case the book extends its survey to 1990 (204), whereas the Muslim rule ended<br />
in 1858, and in 1947 all power <strong>of</strong> the Muslim monarchs ended; this focus by<br />
period is essential for a historical study, which may be added in a revised edition.<br />
<strong>The</strong> index lacks cross references, say from ‘‘Library <strong>of</strong> Khuda Bakhsh’’ (the way<br />
it is listed), to ‘‘Khuda Bakhsh Library’’ (as a user might look it up).<br />
Despite these errors, this book is yet another resource to evaluate the intellectual<br />
trends that have prevailed in this country. With its documentation and<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> some significant collections—with descriptive notes—the book is a<br />
valuable source for those interested in textual studies and in the growth <strong>of</strong> the<br />
book in India during that age, as well as for historians.<br />
Mohamed Taher, American Studies Research Center, Hyderabad, India<br />
<strong>The</strong> French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585– 1715. By Henri-Jean<br />
Martin; trans. by Paul Saenger and Nadine Saenger. Baltimore, Md.: <strong>The</strong> Johns<br />
Hopkins <strong>University</strong> Press, 1996. xii, 117 pp. $35.00 ($13.95 pbk.). ISBN 0-8018-<br />
5179-3.<br />
A small, handsome book, presented in a form worthy <strong>of</strong> its author who has<br />
done so much to further studies in the field <strong>of</strong> ‘‘histoire du livre,’’ <strong>The</strong> French Book<br />
is comprised <strong>of</strong> the following: a foreword (by Orest Ranum) preceded by a list<br />
<strong>of</strong> the illustrations; Chapter 1: ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Catholic Reformation and the Book<br />
(1585–1659)’’; Chapter 2: ‘‘Absolutism and Classicism’’; Chapter 3: ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Reading<br />
Public and Its Books’’; Chapter 4: ‘‘<strong>The</strong> French Classical Book: Text and<br />
Image’’; conclusion, notes, and index. (No bibliography, alas.) This study grew<br />
out <strong>of</strong> series <strong>of</strong> lectures given by Martin at <strong>The</strong> Johns Hopkins <strong>University</strong> in the<br />
autumn <strong>of</strong> 1993 (the Schouler Lectures) and is an original work, rather than the<br />
translation <strong>of</strong> something previously published.<br />
<strong>The</strong> first section begins with a succinct explanation <strong>of</strong> printing in the handpress<br />
period, decoding a sixteenth-century engraving after Jan Van der Straet,<br />
also featured (in part) on the cover <strong>of</strong> the paperback: men at the composing<br />
table, a press-man clamping down, sheets <strong>of</strong> paper hung up to dry. A review <strong>of</strong><br />
the printing situation in Europe is provided, rounded out with elegant maps and<br />
tables, the fruit <strong>of</strong> an enormous amount <strong>of</strong> labor. Collections in the British Library<br />
have been used for one, those in the Bibliothèque Nationale for another.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Frankfurt (and Leipzig) Messkataloge play a part in helping Martin examine<br />
the printing and movement <strong>of</strong> books during the period. <strong>The</strong> fair catalogs were<br />
published regularly, from 1564 on (6) and provide a wealth <strong>of</strong> information concerning<br />
the printing and distribution <strong>of</strong> books <strong>of</strong> all kinds during the hand-press<br />
period—and later. (Most <strong>of</strong> the first two and a half centuries have been made<br />
available, thanks to the efforts <strong>of</strong> Berhard Fabian, Die Messkataloge des sechzehnten,<br />
siebzehnten und achtzehnten Jahrhunderts or Kataloge der Frankfurter und Leipziger Buchmessen,<br />
Hildesheim; New York: Olms Micr<strong>of</strong>orm, 1977–1986.)
484 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
Martin discusses the importance <strong>of</strong> the Reformation and the Counter-<br />
Reformation in the production <strong>of</strong> books during the early period, and he has some<br />
interesting things to say about censorship: first from Rome, then in individual<br />
countries. Which leads to the seventeenth century, ‘‘Absolutism and Classicism,’’<br />
the growth <strong>of</strong> publishing in the vernacular, and the decline <strong>of</strong> Latin (when measured<br />
against the vernacular). <strong>The</strong> Edict <strong>of</strong> Villers-Cotterets had substituted<br />
French for Latin early on (1539) in the judicial system. Libraries were formed<br />
and expanded. <strong>The</strong>se were among the important steps in the cultural politics <strong>of</strong><br />
the crown which, over the years and throughout the centuries, had viewed French<br />
and its predominance as an important if not vital part <strong>of</strong> national and foreign<br />
policy. In a way, the recent opening <strong>of</strong> the Très Grande Bibliothèque, now termed<br />
the Bibliothèque Nationale de France, in its new site can be viewed as the modern<br />
culmination <strong>of</strong> this policy.<br />
Early in the seventeenth century (1618), the printers, publishers, booksellers,<br />
and binders <strong>of</strong> Paris <strong>of</strong>ficially organized into a corporation or kind <strong>of</strong> guild, which<br />
would prove a decisive factor in the bookmen—and bookwomen—<strong>of</strong> the capital<br />
exercising monopolistic power over their provincial brethren. All this and much<br />
more is lucidly explained by Martin as he takes us through the age <strong>of</strong> Louis XIV<br />
and the setting <strong>of</strong> his sun, marked by the revocation <strong>of</strong> the Edict <strong>of</strong> Nantes (1685)<br />
and the subsequent flight <strong>of</strong> the Huguenots to Holland (and to England, America,<br />
and many other places). Martin is also interested in readers and how they<br />
can be defined, identified, and classified—a crucial element in understanding the<br />
demand and supply <strong>of</strong> the book market.<br />
In chapter 4, Martin remarks, ‘‘Historians must always remember that a text<br />
is by no means an abstract entity but rather a concrete object bearing many<br />
languages’’ (77). A discussion follows <strong>of</strong> the ‘‘mise en page’’—the ‘‘mise en livre,’’<br />
really. <strong>The</strong> ‘‘modern’’ look developed in the sixteenth century. Not only does<br />
Martin trace aspects <strong>of</strong> this, but he treats the reader to thoughtful insights about<br />
emblems, illustrations, and more. Founder <strong>of</strong> a new discipline, Martin is respectful<br />
<strong>of</strong> the monuments <strong>of</strong> French thought and erudition which preceded him, and<br />
he ends by invoking Paul Hazard’s wonderful Crise de la conscience européenne and<br />
sees his own book as a sort <strong>of</strong> postlude or complement to it. <strong>The</strong> conclusion <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>The</strong> French Book sketches a history <strong>of</strong> the ‘‘histoire du livre,’’ paying just tribute<br />
to the likes <strong>of</strong> Lucien Febvre even as Martin points the way to the future.<br />
I would like to end my review with a citation from this fine, erudite, and<br />
eminently readable book. After outlining the various subdivisions <strong>of</strong> ‘‘histoire du<br />
livre’’ to which scholars have turned over the past couple <strong>of</strong> decades, Martin<br />
writes: ‘‘All these different areas <strong>of</strong> interest stimulated a rapprochement between<br />
the history <strong>of</strong> the book and analytical bibliography, fields that were destined to<br />
unite into what was already being called the sociology <strong>of</strong> reading. <strong>The</strong> result was<br />
a return to the study <strong>of</strong> the book as an artifact (an approach that I have attempted<br />
to follow in this volume) and a new effort to delineate the functions<br />
and the status <strong>of</strong> the author, this somewhat mythical and complex personage<br />
who becomes problematic to define when he is no longer equated with the<br />
‘writer.’ Thus, the history <strong>of</strong> the book has not ceased to evolve over the past<br />
thirty-five years. Let us not be mistaken, however. A veritable history <strong>of</strong> the book<br />
will not be written if historians are influenced solely by the latest trends, and<br />
new paths <strong>of</strong> research will prove fruitful only when they take into account earlier<br />
achievements and employ a variety <strong>of</strong> research methods’’ (99). Any person <strong>of</strong><br />
sense could not help but agree.<br />
Robert L. Dawson, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at Austin
<strong>The</strong> Odyssey <strong>of</strong> a German National Library. By Michael P. Olson. Wiesbaden, Germany:<br />
Harrassowitz Verlag, 1996. 122 pp. DM78. ISBN 3-447-03648-6.<br />
485<br />
<strong>The</strong> subtitle <strong>of</strong> this slim paperback reads, ‘‘A Short History <strong>of</strong> the Bayerische<br />
Staatsbibliothek, the Staatsbibliothek zu Berlin, the Deutsche Bücherei and the<br />
Deutsche Bibliothek.’’ Michael Olson, head <strong>of</strong> Harvard’s Germanic collections,<br />
has produced a largely chronological, sociopolitical history <strong>of</strong> the abundantly documented<br />
origin and growth <strong>of</strong> the four principal institutions having some claim<br />
to be called ‘‘national.’’ Olson has used this documentation well. He has also<br />
been able to interview the librarians, directors, and other <strong>of</strong>ficials <strong>of</strong> the four<br />
libraries.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are actually five physical entities. Besides the four in Munich, Berlin,<br />
Leipzig, and Frankfurt noted above, there is also the rebirth <strong>of</strong> the building <strong>of</strong><br />
the former Prussian State Library that, at the end <strong>of</strong> World War II, was an empty<br />
ruin and is now a part <strong>of</strong> the Berlin State Library.<br />
Olson relates clearly and persuasively enough the histories <strong>of</strong> these institutions<br />
to the times in which they existed. It is consequently unfortunate that he has<br />
chosen to begin his study as follows: ‘‘Throughout this book, ‘Die Deutsche Bibliothek’<br />
will refer to the Deutsche Bibliothek, the Deutsche Bücherei, and the<br />
German Music Archive (Deutsches Musikarchiv). ‘<strong>The</strong> Deutsche Bibliothek’ refers to<br />
the library in Frankfurt am Main. Die Deutsche Bibliothek, the Deutsche Bibliothek, and<br />
the Deutsche Bücherei will remain untranslated in order to avoid confusion with each other,<br />
as ‘German Library’ is the translation in each instance’’ (Preface, [vii]; emphasis added).<br />
<strong>The</strong> reader who, despite the author’s assurance, is left somewhat confused here<br />
is urged to persevere; it all becomes quite clear eventually. Following a general<br />
outline, Olson traces ‘‘the development <strong>of</strong> libraries in key periods: 1558–1806,<br />
1806–1900, 1900–1933, 1933–1945, 1945–1970.’’<br />
Two final chapters deal primarily with cooperative ventures in book preservation<br />
and book collecting, with the problems brought about by unification, and<br />
with unifying library policies and services. <strong>The</strong>se efforts have culminated in many<br />
good results. An example is the creation, for the first time in half a century, <strong>of</strong><br />
a biographical, statistical, and descriptive handbook <strong>of</strong> all scholarly (wissenschaftliche)<br />
libraries and librarians in all <strong>of</strong> Germany. (Jahrbuch der Deutschen Bibliotheken,<br />
Vol. 56. [Wiesbaden, Harrassowitz, 1995].)<br />
Of the major libraries considered, the best known to the educated public is<br />
no doubt the former Prussian State Library ‘‘Haus’’ on Berlin’s Unter den Linden.<br />
<strong>The</strong> library or significant parts <strong>of</strong> it has borne many other names: the<br />
Electoral Library <strong>of</strong> Cölln on the Spree (founded in 1661), the Royal Library<br />
(1701), Libraries for Public Research, the German State Library, Hessian Library,<br />
West German Library, and the Berlin State Library <strong>of</strong> Prussian Cultural<br />
Foundation. This, along with the magnificent new building in the Tiergarten, is<br />
now the State Library ‘‘Haus’’ in Berlin—Prussian Cultural Foundation, with a<br />
total <strong>of</strong> close to nine million volumes. Some readers may wish that the author<br />
had devoted more attention to the status and activities <strong>of</strong> this institution. After<br />
all, it is not only the inheritor <strong>of</strong> the internationally famous Prussian State Library,<br />
it is also the site <strong>of</strong> most <strong>of</strong> the country’s supranational, supraregional,<br />
and international library responsibilities and services: e.g., Publishers’ International<br />
ISBN Directory; Foreign Periodical Holdings in German Libraries; Union<br />
Catalog <strong>of</strong> Congress Publications—more than forty altogether.<br />
This is the largest <strong>of</strong> the German ‘‘national’’ libraries. It was for most <strong>of</strong> its<br />
life and is now again in the national capital. From the end <strong>of</strong> the nineteenth
486 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
century to 1945, the Prussian State Library was the national library de facto if not<br />
de jure. <strong>The</strong> library played the leading role in German librarianship from before<br />
the end <strong>of</strong> the nineteenth century to World War II, and its dozen directors were<br />
convinced <strong>of</strong> its leading role. Despite all this the library was never de jure the<br />
national library, and Olson is at pains to make clear why neither it nor any <strong>of</strong><br />
the other three in Munich, Leipzig, or Frankfurt is ever likely to be. This is an<br />
important contribution. <strong>The</strong> four libraries comprise, however, as Olson suggests,<br />
an effective ‘‘national library system.’’<br />
Olson has a propensity for making statements that are likely to cause kneejerk<br />
reactions <strong>of</strong> doubt or denial: ‘‘How does a historian summarize nearly 250<br />
years <strong>of</strong> German history . . .’’ ([9]). Immediately thereafter he begins with the<br />
university libraries <strong>of</strong> the fourteenth and, later, the court libraries <strong>of</strong> the sixteenth<br />
centuries. ‘‘<strong>The</strong> best <strong>of</strong> all possible worlds—another <strong>of</strong> Leipniz’s phrases<br />
...’’ ([9]). Surely the source <strong>of</strong> this world-famous phrase is not Leipniz, but<br />
rather Voltaire, whose Pangloss in chapter 1 <strong>of</strong> Candide uses it in ridiculing<br />
Leipniz’s philosophical optimism.<br />
Remarkable and most unfortunate omissions occur in the otherwise commendable<br />
index. <strong>The</strong> title <strong>of</strong> not a single one <strong>of</strong> the national-level libraries appears<br />
in it, either in English or German, nor by city <strong>of</strong> location—Berlin, Leipzig,<br />
Munich. No Deutsche Bibliothek, no Prussian State Library, no Royal Library,<br />
no Berlin State Library, no State Library <strong>of</strong> the Prussian Cultural Foundation.<br />
Nothing.<br />
<strong>The</strong> publication is in other respects virtually error-free. It is well printed and<br />
an ‘‘easy read.’’ On the whole, a useful and interesting contribution.<br />
J. Periam Danton, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> California, Berkeley<br />
Hunger for the Printed Word: Books and Libraries in the Jewish Ghettos <strong>of</strong> Nazi-Occupied<br />
Europe. By David Shavit. Jefferson, N.C.: McFarland & Company, 1997. xi, 178<br />
pp. $37.50. ISBN 0-7864-0203-2.<br />
Poland in the 1930s was home to the world’s largest community <strong>of</strong> Jews. While<br />
Polish Jewry had established large libraries in their seminaries, a more recent<br />
development was the creation <strong>of</strong> community libraries by young and active Zionist<br />
and socialist organizations. <strong>The</strong> Nazi occupation devastated their libraries as well<br />
as readers. In a few short years, the holdings <strong>of</strong> these libraries were systematically<br />
looted by the Einsatzstab Reichsleiter Rosenberg and other Nazi agencies.<br />
What remained were the legal and clandestine libraries in the ghettos <strong>of</strong> Eastern<br />
Europe—holding pens for the victims until they were shipped to the death camps,<br />
died <strong>of</strong> starvation or disease, or were executed.<br />
Shavit’s slim book is the first monograph in English to deal with this important<br />
albeit depressing history. His work takes the reader into the various libraries in<br />
the ghettos <strong>of</strong> Warsaw, Lödz, Kovno, Vilna, and <strong>The</strong>resienstadt. He also includes<br />
a chapter on books and readers, which allows for contemplation <strong>of</strong> the rationale<br />
for reading in such a hell.<br />
<strong>The</strong> book is an expansion on Shavit’s 1982 Library Quarterly article, although<br />
that did not deal with the libraries in Kovno or <strong>The</strong>resienstadt. He has added<br />
an amazing number <strong>of</strong> details to his previous account given that he relies mostly<br />
on secondary sources. <strong>The</strong>re are a few people who could have provided further<br />
insight as both surviving librarians and readers if Shavit had used oral histories.
487<br />
Still, Shavit should be commended for being able to piece together such a moving<br />
study. It is obvious that he has reviewed large amounts <strong>of</strong> material (much <strong>of</strong> it<br />
without indexes) in English, Hebrew, and Yiddish, the most interesting source<br />
being the Yizkor [memorial] books compiled by survivors <strong>of</strong> a specific community,<br />
recalling life in their former home and its destruction. <strong>The</strong> existence <strong>of</strong> a large<br />
number <strong>of</strong> Yizkor books containing chapters on their library and their ghetto<br />
further belies the book’s claim to be a comprehensive study <strong>of</strong> ghetto libraries.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is still more to be researched, some <strong>of</strong> which will hopefully emerge in<br />
Shoah Foundation video testimonies and in the <strong>file</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the once-closed archives<br />
<strong>of</strong> the former Soviet bloc. <strong>The</strong> works published by Laurentius and the two-volume<br />
Bibliotheken während des Nationalsozialismus [Libraries during the Nazi period, 1992]<br />
indicate that there is much that remains to be discovered. Shavit has done an<br />
excellent job <strong>of</strong> explaining both Jewish and Nazi terms in the text, so the lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> a glossary is forgivable, although the reader with little background in the<br />
Holocaust may not perceive the significant distinctions between the different<br />
Judenrat administrations <strong>of</strong> the ghettos or the ideological differences between<br />
libraries, which are some <strong>of</strong> the most important details <strong>of</strong> this period <strong>of</strong> history.<br />
<strong>The</strong>se could have been fleshed out if compactness had been less <strong>of</strong> a concern.<br />
Another option would have been to treat <strong>The</strong>resienstadt separately, since it was<br />
more like a ‘‘model concentration camp’’ than a ghetto, and its inhabitants were<br />
quite different in background from those <strong>of</strong> other ghettos (German-speaking<br />
Western/Central Europeans as opposed to, for the most part, Eastern European<br />
Yiddish/Polish/Russian speakers) and thus had different reading interests and<br />
attitudes. <strong>The</strong> text is, alas, replete with typos and erroneous romanizations—<br />
partly (but not wholly) due to incomplete copyediting. Most noticeably, page 40<br />
is entirely missing.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are, then, criticisms to be made, but this book does impress the reader<br />
with the spirit that drove the Jews to create folks-bibliotekn before and during the<br />
war. It is the spirit <strong>of</strong> librarians who risked execution in smuggling and hiding<br />
books and endangered themselves by circulating books which <strong>of</strong>ten were contaminated<br />
by typhus. By sharing these librarians’ stories, Shavit honors them and<br />
all who fight those who wish to destroy books and readers.<br />
Andrew B. Wertheimer, Spertus Institute <strong>of</strong> Jewish Studies<br />
Cloak & Gown: Scholars in the Secret War, 1939– 1961. 2d ed. By Robin W. Winks. New<br />
Haven: Yale <strong>University</strong> Press, 1987, 1996. 607 pp. $22.95. ISBN 0-300-06524-8.<br />
Winks’s locale—an Ivy League university with distinguished faculty, wellprepared,<br />
socially well-connected student body, financially secure alumni, and<br />
brilliant administrators—is the accepted prime source <strong>of</strong> a supply <strong>of</strong> brilliant<br />
undercover operators in the World War II era. Further, its campus libraries have<br />
a high percentage <strong>of</strong> subject matter specialists on their staffs. <strong>The</strong> willingness<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Yale <strong>University</strong> Press to publish two editions <strong>of</strong> this work shows its belief<br />
that Yale responded to a wartime national challenge in a commendable way.<br />
That the volume has a chapter on ‘‘<strong>The</strong> Library’’ (116–51) probably would be<br />
sufficient justification for the present review despite its concluding statement<br />
(151), ‘‘<strong>The</strong>re was, for those addicted to the cloak and dagger, really very little<br />
to the story <strong>of</strong> Joe Curtiss and his time in Istanbul. That was what made it his<br />
part <strong>of</strong> the real world.’’ Basically, Yale Library got some agency funds to set up
488 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
an expediting <strong>of</strong>fice in Istanbul for current European books, periodicals, and<br />
newspapers, but the university president was not aware <strong>of</strong> the source <strong>of</strong> the funds.<br />
(Incidentally, a little before this time period, the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Illinois Library<br />
had been getting its Continental newspapers and some periodicals through its<br />
long-term agents, and they arrived stamped ‘‘Via Siberien.’’) In the amateurish<br />
efforts to provide ‘‘secure cover’’ for the Istanbul operation, the ALA financial<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice got involved in tangled accounts <strong>of</strong> ‘‘civilian’’ libraries that wished to get<br />
their Continental acquisitions expedited too. <strong>The</strong> Farmington Plan (108–9) ‘‘got<br />
into the act’’ also. Curtiss, Yale ’23 (Assistant Pr<strong>of</strong>essor <strong>of</strong> English), Walter<br />
Pforzheimer (a Yale Dad), and Thomas C. Mendenhall, Yale ’32, (Assistant Pr<strong>of</strong>essor<br />
<strong>of</strong> History) were involved, but no one from the Yale Library acquisitions<br />
staff was.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re was a steady refrain (too many instances to list) praising both British<br />
and agency analytical card <strong>file</strong>s as being master information sources. This reviewer<br />
has over the years ‘‘inherited’’ Ms. Hope Thomas’s Special Documents<br />
Collection, Wright Field Reference Library, Dayton, Ohio, that had over 250<br />
entries for a single technical report; all prewar analytics were done by newly<br />
commissioned flight engineers (including such as ‘‘Jimmy’’ Doolittle) and are<br />
still available ‘‘with time delays’’ from DTIC, Ft. Belvoir, Virginia. (See ERIC<br />
Report ED 184,503, 1978). <strong>The</strong> corresponding civilian <strong>file</strong> was Ms. Maude<br />
Muller’s Office <strong>of</strong> Aeronautical Intelligence, National Advisory Committee for<br />
Aeronautics, Washington, also started in 1915, which included reports from her<br />
Paris Liaison Officer (who also had the social connections mentioned as necessary<br />
in this volume. Her primary power plant engineer/analyst lives in Florida in<br />
retirement).<br />
<strong>The</strong>re are repeated references to the fact that a huge portion <strong>of</strong> the information<br />
needed in intelligence work (say 90%, or 95%, or . . .) can be found in<br />
the open literature, but the time factor is a crucial limiting one. This combined<br />
with a need for subject-background-aided reference assistance means that the<br />
library’s reference pr<strong>of</strong>ession (including the special library portion) have not<br />
done a good enough job <strong>of</strong> public relations with those outside our chosen pr<strong>of</strong>ession.<br />
Perhaps Dr. Wines could be ‘‘co-opted’’ for a major association presentation<br />
to outsiders?<br />
<strong>The</strong> confession that ‘‘I barely have adequate Malay’’ (482) reminds that a<br />
major ‘‘fallout’’ from government funding was an emphasis on area studies and<br />
less common languages. This lead must not be lost. ‘‘<strong>The</strong> individuals chosen for<br />
looking at closely were meant to represent a variety <strong>of</strong> intelligence work . . .<br />
Thus I focus in turn on administration, research and analysis (R&A), secret<br />
intelligence (SI), secret operations (SO), counterintelligence (X-2) and evaluation<br />
(ONE) . . . I have, therefore, sought to remember the motto <strong>of</strong> the great<br />
French Biographie Universelle: ’To the living we owe some consideration, but to the<br />
dead we owe nothing but the truth’’’(482).<br />
Eugene B. Jackson, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at Austin<br />
Fiction as History: Nero to Julian. By G. W. Bowersock. Berkeley, Calif.: <strong>University</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> California Press, 1994. xiv, 181 pp. $15.95. ISBN 0-520-08824-7.<br />
In <strong>The</strong> Christians as the Romans Saw <strong>The</strong>m (Yale <strong>University</strong> Press, 1984) R. L.<br />
Wilken wrote, ‘‘<strong>The</strong> distinctive traits <strong>of</strong> the new religion and the tenacity <strong>of</strong>
489<br />
Christian apologists ...opened up new horizons for Greco-Roman culture and<br />
breathed new life into the spiritual and intellectual traditions <strong>of</strong> the ancient<br />
world’’ (205). In Fiction as History G. W. Bowersock <strong>of</strong>fers an analysis <strong>of</strong> Christian<br />
influences in various genres <strong>of</strong> Greco-Roman novels, stating that ‘‘Parallels in<br />
form and susbtance between the writings <strong>of</strong> the New Testament and the fictional<br />
production <strong>of</strong> the imperial age are too prominent to be either ignored or dismissed<br />
as coincidence’’ (124). In these lectures, delivered at Berkeley in 1991,<br />
Bowersock sketches specific developments in Hellenistic fiction from the principate<br />
<strong>of</strong> Nero to the rule <strong>of</strong> Julian, arguing that the Greco-Roman novels <strong>of</strong> this<br />
period serve as evidence <strong>of</strong> a crisis in cultural boundaries as well as polytheistic<br />
responses to the influence <strong>of</strong> Christianity.<br />
Bowersock introduces his reader to these tensions through Celsus and Lucian,<br />
whose works (which he calls ‘‘True Lies’’) used myth, historical truth, and wild<br />
fantasies to expose fabrications within other fictions. Celsus, in particular,<br />
through his ‘‘True Discourse’’ attempted to expose the Christian abuse <strong>of</strong> history.<br />
According to Bowersock, both writers were responding to a crisis in which traditional<br />
definitions <strong>of</strong> history and fiction were blurred.<br />
Such tensions were partly related to a broadening Hellenic scope, an ecumenism<br />
more inclusive <strong>of</strong> ‘‘barbarian’’ influences than the Roman Empire.<br />
Bowersock states that this form <strong>of</strong> Hellenism in late antiquity would ‘‘become the<br />
voice <strong>of</strong> the barbarians as they cried out against the tide <strong>of</strong> Christianity’’ (52–3).<br />
Among the works that Bowersock uses to illustrate this development is the ‘‘Chaereas<br />
and Callirhoe’’ <strong>of</strong> Chariton which he rightly identifies as traditional. But he<br />
does not mention the possible Christian influences or, more likely, the opposition<br />
to Julio-Claudian ideology found in Callirhoe’s child, a son destined for greatness<br />
(3.8). Nor does he thoroughly examine how this text might itself be indicative<br />
<strong>of</strong> ‘‘Homeric revisionism,’’ an important problem in the overall crisis. And, finally,<br />
Bowersock might have noted that this new ecumenism more closely matched<br />
Christian ecumenism, a point that would have informed his argument.<br />
Elsewhere Bowersock finds more direct reflections <strong>of</strong> Christian influence. <strong>The</strong><br />
‘‘wounded savior’’ motif was attached, over time, to the ‘‘revised’’ Homeric character,<br />
Philoctetes, who was transformed from a despised, weak-spirited man in<br />
Greek literature to the Roman political ideal. He represented self-sacrifice and<br />
the Stoic acceptance <strong>of</strong> duty, a trait that Celsus and (later) Julian saw lacking<br />
in Jesus who ‘‘cried out’’ from the cross. Bowersock states that this development,<br />
originating soon after the time <strong>of</strong> Nero, ‘‘ought now to guide us surely and unerringly<br />
to a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the way in which the Greeks and Romans<br />
<strong>of</strong> the period responded to an extraordinary story that came out <strong>of</strong> Palestine in<br />
the middle <strong>of</strong> the first century ...<strong>The</strong>Greeks and the Romans <strong>of</strong> the early<br />
centuries <strong>of</strong> the Christian era had made their savior in their own image and<br />
likeness’’ (74, 76).<br />
In the following chapters Bowersock identifies dreams and resurrections in<br />
these novels as even further evidence <strong>of</strong> interaction with Christian influences.<br />
Bodily resurrections, in particular, were utterly new. Bowersock states that in<br />
such fiction, ‘‘For resurrection in the flesh...there are virtually no examples<br />
before the 2nd half <strong>of</strong> the first century’’ (102, cf. 116). Even links between this<br />
theme and a ‘‘cannibalistic’’ meal are in widespread use and create unusually<br />
great interest. This suggests, for Bowersock, that the Greco-Roman writers understood<br />
what Christians were teaching and were responding with their own<br />
‘‘fictions’’ to buttress Greco-Roman tradition. He argues that the results <strong>of</strong> these<br />
efforts were the polytheistic fictions or ‘‘scriptures’’ which competed with the<br />
Christian texts.
490 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
While intensely detailed this work leaves unanswered a number <strong>of</strong> crucial questions.<br />
<strong>The</strong> first is that <strong>of</strong> dating. If many <strong>of</strong> these themes emerged at the time<br />
<strong>of</strong> Nero, particularly the resurrection/‘‘cannibalistic’’ meal motif, which gospels<br />
or gospel traditions most influenced Greco-Roman literature? Much <strong>of</strong> the parallels<br />
Bowersock cites sound suspiciously Johannine, which, by most accounts, is<br />
a Christian tradition that emerged very late in the first century. If we accept the<br />
general dating that Bowersock has proposed for the origins <strong>of</strong> these influences<br />
(Neronian, 124) then we would have to accept that Christian docrine and the<br />
Christian gospels were well-developed at an early date. This position opposes<br />
much <strong>of</strong> modern higher-critical thinking regarding the gospels. In this work<br />
Bowersock seems to argue for Christian primacy on such doctines as the<br />
‘‘wounded savior’’ and the bodily resurrection. What has happened to the assumption<br />
made within modern scholarly orthodoxy that such doctrines arose<br />
from polytheistic mystery religions and gnostic influences? Does Bowersock not<br />
realize this problem? Or perhaps he is using the skills <strong>of</strong> a classicist rather than<br />
those <strong>of</strong> a biblicist, a contrast that <strong>of</strong>ten produces such variations.<br />
On a final note, Bowersock takes on the very modern question <strong>of</strong> historical<br />
interpretation by tackling the same question as it was asked in the ancient world.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Christians made outrageous claims to historical truth. Bowersock points out<br />
that the Christian apologist Origen bemoaned the same abuses <strong>of</strong> history in his<br />
culture that Celsus attacked while still affirming the veracity <strong>of</strong> the gospels.<br />
Indeed, the Christian claims were a problem then, as they are now. And it is<br />
important that the Christian message was being made on the basis <strong>of</strong> events<br />
that were within the lifetime <strong>of</strong> many who claimed their truth (the Neronian<br />
period), whereas much <strong>of</strong> the fiction produced by the polytheists reflected Homeric<br />
traditions stretching back thousands <strong>of</strong> years. Just why Christian motifs<br />
entered so powerfully into the novels <strong>of</strong> this period must have had something to<br />
do with this immediacy as well as the conviction <strong>of</strong> the Christians that these<br />
truths were history, not fiction.<br />
Kenneth Calvert, Hillsdale College, Hillsdale, Michigan<br />
World Guide to Libraries. 11th ed. Edited by Bettina Bartz, Helmut Opitz, and<br />
Elisabeth Richter. Munich: K. G. Saur, 1993. xxvii, 1179 pp. $350.00. ISBN 0936-<br />
0085. ISSN 0936-0085. [WGL]<br />
World Guide to Special Libraries. 3d ed. Edited by Helmut Opitz and Elisabeth<br />
Richter. Munich: K. G. Saur, 1995. 2v. [v.1, xxx, 644 pp.; v. 2, 613 pp.] $325.00.<br />
ISBN 3-598-22234-3. ISSN 0340-1332. [WGSL]<br />
World Guide to Scientific Associations and Learned Societies. 6th ed. Edited by Michael<br />
Zils. Munich: K. G. Saur, 1994. xiv, 542 pp. $245.00. ISBN 3-598-20580-5. ISSN<br />
0939-1959. [WGSALS]<br />
Who’s Who in European Research and Development, 1995. London: Bowker-Saur, 1995.<br />
xxvii, 800 pp. $400.00. (European R&D Database.) ISBN 1-85739-097-0.<br />
[WWER&D]<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> European Research and Development, 1995. London: Bowker-Saur, 1995. 2v.<br />
$400.00. (European R&D Database.) ISBN 1-85739-092-X. [DER&D]
491<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> Special Libraries and <strong>Information</strong> Centers, 1996. 19th ed. Detroit, Gale<br />
Research, 1995. 3v. $900.00 set. ISBN 0-8103-9105 (set) 4. ISBN 0-8103-9106-6<br />
(Pt. 1) ISBN 0-8103-9107-4 (Pt. 2). [DSL]<br />
With the publication <strong>of</strong> these mid-1990s titles, the boundaries between special<br />
libraries, science biography, and science pr<strong>of</strong>essional organizations are becoming<br />
transparent and more international. <strong>The</strong> pioneer publishers in these fields have<br />
been Gale Research and Bowker (for North America), while K. G. Saur (Munich)<br />
has been aggressive for Europe. (Note the imprint for WWER&D & DER&D is<br />
‘‘London: Bowker-Saur’’.) Reviews <strong>of</strong> earlier editions <strong>of</strong> some <strong>of</strong> the above titles<br />
have appeared previously in <strong>issue</strong>s <strong>of</strong> this journal, including JLH 20 (Spring<br />
1985): 230–231; JLH 21 (Summer 1986): 585–599; L&C 24 (Summer 1989): 400–<br />
401; and L&C 27 (Winter 1992): 606–607.<br />
<strong>The</strong> most comprehensive <strong>of</strong> these works is WGL, which states that it includes<br />
45,773 libraries from 181 countries (v), but the core <strong>of</strong> special libraries remains<br />
as stated in the last mentioned review—the National, General Research, <strong>University</strong>/College,<br />
Government, Ecclesiastical, Corporate Business and ‘‘Other Special<br />
Libraries’’ for a total <strong>of</strong> 17,892 in the U.S., Germany (reunited), Italy, and<br />
a virtual tie among France, Canada, and the U.K.. <strong>The</strong> remaining 175 countries<br />
would have about 17,000 more ‘‘hard-core’’ special libraries. <strong>The</strong> book’s main<br />
arrangement is under the country’s English name in the seven categories listed<br />
above plus two additional very general ones. <strong>The</strong>re is an alphabetical list <strong>of</strong><br />
libraries as well. All Saur prefaces mention the dislocation in Eastern Europe<br />
and the Baltic countries and solicit aid in purifying entries from those areas.<br />
<strong>The</strong> editorial deadline for WGL was 4 December 1992.<br />
WGSL claims to have 41,600 libraries listed under about 800 subject headings<br />
with subarrangement by English country name. <strong>The</strong> test subject selected for the<br />
directories was ‘‘Friction and wear in internal combustion engines.’’ Closest<br />
terms were ‘‘Automotive engineering,’’ ‘‘Mechanical engineering,’’ or ‘‘Combustion.’’<br />
<strong>The</strong> first was selected, although it was misspelled in the list. Pages 113–<br />
116 had 117 special libraries from nineteen countries, including Slovenia and<br />
Yugoslavia. One U.K. entry had been entered under five additional headings.<br />
Features included on-line services available and pr<strong>of</strong>essional association memberships<br />
held. ‘‘Note on Use’’ (ix) listed the thirteen elements a complete entry<br />
held. A full alphabetical index occupies pages 1083–1258. Editorial deadline was<br />
30 September 1994. WGSALS had 17,200 entries including culture as well as<br />
scientific/technical. Entries were alphabetical under English name <strong>of</strong> country.<br />
Page 411 listed seventeen associations for automotive engineering in seven countries.<br />
<strong>The</strong> publications index occupied pages 501–542. Deadline date was 31 December<br />
1993. WWER&D contains more than 10,000 names <strong>of</strong> researchers from<br />
all Eurpean countries that were asked to submit in English a questionnaire comparable<br />
to those for American Men and Women <strong>of</strong> Science and which were verified<br />
from London by telephone in fall 1994. Although the comparable volume arranged<br />
by the 20,272 R&D institutions (DER&D) was not available until very late<br />
in the review process, access via the index <strong>of</strong> WWER&D yielded ninety-nine valid<br />
entries under ‘‘automotive engineering’’ <strong>of</strong> twenty-seven nationalites—most <strong>of</strong><br />
whom were with universities. DER&D turned out to be more interesting to the<br />
international marketer looking for partners in technical projects. But there were<br />
350 organizations listed under ‘‘automotive engineering’’ <strong>of</strong> which 38 percent<br />
were German; Italy and the U.K. had 17 percent each, and France and Sweden<br />
had 13.5 percent each.
492 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
While it is beholden upon readers who are special librarians to remember the<br />
pioneering efforts in the post–World War II years <strong>of</strong> ASILB and its subunits to<br />
identify Continental scientific/technical librarians, libraries, and special collections,<br />
most would agree that the Bowker-Saur European Data Base (2 CD’s, 20,272<br />
organizations, sublisted under 650 subject headings—200,000 total subject entries,<br />
and 120,000 individual researchers’ names) is an exceptional resource<br />
($1,595.00). Annual editions are planned.<br />
Opportunity was taken to review the most senior special library directory, DSL,<br />
in its unbound signature state. <strong>The</strong> subject headings for the index continue to<br />
improve and there are twenty-five data elements per entry as compared to<br />
WGSL’s thirteen. Still lacking a clear statement for the basis on which foreign<br />
entries are selected, it is noted that the 260 new ones bring the DLS total to<br />
2,789. Both editorial groups are strong and eager to improve. In the subject index<br />
for DSL, the order is U.S., Canadian, and foreign (country names are similar to<br />
airport tags). While larger libraries would need the latest editions <strong>of</strong> both titles,<br />
medium-size libraries could alternate between the annual editions, and small<br />
libraries would get the one edited in their hemisphere periodically.<br />
Eugene B. Jackson, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at Austin<br />
Children’s Literature Research: International Resources and Exchange. First International<br />
Conference, April 5–7, 1988. Edited by the International Youth Library. New<br />
York: K. G. Saur, 1991. 247 pp. $48.00. ISBN 0-598-10912.<br />
This volume <strong>of</strong> the proceedings <strong>of</strong> the First International Conference held at<br />
the International Youth Library in Munich is a grab-bag <strong>of</strong> items, many <strong>of</strong> which<br />
were outdated by the time the volume was published in 1991. Some opening<br />
remarks and two keynote addresses (15–35) given at the conference are followed<br />
by sixteen reports on the situation <strong>of</strong> children’s literature research by country.<br />
<strong>The</strong> reports vary greatly in quality, ranging from Betsy Hearne’s excellent ‘‘Research<br />
in Children’s Literature in the U.S. and Canada: Problems and Possibilities’’<br />
(109–121), a model for what this work might have contained, to the<br />
extremely sketchy ‘‘Children’s Literature Research in Austria,’’ by Gertrud<br />
Paukner (152–54). Many reports list collections, awards, bibliographical references,<br />
and names and addresses <strong>of</strong> institutions and scholars, but there is no<br />
consistent format; given this circumstance, an index would have been helpful.<br />
<strong>The</strong> usefulness <strong>of</strong> the reports varies greatly. Some <strong>of</strong> them, for example those<br />
on Thailand, Sri Lanka, and Nepal, remain valuable because so little information<br />
is available on these countries. Other contributions, such as the report on the<br />
USSR (in German) and on Eastern European countries, are no longer pertinent<br />
because <strong>of</strong> the collapse <strong>of</strong> the Soviet system. And one, that on Cuba by a Cuban<br />
scholar, Alga Marina Elizagaray, seems hopelessly one-sided in the light <strong>of</strong> more<br />
balanced reports by scholars who have visited Cuba recently.<br />
Children’s Literature Research also contains a section on ‘‘International Organizations<br />
and <strong>The</strong>ir Work,’’ a somewhat useful source for information on the International<br />
Youth Library, the International Research Society for Children’s<br />
Literature, the Banco del Libro in Venezuela, and IBBY, the International Board<br />
on Books for Young People. Nevertheless, much <strong>of</strong> the information here is also<br />
dated, and current information on these institutions is readily available in IBBY’s
493<br />
journal Boo<strong>kb</strong>ird: World <strong>of</strong> Children’s Books; for example, they are covered in 33:3/<br />
4, the Fall-Winter 1995–1996 <strong>issue</strong>.<br />
Large research institutions, particularly those with an interest in international<br />
literature or children’s literature, might want to purchase this volume for its<br />
references and the names and addresses <strong>of</strong> individual institutions and scholars.<br />
In a perfect world, Children’s Literature Research would be re<strong>issue</strong>d and updated,<br />
with all the countries contained (as well as those omitted; for example, South<br />
Africa) following the model <strong>of</strong> Hearne’s report. Failing such an eventuality, however,<br />
most libraries interested in keeping up-to-date with the international situation<br />
in children’s literature would be better served by subscribing to Boo<strong>kb</strong>ird.<br />
Gillian Adams, Children’s Literature Abstracts; Children’s Literature Association Quarterly,<br />
Austin, Texas.<br />
Old Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad. By Leona Rostenberg<br />
and Madeleine B. Stern. New Castle, Del.: Oak Knoll Press, 1996. viii, 175 pp.<br />
$45.00. ISBN 1-884718-18-3.<br />
Book Collecting as One <strong>of</strong> the Fine Arts, and Other Essays. By Colin Franklin. Brookfield,<br />
VT: Scolar Press, 1996. x, 138 pp. $39.50. ISBN 1-85928-262-8.<br />
<strong>The</strong> two books under scrutiny for this review were written by booksellers with<br />
long and distinguished careers, not only in their pr<strong>of</strong>ession, but also in the world<br />
<strong>of</strong> scholarship. <strong>The</strong>y approach their subjects idiosyncratically, so readers may be<br />
fascinated or bored with these books, depending on each reader’s predilections.<br />
Leona Rostenberg and Madeleine Stern grew up in New York City. Both were<br />
students at Columbia <strong>University</strong> during the Depression, majoring in history and<br />
English respectively. Rostenberg wrote her doctoral dissertation on the role <strong>of</strong><br />
the printer in the dissemination <strong>of</strong> learning in Strassburg at the beginning<br />
<strong>of</strong> the Reformation. Her advisor—the renowned but inflexible scholar Lynn<br />
Thorndike—rejected her dissertation in 1938, unconvinced <strong>of</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
the printers, whom he considered illiterate and uneducated. Her scholarship was<br />
clearly ahead <strong>of</strong> its time. (Columbia did not reverse that decision, but made<br />
amends in 1973 when it accepted Rostenberg’s books in lieu <strong>of</strong> the dissertation<br />
and awarded her the doctorate.)<br />
Rostenberg’s unfortunate fate at Columbia led to a distinguished career as a<br />
bookseller. She worked for the Austrian émigré bookseller Herbert Reichner<br />
before establishing her own business in 1944. And she became a prolific writer<br />
<strong>of</strong> works on printing, publishing, and the book trade.<br />
Madeleine Stern ended her formal studies in English after receiving her M.S.<br />
from Columbia. Her first book, <strong>The</strong> Life <strong>of</strong> Margaret <strong>Full</strong>er (New York: E. P. Dutton,<br />
1940), received excellent reviews. It was followed by a biography <strong>of</strong> Louisa May<br />
Alcott and a host <strong>of</strong> other writings on American writers and publishers. She<br />
joined Rostenberg as a junior partner in 1945. Scholarship, creativity, moxie, and<br />
business acumen have made these women important booksellers and scholars.<br />
With their characteristic lively, witty, and candid style, Rostenberg and Stern<br />
have entertained and informed us in several books and essays about literary and<br />
bibliographic sleuthing. <strong>The</strong> most recent memoir by these octogenarians is Old<br />
Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad, an account <strong>of</strong> their<br />
annual buying trips to Europe from 1947 to 1957.
494 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
<strong>The</strong> book contains excerpts <strong>of</strong> journal entries and letters home written by each,<br />
interspersed with current notes headed ‘‘Retrospect.’’ <strong>The</strong> text contains many<br />
photographs from these trips. <strong>The</strong> authors note that ‘‘To retain the spontaneity<br />
and informality <strong>of</strong> the originals, extracts from our journals and letters have been<br />
transcribed as they were written, <strong>of</strong>ten in the heat <strong>of</strong> the moment’’ (vii). <strong>The</strong><br />
freshness and frankness <strong>of</strong> their writings <strong>of</strong>ten make for captivating reading and<br />
recapture the passions and indignities <strong>of</strong> their youth. For example, an entry from<br />
London, 9 and 11 August 1947: ‘‘We have seen many a bombed-out building in<br />
our walk along Park Lane. ...Itis still appalling’’ (20); and the following year<br />
on 22 August, ‘‘visited Grafton Sat. a.m. where that old hex Miss Hamel . . .<br />
still guards her wares in flounces <strong>of</strong> black satin, a broad hat & a large piercing<br />
brooch. ...OldPeddie was schlobbering about, dilating upon his Index—now<br />
containing 250,000 entries & in the 4th Supplement’’ (36).<br />
<strong>The</strong> spontaneity <strong>of</strong> their early reflections tends to become bogged down by<br />
their retrospective notes, which, while interesting early on, become dreary as<br />
these notes consist primarily <strong>of</strong> accounts <strong>of</strong> what their purchases would be worth<br />
in today’s market or else which library or collector wound up owning the books<br />
that they acquired on these trips.<br />
Judicious editing might also have kept the book moving at its early lively pace.<br />
Stern and Rostenberg ‘‘schmoosed,’’ had a ‘‘schmoose’’ or a ‘‘schmoos,’’ or engaged<br />
in ‘‘schmoosing’’ some dozen times. <strong>The</strong> collector Miriam Holden is mentioned<br />
five times, three in which she is referred to as ‘‘the feminist collector’’ or<br />
‘‘feminist friend’’ (82, 93, 99).<br />
<strong>The</strong> book provided enough memorable passages to send me back to their Old<br />
& Rare: Thirty Years in the Book Business (New York: Abner Schram, 1974). <strong>The</strong>ir<br />
earlier work admirably covers their postwar buying trips and also provides the<br />
reader with a more sustained narrative coupled with a circumspect perspective.<br />
It is the superior work. Rather than provide us with diary excerpts and choppy<br />
retrospectives, Stern and Rostenberg should simply have treated us to their unexpurgated<br />
diaries. As biographers they surely know how much more valuable those<br />
would be to us. But the task <strong>of</strong> bringing out their diaries, it appears, must fall<br />
to their own biographers. Such an insight into the lives <strong>of</strong> these admirable women<br />
would be a lagniappe indeed.<br />
***<br />
Colin Franklin’s collection <strong>of</strong> essays does not quite captivate the reader. His<br />
title snags our attention since there is a wide readership <strong>of</strong> books about book<br />
collecting. But this is disappointing since there really is little about book collecting<br />
here. <strong>The</strong> subtitle—in smaller type—says it best: ‘‘and Other Essays.’’<br />
<strong>The</strong> first piece, somewhat rambling and unfocused, does talk a bit about collecting,<br />
but the author’s style—in his own admission ‘‘It is the privilege <strong>of</strong> a bookseller<br />
to wander across subjects’’ (5)—leaves the reader wondering what all this<br />
is about. He seems to talk about what to collect, how to collect, whether to use<br />
(i.e., read) the books in one’s collection, the sense <strong>of</strong> ‘‘a separation from practical<br />
affairs’’ (5) that collecting affords, collecting as investment, finding one’s own<br />
optimal area <strong>of</strong> collecting, and so on. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing new here, nothing that<br />
collectors did not already know and that many authors have not covered in<br />
abundance.<br />
<strong>The</strong> redeeming feature here is the author’s relaxed style: it is almost as if he<br />
and the reader are sitting beside his fireplace, a jar <strong>of</strong> his home-gathered honey<br />
on the c<strong>of</strong>fee table beside a plate <strong>of</strong> toast, and he is reminiscing about a passion<br />
he has pursued for half a century. <strong>The</strong> advice is not so much advice as it is his
495<br />
discussing with a restrained enthusiasm a long-standing passion <strong>of</strong> his, recollected<br />
in tranquillity. We might not learn much, but we feel rewarded, nonetheless,<br />
by mere contact.<br />
<strong>The</strong> ‘‘Other Essays’’ yield the same ‘‘reward.’’ <strong>The</strong> eleven other pieces range<br />
from one topic to another—<strong>of</strong>ten only peripherally related to books—the way<br />
one’s evening conversation might roam around. ‘‘So, Colin, I like this Doves Press<br />
book. Great type face!’’ ‘‘Oh, it was one <strong>of</strong> those proprietary types, you know.’’<br />
‘‘Ah!’’ And so the second essay launches into what Franklin knows about proprietary<br />
types—Doves, Vale, Eragny—and their ultimate disposal in the Thames.<br />
‘‘This is a nice little item, <strong>The</strong> Garland for Rachel. What can you tell me about<br />
it?’’ ‘‘Funny you should ask—I just wrote an essay about it and the Daniel Press.’’<br />
<strong>The</strong> inspiration for much <strong>of</strong> the writing here comes from the books and manuscripts<br />
in Franklin’s own collection. But he has also traveled widely and become<br />
familiar with the many tools <strong>of</strong> his trade: books and the libraries they reside in.<br />
He has, for example, written about the typography and illustration <strong>of</strong> early editions<br />
<strong>of</strong> Shakespeare (chapter 4); chiaroscuro illustration, especially the work <strong>of</strong><br />
the English artist John Baptist Jackson (chapter 5); Lord Chesterfield’s writing—not<br />
just his well-known letters to his son (who died in 1768, ‘‘worn out<br />
perhaps,’’ Franklin speculates, ‘‘by three decades <strong>of</strong> advice,’’ [51]), but also his more<br />
controversial volume <strong>of</strong> ‘‘Characters,’’ sketches <strong>of</strong> his contemporaries (chapter 6);<br />
the work <strong>of</strong> William Combe, the prolific nineteenth-century writer who published<br />
most <strong>of</strong> his work from debtor’s prison (chapter 7); the Sette <strong>of</strong> Odd Volumes (the<br />
English club) and its many publications (chapter 8); and so on. <strong>The</strong> last four<br />
chapters deal with Dante Gabriel Rossetti (chapter 9) and the Brownings (10–<br />
12)—various aspects <strong>of</strong> their interests, writings, or experience. <strong>The</strong> last chapter<br />
is on Elizabeth’s fascination with seances, ‘‘table-rapping’’ (133), and other paranormal<br />
experiences brought to her by Daniel Dunglas Hume; Robert Browning’s<br />
skepticism and the tensions created in their marriage because <strong>of</strong> this interest;<br />
and his poem ‘‘Mr. Sludge, ‘<strong>The</strong> Medium,’’’emanating from these experiences.<br />
This chapter is punctuated by Franklin’s own lively tale, paralleling the Browning<br />
story, <strong>of</strong> his own childhood paranormal experience: his lying about being able to<br />
dowse and being taken seriously by his family for many years.<br />
<strong>The</strong> book is not without problems (a phrase, I am sure, the reader anticipated).<br />
To begin with, while many <strong>of</strong> these essays introduce us to things somewhat bookish,<br />
not all <strong>of</strong> these essays are even slightly captivating. Second, and perhaps the<br />
most problematic feature <strong>of</strong> this for me, most <strong>of</strong> these essays talk about the<br />
physical objects <strong>of</strong> Franklin’s trade and his collecting: books and manuscripts.<br />
And he talks <strong>of</strong> them specifically as physical objects: their varying levels <strong>of</strong> beauty,<br />
their typography and illustrations, their bindings. <strong>The</strong> fourth essay, for example,<br />
is solely about the look—typography, illustration, bindings, sizes, papers, and<br />
leathers—<strong>of</strong> eighteenth-century editions <strong>of</strong> Shakespeare. But there is no single<br />
facsimile or illustration <strong>of</strong> any kind. This is true <strong>of</strong> the entire volume, with its<br />
essays on the Sette <strong>of</strong> Odd Volumes books, the chiaroscuro and other illustrations<br />
<strong>of</strong> Jackson and his contemporaries, the looks <strong>of</strong> many editions <strong>of</strong> Elizabeth<br />
Browning’s sonnets, the volume <strong>of</strong> poems to Rachel, the many printings <strong>of</strong> Robert<br />
Browning’s Pied Piper, and the interesting manuscript scrapbook <strong>of</strong> William<br />
Combe. We are tantalized (in at least half <strong>of</strong> the essays) by Franklin’s telling us<br />
<strong>of</strong> how such and such an item looks, but we are not shown a single one <strong>of</strong> them.<br />
For $39.50 we get only 138 pages <strong>of</strong> intriguing, provocative prose: not a satisfying<br />
purchase. Without pictures to show us what Franklin is talking about, many <strong>of</strong><br />
these essays are soporific.
496 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
I have been reading and pr<strong>of</strong>iting from Colin Franklin’s scholarly work for<br />
three decades. He is one <strong>of</strong> those rare combinations <strong>of</strong> prominent and eminent<br />
bookseller and learned scholar—like Rostenberg and Stern. His writing does not<br />
border on the boastful or egocentric, as does that <strong>of</strong> Rosenbach, Fleming, and<br />
Randall, to name only three. He is truly a gentleman scholar, a gentleman bookseller,<br />
and a relaxed and friendly writer. This is not his most compelling or<br />
informative endeavor, but it is a congenial stroll down a few new or slightly worn<br />
paths with a kind interlocutor.<br />
Michèle V. Cloonan, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> California, Los Angeles<br />
Sidney E. Berger, <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> California, Riverside<br />
ABC for Book Collectors. By John Carter. 7th ed. with corrections, additions and an<br />
introduction by Nicolas Barker. New Castle, Del.: Oak Knoll Press, 1995. 224 pp.<br />
$25.00. ISBN 1-884718-18-05-1.<br />
<strong>The</strong> Art & History <strong>of</strong> Books. By Norma Levarie. With a foreword by Nicolas Barker.<br />
New Castle, Del.: Oak Knoll Press, and London: <strong>The</strong> British Library, 1995. xx,<br />
316 pp. $45.00. ISBN 1-884718-02-7, hardback. $29.95. ISBN 1-884718-03-5,<br />
paperbound.<br />
Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> the Book. By Ge<strong>of</strong>frey Ashall Glaister. 2nd ed., with a new introduction<br />
by Donald Farren. New Castle, Del.: Oak Knoll Press, and London: <strong>The</strong><br />
British Library, 1996. xxiii, 551 pp. $75.00. ISBN 1-884718-15-9, hardback. $49.95.<br />
ISBN 1-884718-14-0, paperbound.<br />
Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing. By S. H. Steinberg. New ed., revised by John Trevitt.<br />
New Castle, Del.: Oak Knoll Press, and London: <strong>The</strong> British Library, 1996. xx,<br />
262 pp. $45.00. ISBN 1-884718-19-1, hardback. $29.95. ISBN 1-884718-20-5,<br />
paperbound.<br />
With the republication <strong>of</strong> these four titles alone, Oak Knoll Press can lay<br />
rightful and impressive claim to be the premier publisher <strong>of</strong> reference works and<br />
standard texts in the field <strong>of</strong> the history <strong>of</strong> books and printing. <strong>The</strong>se revised<br />
and reprinted classics lend new distinction to a publisher that has long been a<br />
friend <strong>of</strong> book people in the English-speaking world. Though the publisher’s fall<br />
1996 catalogues reveal its continuing commitment to publishing books on ‘‘printing,<br />
boo<strong>kb</strong>inding, illustration, papermaking, marbling, bookselling, publishing,<br />
typography, bibliography, book collecting, etc.,’’ it is its newest venture into<br />
bringing back out-<strong>of</strong>-print works <strong>of</strong> worth that is its current spectacular<br />
achievement.<br />
Many publishers, trade and scholarly, have produced single printings, and even<br />
occasional reprintings, <strong>of</strong> noteworthy works; but they frequently abandon them<br />
nowadays when the demand declines to that <strong>of</strong> a steady backlisted item. To its<br />
credit and with the gratitude <strong>of</strong> many, the thoughtful leadership <strong>of</strong> Oak Knoll<br />
Press has rescued and resuscitated these excellent works, brought them up to<br />
date when needed, and re<strong>issue</strong>d them at a very fair price—including a complete<br />
and undisguised publishing history on the verso <strong>of</strong> each title page. It has immediately<br />
become the publisher <strong>of</strong> record for the pr<strong>of</strong>essions that take the history<br />
and care <strong>of</strong> books seriously. <strong>The</strong> fact that the Bibliographical Society <strong>of</strong> America
497<br />
and <strong>The</strong> British Library have determined to work with this publisher also suggests<br />
that it has earned its enviable position. <strong>The</strong>se four works illustrate the<br />
enlightened practice and promise <strong>of</strong> this press.<br />
Carter’s succinct ABC for Book Collectors has been a gem to discover and a<br />
favorite with students <strong>of</strong> the book since it first appeared in 1952 from Rupert<br />
Hart-Davis. Now, several editions later, this little classic is still available at a<br />
very reasonable cost, thanks to an arrangement with HarperCollins. Barker’s<br />
brief introduction provides good insight into why this title has been invaluable<br />
to beginners and seasoned book workers for more than four decades.<br />
Levarie’s <strong>The</strong> Art & History <strong>of</strong> Books, an illustrated survey <strong>of</strong> the book from<br />
ancient times to the present century, has been an excellent introduction to the<br />
subject since it first appeared in 1968 from James H. Heineman; it was re<strong>issue</strong>d<br />
by Da Capo Press in 1982, but then was out <strong>of</strong> print for a number <strong>of</strong> years. With<br />
its full size and reproductions <strong>of</strong> book title pages, text pages, and illustrations—that<br />
occur on almost every other page—this work, published by arrangement<br />
with Heineman, will be highly appreciated by a new generation <strong>of</strong> book<br />
lovers and students. Again, Barker’s extended introduction provides an evaluation<br />
and supplementary assessment in light <strong>of</strong> recent scholarship.<br />
Glaister’s Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> the Book became a friend to many in the pr<strong>of</strong>ession as<br />
a unique and sturdy reference work in a field that had few others in English.<br />
Originally produced in 1960 under the modest title <strong>of</strong> Glossary <strong>of</strong> the Book by<br />
George Allen & Unwin Publishers, its completely revised second edition appeared<br />
as Glaister’s Glossary <strong>of</strong> the Book from the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> California Press. Farren’s<br />
thirteen-page introduction to the present reprinting <strong>of</strong> the second edition presents<br />
a fascinating portrait <strong>of</strong> Glaister, the British Council librarian who for<br />
nearly thirty years worked overseas and who used a Swedish work as the basis<br />
for his reference work. This re<strong>issue</strong>d volume published by arrangement with<br />
HarperCollins, London, and available in paperback binding, brings the work<br />
again into the reach <strong>of</strong> virtually anyone who has an interest in the history and<br />
technology <strong>of</strong> the book arts.<br />
Steinberg’s Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing, as revised and brought up to date by<br />
John Trevitt, is a classic that students always appreciate. Though not perhaps<br />
intended to be a definitive text, it has aided many in their understanding and<br />
appreciation <strong>of</strong> the Western historical tradition <strong>of</strong> moveable type printing. This<br />
short work from a prolific author was originally published by Penguin Books as<br />
a Pelican Original; second and third editions appeared in 1961 and 1974. Now<br />
with expanded page size, completely reworked text and illustrative matter, and<br />
an extended addition that covers the twentieth century, the availability <strong>of</strong> this<br />
work again will ensure its being the standard text, notwithstanding the widespread<br />
use <strong>of</strong> Warren Chappell’s A Short History <strong>of</strong> the Printed Word (various publishers<br />
from 1970). <strong>The</strong> revised selective bibliography is welcome.<br />
In sum, Oak Knoll Press has gifted its pr<strong>of</strong>ession by bringing back these exceptional<br />
books and not allowing them to languish, to be forgotten, or to be<br />
available only for collectors. Along with the far more selective and specialized<br />
reprints <strong>of</strong> Dover Publications <strong>of</strong> New York, this press has made a conscientious<br />
attempt to keep classic works available to the broadest possible audience. As a<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>essor who has taught courses in the history <strong>of</strong> books and libraries, I can speak<br />
from experience and with thanksgiving. We can look forward to other efforts <strong>of</strong><br />
Oak Knoll Press—especially as we support its recent achievements.<br />
Donald G. Davis Jr., <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Texas at Austin
498 L&C/Book Reviews<br />
Cycles <strong>of</strong> Time and Scientific Learning in Medieval Europe. By Wesley M. Stevens.<br />
Brookfield, Vt.: Variorum, 1995. ix, 336 pp. $92.95. ISBN 0-86078-471-1.<br />
In this collection <strong>of</strong> eleven articles previously published from the early 1970s<br />
to mid-1990s, with corrections and revisions conveniently marked, Wesley Stevens<br />
weaves together several topics crucial for medieval studies in general as well as<br />
manuscript and library studies in particular. <strong>The</strong> pattern woven is one too frequently<br />
neglected by scholars despite its value. It is a book suited for trained<br />
medievalists rather than general readers; one article is in German. This reviewer<br />
approaches the work as an historian specializing in codicology and the history <strong>of</strong><br />
scholarship, including scientific scholarship.<br />
<strong>The</strong> articles’ topics include calendrical and astronomical reckonings, sidereal<br />
reckoning in Anglo-Saxon England, Bede’s scientific studies, Isidore’s representation<br />
<strong>of</strong> the cosmos, scientific instruction in early insular schools, several articles<br />
on the scientific efforts <strong>of</strong> Hraban, Strabo, and the scribes <strong>of</strong> the scriptorium at<br />
Fulda as well as specific manuscripts therefrom.<br />
<strong>The</strong>re is an important theme that unites these articles. Stevens argues—with<br />
reason!—that the interrelations between what moderns call scientific labors and<br />
the religious, social, and intellectual life <strong>of</strong> early Christian Europe deserve<br />
broader acknowledgment among scholars today, if we are not to risk ignoring an<br />
exceedingly great amount <strong>of</strong> historical sources for this period. He focuses on<br />
manuscripts from the eighth to eleventh centuries, thus from the period before<br />
the influx <strong>of</strong> Aristotelian manuscripts and translations following the initiation <strong>of</strong><br />
the crusades into Iberia.<br />
By this view <strong>of</strong> scientific manuscripts, Stevens reinforces the theoretical nature<br />
<strong>of</strong> the traditional quadrivium and trivium <strong>of</strong> the Roman model for education,<br />
replacing it with the practical nature <strong>of</strong> grammatica, cantica (applied music) and<br />
computistica (time reckoning). Computistica, calculations <strong>of</strong> various elements <strong>of</strong><br />
time as well as fields related to such endeavors, was a critical, pervasive element<br />
<strong>of</strong> medieval education and academic activity. This account serves as a needed<br />
check on the customary descriptions <strong>of</strong> educational systems and curricula, such<br />
as those by H. Marrou or M. L. W. Laistner. However, it is not a matter <strong>of</strong><br />
supplanting them, contrary to Stevens (e.g., IX, 28), but one <strong>of</strong> amplification.<br />
Indeed, in agreement with Stevens, the ordinary student in early medieval monasteries<br />
concerned himself with applying his studies to resolve quotidian problems.<br />
From this sort <strong>of</strong> training in calendrical and arithmetical calculations,<br />
scholars were then able to go on to other logically related fields, such as advanced<br />
studies in astronomy, geometry, and mathematics as well as theology. For the<br />
medievalist today, examination <strong>of</strong> such scientific texts and curricula reveals their<br />
far-reaching impact. For example, tracing how the Easter date was resolved—<br />
however tedious the process can seem to many today—shows the flow <strong>of</strong> ecclesiastical<br />
influence. It must be remembered that it was the religious life <strong>of</strong> Christian<br />
Europe that served as the impetus for scientific studies, rather than that<br />
they occurred separate from common society. Yet, scholars’ choices <strong>of</strong> manuscripts<br />
for study usually serve to reinforce a division between literary and scientific<br />
manuscripts. This division is natural, <strong>of</strong> course, but Stevens shows that<br />
the scientific texts have much to <strong>of</strong>fer scholars concerned primarily with the<br />
literary ones.<br />
For readers <strong>of</strong> this journal, Stevens’s articles bear special weight. Medieval<br />
library holdings included large numbers <strong>of</strong> scientific manuscripts. Even literary
499<br />
manuscripts frequently contain marginalia <strong>of</strong> scientific material. Stevens demonstrates<br />
how computational texts are integral to understanding the early medieval<br />
context. <strong>The</strong> majority <strong>of</strong> his articles concern actual practice within<br />
scriptoria, especially at Fulda, and specific manuscripts. Two articles on a ninthcentury<br />
codex from Fulda but conserved in the Bodleian library provide a precise,<br />
exemplary model <strong>of</strong> codicological description and analysis. This collection can<br />
thus serve very well as a working guide for those scholars interested in expanding<br />
their current literary-oriented studies <strong>of</strong> manuscripts or libraries to include the<br />
abundant riches <strong>of</strong> scientific texts. Stevens <strong>of</strong>fers a superb work <strong>of</strong> scholarship<br />
and, equally important, explains how his studies help illuminate many other<br />
fields, including codicology, paleography, bibliography, and library history.<br />
Alan Cottrell, Cottey College, Nevada, Missouri
Index to Volume 32<br />
Compiled by Hermina G.B. Anghelescu<br />
General Index<br />
A<br />
Academic libraries. See also Libraries; and names <strong>of</strong> specific universities<br />
in Mexico, 32(2):238<br />
Academies<br />
Cracow Academy, Poland, 32(1):94–103<br />
Acquisition<br />
<strong>of</strong> European books for U.S. libraries during the Cold War, 32(4):487–488r, 32(4):493–<br />
496r<br />
‘‘Advance and Retreat: Aspects <strong>of</strong> Public Library Services in New South Wales during<br />
World War II’’ (Jones), 32(3):337–348<br />
‘‘Almost a Unified Library: Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore College Library<br />
Cooperation during the 1940s’’ (Freeman), 32(1):1–37<br />
American Association <strong>of</strong> <strong>University</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essors (AAUP), 32(2):169, 32(2):176, 32(2):178,<br />
32(2):180–182<br />
American Bible Society Library, 32(3):324–336<br />
American Book Publishers Council, 32(4):413–414, 32(4):419<br />
American Library Association<br />
‘‘Books for China’’ campaign, 32(2):198–220<br />
censorship at <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Montana Library during the 1930s, 32(2):176–180<br />
Committee on International Relations during World War II, 32(2):197, 32(2):212<br />
National Library Service Program, 32(4):430–432<br />
reading in rural U.S. during the 1950s, 32(4):403–423<br />
YMCA traveling libraries for the military, 1916, 32(1):117–120<br />
Annales, 32(2):257–258r<br />
Archaeology<br />
U.S. involvement in the Near East, 32(4):481–482r<br />
Archives<br />
National Archives and Records Service (NARS), 32(3):391–392r<br />
in the U.S., finding aids, 32(2):272–274r<br />
Australia<br />
library legislation, 1939–1945, 32(3):341–346<br />
public libraries in New South Wales during World War II, 32(3):337–348<br />
B<br />
Beckwith, George, 32(1):132–133r<br />
Berlin State Library, 32(4):485–486r<br />
‘‘ ‘Best Books’ and Excited Readers: Discursive Tensions in the Writings <strong>of</strong> Melvil<br />
Dewey’’ (Frohmann), 32(3):349–371<br />
Bibliographers<br />
Thomas James Wise, 32(3):385–386r<br />
Bibliographies<br />
<strong>of</strong> American literature, 32(2):270–272r
on book history, 32(2):268–270r<br />
compilation <strong>of</strong>, 32(1):155–157r<br />
<strong>of</strong> finding aids to archives and manuscript collections in the U.S., 32(2):272–274r<br />
for literary students, 32(1):155–157r<br />
in Mexico, 32(2):227<br />
Polish Bibliography, 32(1):101<br />
<strong>of</strong> serials, 32(2):262–265r<br />
usefulness to historians and librarians, 32(1):154–155r<br />
Biographies<br />
Frick family in Pittsburgh, Pa., 32(2):258–262r<br />
George Boole, 32(1):81–93, 32(1):83<br />
Blacks<br />
history and culture, Houston, Tex., 32(1):146–148r<br />
library services for, South Africa, 32(1):57–76, 32(1):70, 32(1):71, 32(1):72<br />
library services for, South Carolina, 1935–1943, 32(4):429, 32(4):439–450<br />
Blair, Nancy C., 32(4):444, 32(4):445, 32(4):445–446<br />
‘‘Blazing the Way: <strong>The</strong> WPA Library Service Demonstration Project in South Carolina’’<br />
(Gorman), 32(4):427–455, 32(4):436, 32(4):445<br />
Book clubs<br />
in Kalamazoo, Mich., 1852–1892, 32(1):45–47<br />
People’s Book Club, 32(4):409<br />
Book collecting, 32(4):493–496r, 32(4):496–497r<br />
Book destruction<br />
in China, 332(2):191<br />
Book illustration, 32(3):393–395r<br />
Book trade<br />
European books for U.S. libraries during the Cold War, 32(4):487–488r, 32(4):493–<br />
496r<br />
France, 1585–1715, 32(4):483–484r<br />
Great Britain, 32(1):139–140r, 32(3):381–382r<br />
Italy, 16th–20th century, 32(3):381–382r<br />
Spain, 16th century, 32(2):256–257r<br />
U.S., during the 1950s, 32(4):405, 32(4):409<br />
Bookmobiles, 32(4):427, 32(4):430, 32(4):435–436, 32(4):438–439, 32(4):441, 32(4):444<br />
Bookplate designers<br />
Armin von Foelkersam, 32(1):125, 32(1):125–127<br />
Bookplates<br />
‘‘Books for China’’ campaign, 32(2):212<br />
Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction, Indiana <strong>University</strong>,<br />
32(2):245, 32(2):245–247<br />
Mexican libraries, 32(2):238, 32(2):239<br />
Myra Jo Moon, Colorado State <strong>University</strong>, 32(3):372, 32(3):372–374<br />
Nicholas II, Emperor <strong>of</strong> Russia, 32(1):125, 32(1):125–128<br />
Reverend Thomas Robbins, 32(4):474, 32(4):474–478<br />
‘‘Books for China’’ campaign, 32(2):198–220, 32(2):212<br />
Boole, George, 32(1):81–93, 32(1):83<br />
Brown, Charles Harvey, 32(2):202–207<br />
Bryn Mawr College Library<br />
cooperative programs, 32(1):1–37<br />
C<br />
Carnegie Corporation<br />
support for American libraries, 1890–1920, 32(3):377–378r<br />
501
502 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
support for cooperative library programs, 32(1):17–29<br />
support for libraries, 32(4):471–472<br />
support for libraries in New South Wales, Australia, 32(3):342–346<br />
support for library services in South Africa, 32(1):64–76, 32(1):70, 32(1):71, 32(1):72<br />
support for Polish libraries, 32(1):102<br />
Catalogs, 32(1):134r, 32(1):135–136r, 32(3):364, 32(3):366–369<br />
in Chinese libraries, 32(4):464–465<br />
Catholic Church<br />
in China, 32(4):456–459, 32(4):466<br />
Censorship<br />
in Chinese libraries, 332(2):191<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Montana Library during the 1930s, 32(2):170–190<br />
in U.S. libraries, 32(1):148–149r<br />
‘‘Chartophylax: Archivist and Librarian to the Patriarch in Constantinople’’ (Wehmeyer),<br />
32(1):107–112, 32(1):110<br />
Cheraw Public Library, S.C., 32(4):439<br />
Children’s literature<br />
in Great Britain, 1850–1945, 32(3):393–395r<br />
international directory <strong>of</strong>, 32(3):395–396r<br />
in the U.S., 1870–1945, 32(3):393–395r<br />
Children’s materials<br />
international literature research, 32(4):492–493r<br />
China<br />
book destruction, 332(2):191<br />
European books in libraries, 32(4):457<br />
Jesuit mission, 32(4):456–457<br />
library development before World War II, 332(2):192–194<br />
supply <strong>of</strong> American library materials during World War II, 332(2):191–226<br />
Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library, Shanghai, 32(4):459–466<br />
Chinese Library Association, 32(2):196–197<br />
Christianity<br />
in China, 32(4):456–459<br />
influence <strong>of</strong>, on Helenistic novels, 32(4):488–490r<br />
in South Africa, 32(1):58–61<br />
Circulating libraries<br />
in Michigan, 1852–1892, 32(1):43–44<br />
Citizens’ Library Association, 32(4):442–443<br />
Clement XIV, Pope, 32(4):457<br />
Cobley, Alan G.<br />
‘‘Literacy, Libraries, and Consciousness: <strong>The</strong> Provision <strong>of</strong> Library Services for Blacks in<br />
South Africa in the Pre-Apartheid Era,’’ 32(1):57–80, 32(1):70, 32(1):71, 32(1):72<br />
Cold War<br />
acquisition <strong>of</strong> European books for U.S. libraries, 32(4):487–488r, 32(4):493–496r<br />
Collections<br />
<strong>of</strong> medieval manuscripts in Europe, 32(4):498–499r<br />
Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford, 32(4):474, 32(4):474–478<br />
Cooksey, Elizabeth B.<br />
‘‘George Boole: <strong>The</strong> Man behind ‘And/Or/Not’,’’ 32(1):81–93, 32(1):83<br />
Coons, Lorraine A.<br />
‘‘ ‘Special Collection’ in Nineteenth-Century New York: <strong>The</strong> American Bible Society<br />
and Its Library,’’ 32(3):324–336<br />
Cracow Academy, Poland, 32(1):94–103
D<br />
Denmark<br />
Royal Library, 32(2):258–262r<br />
Dewey, Melvil<br />
Library Bureau, 32(3):377–378r<br />
writings on library services, 32(3):349–369<br />
Digitization<br />
<strong>of</strong> library materials, 32(1):150r<br />
Directories, 32(4):490–492r<br />
Druids<br />
history <strong>of</strong>, 32(3):378–379r<br />
E<br />
Eastern Europe<br />
libraries and reading, 32(2):278–279r<br />
libraries in Jewish ghettos <strong>of</strong> Nazi-occupied countries, 32(4):486–487r<br />
Elliker, Calvin<br />
‘‘From the People <strong>of</strong> the United States <strong>of</strong> America: <strong>The</strong> Books for China Programs<br />
during World War II,’’ 32(2):164, 32(2):166, 32(2):169–190, 32(2):172<br />
Enlightenment<br />
journalism in France, 32(1):139–140r<br />
Europe. See also names <strong>of</strong> specific countries<br />
information science, 32(2):279–281r<br />
medieval manuscripts, study <strong>of</strong>, 32(4):497–498r<br />
public libraries, 32(2):278–279r<br />
F<br />
Fairbank, John K., 32(2):202–209<br />
Fairbank, Wilma, 32(2):202–209, 32(2):213–214<br />
Festschrifts<br />
honoring William A. Munford, 32(4):480–481r<br />
Finding aids. See also Guides<br />
to U.S. archives, 32(2):272–274r<br />
France<br />
Annales, 32(2):257–258r<br />
journalism, 18th century, 32(1):139–140r<br />
printing, 17th century, 32(1):137–139r<br />
publishing, 1788–1799, 32(1):140–141r<br />
publishing and reading, 1585–1715, 32(4):483–484r<br />
reading <strong>of</strong> erotic literature, 18th century, 32(3):379–381r<br />
Freeman, Michael Stuart<br />
‘‘Almost a Unified Library: Bryn Mawr, Haverford, and Swarthmore College Library<br />
Cooperation during the 1940s,’’ 32(1):1–37<br />
Frick Art and Historical Center, Pittsburgh, Pa., 32(2):258–262r<br />
Frohmann, Bernd<br />
‘‘ ‘Best Books’ and Excited Readers: Discursive Tensions in the Writings <strong>of</strong> Melvil<br />
Dewey,’’ 32(3):349–371<br />
‘‘From the People <strong>of</strong> the United States <strong>of</strong> America: <strong>The</strong> Books for China Programs during<br />
World War II’’ (Zhou & Elliker), 32(2):164, 32(2):166, 32(2):169–190, 32(2):172<br />
G<br />
‘‘George Boole: <strong>The</strong> Man behind ‘And/Or/Not’ ’’(Cooksey), 32(1):81–93, 32(1):83<br />
503
504 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Germany<br />
Berlin State Library, 32(4):485–486r<br />
International Youth Library, Munich, 32(4):492–493r<br />
Gorman, Robert M.<br />
‘‘Blazing the Way: <strong>The</strong> WPA Library Service Demonstration Project in South<br />
Carolina,’’ 32(4):427–455, 32(4):436, 32(4):445<br />
Great Britain<br />
book trade, 16th–20th century, 32(3):381–382r<br />
children’s literature, 1850–1945, 32(3):393–395r<br />
library architecture, 32(2):258–262r<br />
public libraries, 32(4):480–481r<br />
Renaissance, 32(1):135–136r<br />
Griswold, Whitney A., 32(4):404–405<br />
Guides<br />
to Mormon sources and collections in the U.S., 32(2):274–275r<br />
to Slavic materials, 32(1):152–154r<br />
Gutenberg, Johannes<br />
as printer and inventor, 32(2):253–254r<br />
H<br />
Harry Ransom Humanities Research Center, Austin, Tex., 32(2):262–265r<br />
Harter, Margaret H.<br />
[‘‘Bookplate <strong>of</strong> the Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction,<br />
Indiana <strong>University</strong>’’], 32(2):245, 32(2):245–247<br />
Haverford College Library<br />
cooperative programs, 32(1):1–37<br />
Higher education<br />
in the U.S., 1650–1870, 32(3):387–388r<br />
in the U.S. and tenure process, 1937–1939, 32(2):163–190<br />
Historical research<br />
in Mexico, 32(2):228–241<br />
role <strong>of</strong> bibliographies, 32(1):154–155r<br />
Historiography. See also Historical research<br />
African-American, in the U.S., 32(1):146–148r<br />
Annales, 32(2):257–258r<br />
‘‘History <strong>of</strong> the Jagiellonian Library’’ (Nowak), 32(1):94–106<br />
Hovde, David M.<br />
‘‘YMCA Libraries on the Mexican Border, 1916,’’ 32(1):113–124<br />
I<br />
Ifould, W. H., 32(3):339–345<br />
India<br />
history and development <strong>of</strong> libraries, 32(3):399–400r<br />
libraries during Muslim rule, 32(4):482–483r<br />
Indiana <strong>University</strong><br />
Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction, 32(2):245, 32(2):245–247<br />
<strong>Information</strong><br />
production and distribution in the U.S., 32(2):282–284r<br />
<strong>Information</strong> centers, 32(4):490–492r<br />
Intellectual freedom. See also Censorship<br />
and tenure in U.S. universities, 1937–1939, 32(2):163–190
International Youth Library, Munich, 32(4):492–493r<br />
Internet<br />
handbook, 32(2):281–282r<br />
Islam<br />
libraries in India during, 32(4):482–483r<br />
Italy<br />
book trade, 16th–20th century, 32(3):381–382r<br />
books and schools during Renaissance, 32(1):131–132r<br />
J<br />
Jagiellonian Library, Cracow, Poland, 32(1):94–103<br />
Jefferson, Thomas, 32(2):260r, 32(2):265–266r<br />
Jones, David J.<br />
‘‘Advance and Retreat: Aspects <strong>of</strong> Public Library Services in New South Wales during<br />
World War II,’’ 32(3):337–348<br />
Jones, Karen<br />
[‘‘Bookplate Myra Jo Moon Preservation Reference Collection, Colorado State<br />
<strong>University</strong>’’], 32(3):372, 32(3):372–374<br />
Journalism<br />
in France, 18th century, 32(1):139–140r<br />
Julius Rosenwald Fund, 32(4):428–429<br />
K<br />
Keeney, Mary Jane Daniels, 32(2):165–190, 32(2):166<br />
Keeney, Philip, 32(2):163–190, 32(2):164<br />
King, Gail<br />
‘‘Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library <strong>of</strong> Shanghai,’’ 32(4):456–469<br />
Kinsey Institute for Research in Sex, Gender, and Reproduction, Indiana <strong>University</strong><br />
bookplate <strong>of</strong>, 32(2):245, 32(2):245–247<br />
L<br />
Ladies’ Library Association<br />
Kalamazoo, Mich., 1852–1892, 32(1):38–52, 32(1):41<br />
Ladies’ Literary Club<br />
Kalamazoo, Mich., 1852–1892, 32(1):42–52<br />
Librarians<br />
Archibald MacLeish, 32(2):184–185<br />
Charles Harvey Brown, 32(2):202–207<br />
Charles Shaw, 32(1):2–29<br />
gender differences, 32(3):397–399r<br />
John Metcalfe, 32(3):341, 32(3):345<br />
Mary Jane Daniels Keeney, 32(2):166, 332(2):165–190<br />
Nancy C. Blair, 32(4):444, 32(4):445, 32(4):445–446<br />
to the patriarch in Constantinople, 32(1):107–111, 32(1):110<br />
Philip Keeney, 32(2):164, 332(2):163–190<br />
Ralph Munn, 32(3):341, 32(3):343–344<br />
Thomas Robbins, 32(4):474, 32(4):474–478<br />
in the U.S. during the 1950s, 32(4):403–423<br />
W. H. Ifould, 32(3):339–345<br />
women as, in the U.S., 1900–1917, 32(1):145–146r<br />
Libraries. See also Librarians, Museum libraries, National libraries, Private libraries,<br />
Public Libraries, Religious libraries, Special collections; and names <strong>of</strong> specific libraries<br />
505
506 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
in China during World War II, 32(2):191–226<br />
in Eastern Europe, 32(2):278–279r<br />
history <strong>of</strong>, 32(3):400–401r<br />
in India, 32(3):399–400r, 32(4):482–483r<br />
in Jewish ghettos <strong>of</strong> Nazi-occupied Europe, 32(4):486–487r<br />
Oxford <strong>University</strong> Library, 32(2):258–262r<br />
and philanthropy, 32(4):470–473<br />
as research institutions, 32(1):149–151r<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado Library, 1876–1972, 32(3):390–391r<br />
in the U.S., 1650–1870, 32(3):387–388r<br />
in Western Europe, 32(2):278–279r<br />
Library architecture<br />
in Oxford, 32(2):258–262r<br />
Library Association<br />
History Group, 32(4):480–481r<br />
Library cooperation, 32(1):1–37<br />
cataloging in school libraries, South Carolina, 32(4):436<br />
Library history<br />
in Mexico, 32(2):227–244, 32(2):233, 32(2):234, 32(2):235, 32(2):236, 32(2):237, 32(2):<br />
239<br />
Library History Seminar IX, 32(4):470–473<br />
Library legislation<br />
in Australia, 1939–1945, 32(3):341–346<br />
U.S. during the 1950s, 32(4):407–408, 32(4):411, 32(4):414, 32(4):420<br />
Library <strong>of</strong> Congress, 32(2):258–262r, 32(3):400–401r<br />
and Archibald MacLeish, 32(2):184–185<br />
and the Conference on Rural Reading, 32(4):419–420<br />
Thomas Jefferson’s legacy, 32(2):265–266r<br />
Library science education<br />
in Europe, 32(2):279–281r<br />
Library services<br />
for Blacks in South Carolina, 1935–1943, 32(4):429, 32(4):436–450<br />
to rural areas in the U.S., 32(4):403–423, 32(4):427–450<br />
Literacy<br />
in South Africa, 32(1):58–61<br />
‘‘Literacy, Libraries, and Consciousness: <strong>The</strong> Provision <strong>of</strong> Library Services for Blacks in<br />
South Africa in the Pre-Apartheid Era’’ (Cobley), 32(1):57–80, 32(1):70, 32(1):71,<br />
32(1):72<br />
Literature, American<br />
bibliographies, 32(2):270–272r<br />
Literature, English<br />
mnemonic devices, 32(3):382–383r<br />
Literature, Helenistic<br />
Christian influences, 32(4):488–490r<br />
M<br />
MacLeish, Archibald, 32(2):184–185<br />
Management<br />
<strong>of</strong> museum libraries, 32(2):275–277r<br />
Manuscripts<br />
finding aids to collections in the U.S., 32(2):272–274r<br />
medieval, in Europe, 32(4):497–498r
McReynolds, Rosalee<br />
‘‘Trouble in Big Sky’s Ivory Tower: <strong>The</strong> Montana Tenure Dispute <strong>of</strong> 1937–1939,’’<br />
32(2):164, 32(2):166, 32(2):169–190, 32(2):172<br />
Medicine<br />
history <strong>of</strong>, 32(3):396–397r<br />
Medieval studies, 32(4):497–498r<br />
Metcalfe, John, 32(3):341, 32(3):345<br />
‘‘Mexican Library History: A Survey <strong>of</strong> the Literature <strong>of</strong> the Last Fifteen Years’’<br />
(Zamora), 32(2):227–244, 32(2):233, 32(2):234, 32(2):235, 32(2):236, 32(2):237, 32(2):<br />
239<br />
Mexico<br />
academic libraries, 32(2):238<br />
early libraries, 32(2):227–228<br />
library history research, 32(2):227–244, 32(2):233, 32(2):234, 32(2):235, 32(2):236,<br />
32(2):237, 32(2):239<br />
National Autonomous <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Mexico, 32(2):228–229, 32(2):238, 32(2):240–<br />
241<br />
private libraries, 32(2):238<br />
public libraries, 32(2):233, 32(2):233–237, 32(2):234, 32(2):235, 32(2):236, 32(2):237<br />
religious libraries, 32(2):232–233<br />
Middle Ages<br />
books and readers in Spain, 32(1):133–134r<br />
women during, 32(2):251–252r<br />
Milam, Carl<br />
appeal from Chinese libraries, 32(2):197–198, 32(2):204–206, 32(2):208, 32(2):210–<br />
211<br />
and censorship at <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Montana Library during the 1930s, 32(2):177<br />
Mnemonics<br />
in English literature, 32(3):382–383r<br />
Moon, Myra Jo<br />
bookplate in memory <strong>of</strong>, 32(3):372, 32(3):372–374<br />
Mormonism<br />
sources and collections in the U.S., 32(2):274–275r<br />
Munford, William A.<br />
festschrift to, 32(4):480–481r<br />
Munn, Ralph, 32(3):341, 32(3):343–344<br />
Museum libraries<br />
management <strong>of</strong>, 32(2):275–277r<br />
N<br />
National Archives and Records Service (NARS), 32(3):391–392r<br />
National Autonomous <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Mexico (UNAM), 32(2):228–229, 32(2):238, 32(2):<br />
240–241<br />
National libraries. See also Library <strong>of</strong> Congress, Royal libraries<br />
in Germany, 32(4):485–486r<br />
National Library <strong>of</strong> Beijing, 32(2):193–194, 32(2):197, 32(2):203–204, 32(2):217<br />
Polish National Library, Warsaw, 32(1):99, 32(1):102<br />
Near East<br />
U.S. involvement in archaeology, 32(4):481–482r<br />
Netherlands<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Groningen, 32(1):137r<br />
New-York Historical Society, 32(3):388–389r<br />
507
508 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
New York Public Library<br />
and the American Bible Society Library, 32(3):332–333<br />
and reading in rural areas, 32(4):410, 32(4):421<br />
Slavic materials, 32(1):152–154r<br />
Nicholas II, Emperor <strong>of</strong> Russia<br />
bookplate <strong>of</strong>, 32(1):125, 32(1):125–128<br />
Nowak, Maria J.<br />
‘‘History <strong>of</strong> the Jagiellonian Library,’’ 32(1):94–106<br />
O<br />
Orthodox Church, 32(1):107–111, 32(1):110<br />
‘‘Outpost <strong>of</strong> New England Culture: <strong>The</strong> Ladies’ Library Association <strong>of</strong> Kalamazoo,<br />
Michigan’’ (Ring), 32(1):38–56, 32(1):41<br />
Oxford <strong>University</strong>, 32(2):258–262r<br />
P<br />
Paul III, Pope, 32(4):457<br />
People’s Book Club, 32(4):409<br />
Periodical presses<br />
in France, 18th century, 32(1):139–140r<br />
Philanthropic foundations. See names <strong>of</strong> specific foundations<br />
Photographs<br />
in serial publications, 32(2):262–265r<br />
Pius VII, Pope, 32(4):458<br />
Poland<br />
Jagiellonian Library, Cracow, 32(1):94–103<br />
libraries in Jewish ghettos during the Nazi occupation, 32(4):486–487r<br />
Polish Bibliography, 32(1):101<br />
Preer, Jean<br />
‘‘Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books: Librarians, Publishers, and Rural Readers,’’ 32(4):403–<br />
426<br />
Preservation<br />
at Colorado State <strong>University</strong>, 32(3):372, 32(3):372–374<br />
Printers<br />
Johannes Gutenberg, 32(2):253–254r<br />
Printing<br />
bibliographies, 32(2):268–270r<br />
in France, 1585–1715, 32(4):483–484r<br />
in France, 17th century, 32(1):137–139r<br />
history <strong>of</strong>, 32(1):151–152r, 32(2):253–254r, 32(4):496–497r<br />
during the Renaissance, 32(2):254–256r<br />
in Spain, 16th century, 32(2):256–257r<br />
Private libraries<br />
Emperor Nicholas II, 32(1):125, 32(1):125–128<br />
in England, during the Renaissance, 32(1):135–136r<br />
in Mexico, 32(2):238<br />
in Spain, 1229–1550, 32(1):134r<br />
Progressive Librarians Council (PLC), 32(2):184–185<br />
Public libraries<br />
Eastern Europe, 32(2):278–279r<br />
Great Britain, 32(4):480–481r<br />
Mexico, 32(2):233, 32(2):233–237, 32(2):234, 32(2):235, 32(2):236, 32(2):237<br />
New South Wales, Australia, during World War II, 32(3):337–348
South Carolina, 1935–1943, 32(4):427–450<br />
U.S. during the 1950s, 32(4):403–423<br />
Western Europe, 32(2):278–279r<br />
Public Library Inquiry, 32(4):408<br />
Publishing<br />
in France, 1585–1715, 32(4):483–484r<br />
in France, 1788–1799, 32(1):140–141r<br />
history <strong>of</strong>, 32(1):151–152r, 32(4):496–497r<br />
periodicals in France, 18th century, 32(1):139–140r<br />
in the U.S. during the 1950s, 32(4):403–423<br />
R<br />
Reading<br />
in antebellum Boston, 32(3):285–323, 32(3):286, 32(3):300<br />
early Christian texts, 32(2):250–251r<br />
in Eastern Europe, 32(2):278–279r<br />
in France, 1585–1715, 32(4):483–484r<br />
in France, 18th century, 32(3):379–381r<br />
in the U.S., rural areas, during the 1950s, 32(4):403–423<br />
in the U.S., 19th century, 32(1):142–145r<br />
in Western Europe, 32(2):278–279r<br />
‘‘Reading and Everyday Life in Antebellum Boston: <strong>The</strong> Diary <strong>of</strong> Daniel F. and Mary D.<br />
Child’’ (Zboray & Zboray), 32(3):285–323, 32(3):286, 32(3):300<br />
Reading circles<br />
in Michigan, 1852–1892, 32(1):45<br />
Reference materials. See also Guides, Finding aids<br />
32(2):277–278r, 32(4):490–492r<br />
Religious libraries<br />
and early Christian texts, 32(2):250–251r<br />
in Mexico, 32(2):232–233<br />
Renaissance<br />
books and readers in Spain, 32(1):133–134r<br />
books and schools in Italy, 32(1):131–132r<br />
in England, 32(1):135–136r<br />
printers during, 32(2):254–256r<br />
Research<br />
in U.S. universities, 32(2):266–268r<br />
Resource sharing<br />
in South Carolina, 32(4):439–442<br />
Richard King Mellon Foundation<br />
support for cooperative library programs, 32(1):1–2<br />
Ring, Daniel F.<br />
‘‘Outpost <strong>of</strong> New England Culture: <strong>The</strong> Ladies’ Library Association <strong>of</strong> Kalamazoo,<br />
Michigan,’’ 32(1):38–56, 32(1):41<br />
Robbins, Thomas, 32(4):474, 32(4):474–478<br />
Rockefeller Foundation<br />
support for ‘‘Books for China’’ campaign, 32(2):202, 32(2):208, 32(2):210, 32(2):213,<br />
32(2):218–220<br />
support for cooperative library programs, 32(1):26–29<br />
support for Polish libraries, 32(1):102<br />
support for traveling libraries for the military, 1916, 32(1):116<br />
Roosevelt, Franklin<br />
and relief programs, 32(4):427, 32(4):428, 32(4):429, 32(4):446, 32(4):448<br />
509
510 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Royal libraries<br />
Royal Library <strong>of</strong> Denmark, 32(2):258–262r<br />
S<br />
Serials<br />
bibliographies <strong>of</strong>, 32(2):262–265r<br />
Shanghai Municipal Library, 32(4):464, 32(4):466<br />
Shaw, Charles, 32(1):2–29<br />
Simmons, George, 32(2):171–174, 32(2):172, 32(2):178, 32(2):185<br />
Slavic materials<br />
at the New York Public Library, 32(1):152–154r<br />
Smithsonian Institution<br />
‘‘Books for China’’ campaign, 32(2):198–220<br />
support for Polish libraries, 32(1):102<br />
South Africa<br />
library services for Blacks, 32(1):57–76, 32(1):70, 32(1):71, 32(1):72<br />
South African Institute <strong>of</strong> Race Relations, 32(1):64<br />
support for library services from the Carnegie Corporation, 32(1):64–76, 32(1):70,<br />
32(1):71, 32(1):72<br />
South African Institute <strong>of</strong> Race Relations, 32(1):64<br />
South Carolina<br />
public libraries, 1935–1943, 32(4):427–450<br />
South Carolina Library Association, 32(4):429, 32(4):433<br />
Spain<br />
books and readers, 1229–1550, 32(1):133–134r<br />
printing and book trade, 16th century, 32(2):256–257r<br />
‘‘ ‘Special Collection’ in Nineteenth-Century New York: <strong>The</strong> American Bible Society and<br />
Its Library’’ (Wosh & Coons), 32(3):324–336<br />
Special collections<br />
American Bible Society Library, 32(3):324–336<br />
in children’s literature, 32(3):395–396r<br />
Harry Ransom Humanities Research Center, Austin, Tex., 32(2):262–265r<br />
New-York Historical Society, 32(3):388–389r<br />
Special libraries, 32(4):490–492r<br />
museum libraries, 32(2):275–277r<br />
Studemeister, Marguerite<br />
[‘‘Bookplate <strong>of</strong> the Last Russian Emperor, Nicholas II’’], 32(1):125, 32(1):125–128<br />
Subscription libraries<br />
in Michigan, 1852–1892, 32(1):42<br />
Swarthmore College Library<br />
cooperative programs, 32(1):1–37<br />
T<br />
Traveling libraries<br />
for the military, 1916, 32(1):113–121<br />
‘‘Trouble in Big Sky’s Ivory Tower: <strong>The</strong> Montana Tenure Dispute <strong>of</strong> 1937–1939’’<br />
(McReynolds), 32(2):164, 32(2):166, 32(2):169–190, 32(2):172<br />
U<br />
United States<br />
children’s literature, 1870–1945, 32(3):393–395r<br />
federal aid for public libraries during the 1950s, 32(4):403, 32(4):407
production and distribution <strong>of</strong> information, 32(2):282–284r<br />
publishing and reading during the 1950s, 32(4):403–423<br />
reading, 19th century, 32(1):142–145r<br />
reading in antebellum Boston, 32(3):285–323, 32(3):286, 32(3):300<br />
rise <strong>of</strong> universities, 32(4):481–482r<br />
universities, 1650–1870, 32(3):387–388r<br />
Universities<br />
Oxford <strong>University</strong>, 32(2):258–262r<br />
rise <strong>of</strong>, in the U.S., 32(4):481–482r<br />
in the U.S., 1650–1870, 32(3):387–388r<br />
in the U.S., and tenure process, 1937–1939, 32(2):163–190<br />
in the U.S. since World War II, 32(2):266–268r<br />
writings on, 32(3):383–385r<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado Library<br />
during 1876–1972, 32(3):390–391r<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Groningen, Netherlands, 32(1):137r<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Montana<br />
and tenure process, 1937–1939, 32(2):163–190<br />
511<br />
W<br />
Wehmeyer, Jeffrey M.<br />
‘‘Chartophylax: Archivist and Librarian to the Patriarch in Constantinople,’’ 32(1):<br />
107–112, 32(1):110<br />
Wilkie, Everett C., Jr.<br />
[‘‘Bookplate <strong>of</strong> Reverend Thomas Robbins’’], 32(4):474, 32(4):474–478<br />
Winsor, Justin, 32(3):358–361, 32(3):364<br />
Wise, Thomas James, 32(3):385–386r<br />
Women<br />
Ladies’ Library Association, Kalamazoo, Mich., 1852–1892, 32(1):38–52, 32(1):41<br />
as librarians, in the U.S., 1900–1917, 32(1):145–146r<br />
in the Middle Ages, 32(2):251–252r<br />
reading in the U.S., 19th century, 32(1):142–145r<br />
writing in the U.S., 19th century, 32(1):142–145r<br />
Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books, 32(4):412, 32(4):414–423<br />
‘‘Wonderful World <strong>of</strong> Books: Librarians, Publishers, and Rural Readers’’ (Preer), 32(4):<br />
403–426<br />
Works Progress Administration (WPA)<br />
and library service in South Carolina, 1935–1943, 32(4):427–450<br />
World War II<br />
American Library Association, Committee on International Relations, 32(2):197, 32(2):<br />
212<br />
public libraries in New South Wales, Australia, 32(3):337–348<br />
supply <strong>of</strong> American library materials to China, 332(2):191–226<br />
universities in the U.S. after, 32(2):266–268r<br />
Wosh, Peter J.<br />
‘‘ ‘Special Collection’ in Nineteenth-Century New York: <strong>The</strong> American Bible Society<br />
and Its Library,’’ 32(3):324–336<br />
Writing<br />
<strong>of</strong> early Christian texts, 32(2):250–251r<br />
X<br />
‘‘Xujiahui (Zikawei) Library <strong>of</strong> Shanghai’’ (King), 32(4):456–469
512 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Y<br />
‘‘YMCA Libraries on the Mexican Border, 1916’’ (Hovde), 32(1):113–124<br />
Young Men’s Christian Association (YMCA)<br />
traveling libraries for the military, 1916, 32(1):113–121<br />
Z<br />
Zaluski, Andrzej, 32(1):99<br />
Zamora, Rosa María Fernández<br />
‘‘Mexican Library History: A Survey <strong>of</strong> the Literature <strong>of</strong> the Last Fifteen Years,’’<br />
32(2):227–244, 32(2):233, 32(2):234, 32(2):235, 32(2):236, 32(2):237, 32(2):239<br />
Zboray, Mary Saracino<br />
‘‘Reading and Everyday Life in Antebellum Boston: <strong>The</strong> Diary <strong>of</strong> Daniel F. and Mary<br />
D. Child,’’ 32(3):285–323, 32(3):286, 32(3):300<br />
Zboray, Ronald J.<br />
‘‘Reading and Everyday Life in Antebellum Boston: <strong>The</strong> Diary <strong>of</strong> Daniel F. and Mary<br />
D. Child,’’ 32(3):285–323, 32(3):286, 32(3):300<br />
Zhou, Yuan<br />
‘‘From the People <strong>of</strong> the United States <strong>of</strong> America: <strong>The</strong> Books for China Programs<br />
during World War II,’’ 32(2):164, 32(2):166, 32(2):169–190, 32(2):172<br />
Book Review Index<br />
A<br />
ABC for Book Collectors. 7th ed. (Carter), 32(4):496–497<br />
Adams, Gillian (reviewer)<br />
Children’s Literature: An Illustrated History (Hunt), 32(3):393–395<br />
Children’s Literature Research: International Resources and Exchange, 32(4):492–493<br />
Allauddin, Shaikh<br />
Libraries and Librarianship during Muslim Rule in India, 32(4):482–483<br />
Ambition, Discrimination, and Censorship in Libraries (Selth), 32(1):148–149<br />
Anghelescu, Hermina G. B. (reviewer)<br />
Les Bibliothèques publiques en Europe (Poulain), 32(2):278–279<br />
Regards européens: La lecture d’est en ouest, 32(2):278–279<br />
Annotated Index <strong>of</strong> Medieval Women (Echols & Williams), 32(2):251–252<br />
Arks for Learning: A Short History <strong>of</strong> Oxford Library Building (Barber), 32(2):258–262<br />
Art & History <strong>of</strong> Books (Levarie), 32(4):496–497<br />
B<br />
Barber, Giles<br />
Arks for Learning: A Short History <strong>of</strong> Oxford Library Building, 32(2):258–262<br />
Bartz, Bettina<br />
World Guide to Libraries. 11th ed., 32(4):490–492<br />
Bede and His World, Vol. I: <strong>The</strong> Jarrow Lectures (1958–1978), 32(1):132–133<br />
Bede and His World, Vol. II: <strong>The</strong> Jarrow Lectures (1979–1993), 32(1):132–133<br />
Beeth, Howard<br />
Black Dixie: Afro-Texan History and Culture in Houston, 32(1):146–148<br />
Berger, Sidney E.<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Bibliographies: Observations, References, and Examples, 32(1):155–157<br />
Berger, Sidney E. (reviewer)<br />
Book Collecting as One <strong>of</strong> the Fine Arts, and Other Essays (Franklin), 32(4):493–496
513<br />
Old Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad (Rostenberg & Stern),<br />
32(4):493–496<br />
Bhatt, R. K.<br />
History and Development <strong>of</strong> Libraries in India, 32(3):399–400<br />
Bibliographic History <strong>of</strong> the Book: An Annotated Guide to the Literature (Rosenblum), 32(2):268–<br />
270<br />
Bibliography <strong>of</strong> American Literature: A Selective Index (Winship et al.), 32(2):270–272<br />
Bierbaum, Esther Green<br />
Museum Librarianship: A Guide to the Provision and Management <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong> Services, 32(2):<br />
275–277<br />
Black Dixie: Afro-Texan History and Culture in Houston (Beeth & Wintz), 32(1):146–148<br />
Blackwell, John D. (reviewer)<br />
Research Libraries—Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow (Welsh), 32(1):149–151<br />
Block, David (reviewer)<br />
Sixteenth-Century Spanish Bookstore: <strong>The</strong> Inventory <strong>of</strong> Juan de Junta (Pettas), 32(2):256–257<br />
Book Collecting as One <strong>of</strong> the Fine Arts, and Other Essays (Franklin), 32(4):493–496<br />
Books and Readers in the Early Church: A History <strong>of</strong> Early Christian Texts (Gamble), 32(2):250–<br />
251<br />
Books and <strong>School</strong>s in the Italian Renaissance (Grendler), 32(1):131–132<br />
Boorstin, Daniel J.<br />
Library: <strong>The</strong> Drama Within, 32(3):400–401<br />
Boutier, Jean<br />
Les Imprimés Limousins, 1788–1799, 32(1):140–141<br />
Bowers, Fredson<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Bibliographic Description, 32(1):155–157<br />
Bowersock, G. W.<br />
Fiction as History: Nero to Julian, 32(4):488–490<br />
Bracken, James K. (reviewer)<br />
Epitome <strong>of</strong> Bibliography <strong>of</strong> American Literature (Winship et al.), 32(2):270–272<br />
Brignano, Mary<br />
Frick Art & Historical Center: <strong>The</strong> Art and Life <strong>of</strong> a Pittsburgh Family, 32(2):258–262<br />
Brodhead, Richard H.<br />
Cultures <strong>of</strong> Letters: Scenes <strong>of</strong> Reading and Writing in Nineteenth-Century America, 32(1):142–<br />
145<br />
Brown, Richard D.<br />
Strength <strong>of</strong> a People: <strong>The</strong> Idea <strong>of</strong> an Informed Citizenry in America, 1650–1870, 32(3):387–<br />
388<br />
C<br />
Calvert, Kenneth (reviewer)<br />
Fiction as History: Nero to Julian (Bowersock), 32(4):488–490<br />
Canadian Bulletin <strong>of</strong> Medical History. Vol. 12, No. 2. (Connor & Connor), 32(3):396–397<br />
Careering Along with Books: Studies in the History <strong>of</strong> British Public Libraries and Librarianship, in<br />
Honour <strong>of</strong> the 85th Birthday <strong>of</strong> Dr. William A. Munford (Manley), 32(4):480–481<br />
Carmichael, James V., Jr.<br />
Still a Man’s World: Men Who Do ‘‘Women’s Work’’ (Williams), 32(3):397–399<br />
Carter, John<br />
ABC for Book Collectors. 7th ed., 32(4):496–497<br />
Cassan, Michel<br />
Les Imprimés Limousins, 1788–1799, 32(1):140–141<br />
Censer, Jack R.<br />
French Press in the Age <strong>of</strong> Enlightenment, 32(1):139–140
514 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Censer, Jack R. (reviewer)<br />
Les Imprimés Limousins, 1788–1799 (Cassan & Boutier), 32(1):140–141<br />
Children’s Literature: An Illustrated History (Hunt), 32(3):393–395<br />
Children’s Literature Research: International Resources and Exchange, 32(4):492–493<br />
Churchill, S. Craig (reviewer)<br />
Books and Readers in the Early Church: A History <strong>of</strong> Early Christian Texts (Gamble), 32(2):<br />
250–251<br />
Cloak & Gown: Scholars in the Secret War, 1939–1961. 2d ed. (Winks), 32(4):487–488<br />
Cloonan, Michèle V. (reviewer)<br />
Book Collecting as One <strong>of</strong> the Fine Arts, and Other Essays (Franklin), 32(4):493–496<br />
Old Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad (Rostenberg & Stern),<br />
32(4):493–496<br />
Cole, John Y.<br />
Jefferson’s Legacy: A Brief History <strong>of</strong> the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress, 32(2):265–266<br />
Connor, J. T. H.<br />
Canadian Bulletin <strong>of</strong> Medical History. Vol. 12, No. 2., 32(3):396–397<br />
Connor, Jennifer J.<br />
Canadian Bulletin <strong>of</strong> Medical History. Vol. 12, No. 2., 32(3):396–397<br />
Cook, Frank J. (reviewer)<br />
Diary <strong>of</strong> a Dream: A History <strong>of</strong> the National Archives Independence Movement, 1980–1985<br />
(Warner), 32(3):392–393<br />
Cottrell, Alan (reviewer)<br />
Cycles <strong>of</strong> Time and Scientific Learning in Medieval Europe (Stevens), 32(4):498–499<br />
Craddick, Robert Ray (reviewer)<br />
Museum Librarianship: A Guide to the Provision and Management <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong> Services<br />
(Bierbaum), 32(2):275–277<br />
Cultural Crusaders: Women Librarians in the American West, 1900–1917 (Passet), 32(1):145–146<br />
Cultures <strong>of</strong> Letters: Scenes <strong>of</strong> Reading and Writing in Nineteenth-Century America (Brodhead),<br />
32(1):142–145<br />
Curtis, Terry<br />
Tendencies and Tensions <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Information</strong> Age: <strong>The</strong> Production and Distribution <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong><br />
in the United States, 32(2):282–284<br />
Cycles <strong>of</strong> Time and Scientific Learning in Medieval Europe (Stevens), 32(4):498–499<br />
D<br />
D’Aniello, Charles A.<br />
Teaching Bibliographic Skills in History: A Sourcebook for Historians and Librarians, 32(1):<br />
154–155<br />
Danton, J. Periam (reviewer)<br />
Odyssey <strong>of</strong> a German National Library (Olson), 32(4):485–486<br />
Davis, Donald G., Jr.<br />
Libraries & Philanthropy, 32(4):470–473<br />
Davis, Donald G., Jr. (reviewer)<br />
ABC for Book Collectors. 7th ed. (Carter), 32(4):496–497<br />
Art & History <strong>of</strong> Books (Levarie), 32(4):496–497<br />
Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> the Book. 2d ed. (Glaister), 32(4):496–497<br />
Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing (Steinberg), 32(4):496–497<br />
Davis, Robert H., Jr.<br />
Slavic and Baltic Library Resources at the New York Public Library: A First History and<br />
Practical Guide, 32(1):152–154<br />
Dawson, Robert L. (reviewer)<br />
Forbidden Texts: Erotic Literature and Its Readers in Eighteenth-Century France (Goulemot),<br />
32(3):379–381
French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585–1715 (Martin), 32(4):483–484<br />
Genius for Letters: Booksellers and Bookselling from the 16th to the 20th Century (Myers &<br />
Harris), 32(3):381–382<br />
Index <strong>of</strong> Civilisation: Studies <strong>of</strong> Printing and Publishing History in Honour <strong>of</strong> Keith Maslen<br />
(Harvey et al.), 32(1):151–152<br />
De Wereld aan Boek: Een Keuze uit de Collectie van de Groningse Universiteitsbibliotheek<br />
tentoongesteld ter Gelegenheid van de Opening van het Nieuwe Bibliotheekgebouw 21 Mei–31<br />
Augustus 1987, 32(1):137<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Bibliographies: Observations, References, and Examples (Berger), 32(1):155–157<br />
DeWitt, Donald L.<br />
Guides to Archives and Manuscript Collections in the United States: An Annotated Bibliography,<br />
32(2):272–274<br />
Diary <strong>of</strong> a Dream: A History <strong>of</strong> the National Archives Independence Movement, 1980–1985<br />
(Warner), 32(3):392–393<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> European Research and Development, 1995. 2 vols., 32(4):490–492<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> Special Libraries and <strong>Information</strong> Centers, 1996. 19th ed., 3 vols., 32(4):490–492<br />
Dosse, François<br />
New History in France: <strong>The</strong> Triumph <strong>of</strong> the Annales, 32(2):257–258<br />
Druids (Ellis), 32(3):378–379<br />
515<br />
E<br />
Easy Internet Handbook (Mostafa et al.), 32(2):281–282<br />
Eberhart, George M.<br />
Whole Library Handbook 2: Current Data, Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Advice, and Curiosa about Libraries and<br />
Library Services, 32(2):277–278<br />
Echols, Anne<br />
Annotated Index <strong>of</strong> Medieval Women, 32(2):251–252<br />
Edelman, Hendrik (reviewer)<br />
Het Nieuwe Gebouw va de Universiteitsbibliotheek th Groningen (Koops & Klaver), 32(1):137<br />
Eldelman, Hendrik (reviewer)<br />
De Wereld aan Boek: Een Keuze uit de Collectie van de Groningse Universiteitsbibliotheek<br />
tentoongesteld ter Gelegenheid van de Opening van het Nieuwe Bibliotheekgebouw 21 Mei–31<br />
Augustus 1987, 32(1):137<br />
Opening Unuversiteitsbibliotheek Groningen: Toespraken bij de Openingsplechtigheid, 20 Mei 1987:<br />
Voordrachten op het Symposium ‘‘De Wetenschappelijke Bibliotheken in de komende Decennia,’’<br />
21 Mei, 1987 , 32(1):137<br />
Eliason, Eric A. (reviewer)<br />
Mormon Americana: A Guide to Sources and Collections in the United States (Whittaker),<br />
32(2):274–275<br />
Ellis, Peter Berresford<br />
Druids, 32(3):378–379<br />
Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> the Book. 2d ed. (Glaister), 32(4):496–497<br />
Engel, William E.<br />
Mapping Mortality: <strong>The</strong> Persistence <strong>of</strong> Memory and Melancholy in Early Modern England, 32(3):<br />
382–383<br />
Epitome <strong>of</strong> Bibliography <strong>of</strong> American Literature (Winship et al.), 32(2):270–272<br />
F<br />
Fehrenbach, R. J.<br />
Private Libraries in Renaissance England. A Collection and Catalogue <strong>of</strong> Tudor and Early Stuart<br />
Books, 32(1):135–136<br />
Fiction as History: Nero to Julian (Bowersock), 32(4):488–490<br />
Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing (Steinberg), 32(4):496–497
516 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Flukinger, Roy<br />
Windows <strong>of</strong> Light: A Bibliography <strong>of</strong> the Serials Literature within the Gernsheim & Photography<br />
Collections <strong>of</strong> the Harry Ransom Humanities Research Center, 32(2):262–265<br />
Forbidden Texts: Erotic Literature and Its Readers in Eighteenth-Century France (Goulemot),<br />
32(3):379–381<br />
Franklin, Colin<br />
Book Collecting as One <strong>of</strong> the Fine Arts, and Other Essays, 32(4):493–496<br />
Free to All: Carnegie Libraries and American Culture: 1890–1920 (Slyck), 32(3):377–378<br />
Freedman, Joseph S. (reviewer)<br />
Books and <strong>School</strong>s in the Italian Renaissance (Grendler), 32(1):131–132<br />
French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585–1715 (Martin), 32(4):483–484<br />
French Press in the Age <strong>of</strong> Enlightenment (Censer), 32(1):139–140<br />
Frick Art & Historical Center: <strong>The</strong> Art and Life <strong>of</strong> a Pittsburgh Family (Brignano), 32(2):258–262<br />
Frost, Kate Gartner (reviewer)<br />
Mapping Mortality: <strong>The</strong> Persistence <strong>of</strong> Memory and Melancholy in Early Modern England<br />
(Engel), 32(3):382–383<br />
G<br />
Gamble, Harry Y.<br />
Books and Readers in the Early Church: A History <strong>of</strong> Early Christian Texts, 32(2):250–251<br />
Gaskell, Philip<br />
New Introduction to Bibliography, 32(1):155–157<br />
Geiger, Robert L.<br />
Research and Relevant Knowledge: American Research Universities Since World War II, 32(2):<br />
266–268<br />
Genius for Letters: Booksellers and Bookselling from the 16th to the 20th Century (Myers &<br />
Harris), 32(3):381–382<br />
Gerard, David (translator)<br />
Print, Power and People in 17th-Century France (Martin), 32(1):137–139<br />
Glaister, Ge<strong>of</strong>frey Ashall<br />
Encyclopedia <strong>of</strong> the Book. 2d ed., 32(4):496–497<br />
Gould, Karen (reviewer)<br />
Readers and Books in Majorca, 1229–1550. 2 vols. (Hillgarth), 32(1):133–134<br />
Goulemot, Jean Marie<br />
Forbidden Texts: Erotic Literature and Its Readers in Eighteenth-Century France, 32(3):379–381<br />
Graham, P. Toby (reviewer)<br />
Libraries & Philanthropy, 32(4):470–473<br />
Grendler, Paul F.<br />
Books and <strong>School</strong>s in the Italian Renaissance, 32(1):131–132<br />
Gribben, Alan (reviewer)<br />
Library: <strong>The</strong> Drama Within (Griliches & Boorstin), 32(3):400–401<br />
Griliches, Diane Asséo<br />
Library: <strong>The</strong> Drama Within, 32(3):400–401<br />
Guides to Archives and Manuscript Collections in the United States: An Annotated Bibliography<br />
(DeWitt), 32(2):272–274<br />
Guthrie, Kevin M.<br />
New-York Historical Society: Lessons from One Nonpr<strong>of</strong>it’s Long Struggle for Survival, 32(3):<br />
388–389<br />
H<br />
Hall, Michael G. (reviewer)<br />
Strength <strong>of</strong> a People: <strong>The</strong> Idea <strong>of</strong> an Informed Citizenry in America, 1650–1870 (Brown), 32(3):<br />
387–388
Harris, Michael<br />
Genius for Letters: Booksellers and Bookselling from the 16th to the 20th Century, 32(3):381–382<br />
Harvey, Ross<br />
Index <strong>of</strong> Civilisation: Studies <strong>of</strong> Printing and Publishing History in Honour <strong>of</strong> Keith Maslen,<br />
32(1):151–152<br />
Haubitz, Heiko (reviewer)<br />
<strong>Information</strong> Science in Europe: A Study Guide (Schröder), 32(2):279–281<br />
Hérubel, Jean-Pierre V. M. (reviewer)<br />
New History in France: <strong>The</strong> Triumph <strong>of</strong> the Annales (Dosse), 32(2):257–258<br />
Het Nieuwe Gebouw va de Universiteitsbibliotheek te Groningen (Koops & Klaver), 32(1):137<br />
Highsmith, Carol<br />
Library <strong>of</strong> Congress: America’s Memory, 32(2):258–262<br />
Hillgarth, J. N.<br />
Readers and Books in Majorca, 1229–1550. 2 vols., 32(1):133–134<br />
History and Development <strong>of</strong> Libraries in India (Bhatt), 32(3):399–400<br />
Hobbs, Catherine<br />
Nineteenth-Century Women Learn to Write, 32(1):142–145<br />
Houghton, John William (reviewer)<br />
Bede and His World, Vol. I: <strong>The</strong> Jarrow Lectures (1958–1978), 32(1):132–133<br />
Bede and His World, Vol. II: <strong>The</strong> Jarrow Lectures (1979–1993), 32(1):132–133<br />
Hudson, Benjamin (reviewer)<br />
Druids (Ellis), 32(3):378–379<br />
Hunger for the Printed Word: Books and Libraries in the Jewish Ghettos <strong>of</strong> Nazi-Occupied Europe<br />
(Shavit), 32(4):486–487<br />
Hunt, Peter<br />
Children’s Literature: An Illustrated History, 32(3):393–395<br />
I<br />
Idea <strong>of</strong> a <strong>University</strong> (Newman), 32(3):383–385<br />
Ilsoe, Harald<br />
On Parchment, Paper and Palm Leaves . . . Treasures <strong>of</strong> the Royal Library, Denmark, 32(2):258–262<br />
Index <strong>of</strong> Civilisation: Studies <strong>of</strong> Printing and Publishing History in Honour <strong>of</strong> Keith Maslen<br />
(Harvey et al.), 32(1):151–152<br />
<strong>Information</strong> Science in Europe: A Study Guide (Schröder), 32(2):279–281<br />
Introduction to Bibliography for Literary Students (McKerrow), 32(1):155–157<br />
J<br />
Jackson, Eugene B. (reviewer)<br />
Cloak & Gown: Scholars in the Secret War, 1939–1961. 2d ed. (Winks), 32(4):487–488<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> European Research and Development, 1995. 2 vols., 32(4):490–492<br />
Directory <strong>of</strong> Special Libraries and <strong>Information</strong> Centers, 1996. 19th ed., 3 vols., 32(4):490–492<br />
Who’s Who in European Research and Development, 1995, 32(4):490–492<br />
World Guide to Libraries. 11th ed. (Bartz et al.), 32(4):490–492<br />
World Guide to Scientific Associations and Learned Societies. 6th ed. (Zils), 32(4):490–492<br />
World Guide to Special Libraries. 3rd ed., 2 vols. (Opitz & Richter), 32(4):490–492<br />
Jefferson’s Legacy: A Brief History <strong>of</strong> the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress (Cole), 32(2):265–266<br />
Johann Gutenberg: <strong>The</strong> Man and His Invention (Kapr), 32(2):253–254<br />
Jones, Dolores Blythe<br />
Special Collections in Children’s Literature: An International Directory. 3rd ed., 32(3):395–396<br />
K<br />
Kaiser, Thomas E. (reviewer)<br />
French Press in the Age <strong>of</strong> Enlightenment (Censer), 32(1):139–140<br />
517
518 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Kapr, Albert<br />
Johann Gutenberg: <strong>The</strong> Man and His Invention, 32(2):253–254<br />
Keene, Lee P. (reviewer)<br />
Jefferson’s Legacy: A Brief History <strong>of</strong> the Library <strong>of</strong> Congress (Cole), 32(2):265–266<br />
Kim, Kyung-Sun (reviewer)<br />
Easy Internet Handbook (Mostafa et al.), 32(2):281–282<br />
Klaver, Ch. J. J.<br />
Het Nieuwe Gebouw va de Universiteitsbibliotheek te Groningen (Koops & Klaver), 32(1):137<br />
Koops, W. R. H.<br />
Het Nieuwe Gebouw va de Universiteitsbibliotheek te Groningen (Koops & Klaver), 32(1):137<br />
Kronik, David A. (reviewer)<br />
Canadian Bulletin <strong>of</strong> Medical History. Vol. 12, No. 2. (Connor & Connor), 32(3):396–397<br />
Krummel, D. W. (reviewer)<br />
Johann Gutenberg: <strong>The</strong> Man and His Invention (Kapr), 32(2):253–254<br />
Kuklick, Bruce<br />
Puritans in Babylon: <strong>The</strong> Ancient Near East and American Intellectual Life, 1880–1930, 32(4):<br />
481–482<br />
L<br />
Landau, David<br />
Renaissance Print, 1470–1550, 32(2):254–256<br />
Landphair, Ted<br />
Library <strong>of</strong> Congress: America’s Memory, 32(2):258–262<br />
Leedham-Green, E. S.<br />
Private Libraries in Renaissance England. A Collection and Catalogue <strong>of</strong> Tudor and Early Stuart<br />
Books, 32(1):135–136<br />
Les Bibliothèques publiques en Europe (Poulain), 32(2):278–279<br />
Les Imprimés Limousins, 1788–1799 (Cassan & Boutier), 32(1):140–141<br />
Levarie, Norma<br />
Art & History <strong>of</strong> Books, 32(4):496–497<br />
Lewis, Roger C.<br />
Thomas James Wise and the Trial Book Fallacy, 32(3):385–386<br />
Libraries & Philanthropy (Davis), 32(4):470–473<br />
Libraries and Librarianship during Muslim Rule in India (Allauddin & Rout), 32(4):482–483<br />
Library: <strong>The</strong> Drama Within (Griliches & Boorstin), 32(3):400–401<br />
Library <strong>of</strong> Congress: America’s Memory (Highsmith & Landphair), 32(2):258–262<br />
M<br />
Mason, Ellsworth<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado Library and Its Makers, 1876–1972, 32(3):390–391<br />
MacKay, Carol Hanbery (reviewer)<br />
Cultures <strong>of</strong> Letters: Scenes <strong>of</strong> Reading and Writing in Nineteenth-Century America (Brodhead),<br />
32(1):142–145<br />
Nineteenth-Century Women Learn to Write (Hobbs), 32(1):142–145<br />
Malone, Cheryl Knott (reviewer)<br />
Free to All: Carnegie Libraries and American Culture: 1890–1920 (Slyck), 32(3):377–378<br />
Teaching Bibliographic Skills in History: A Sourcebook for Historians and Librarians<br />
(D’Aniello), 32(1):154–155<br />
Manley, K. A.<br />
Careering Along with Books: Studies in the History <strong>of</strong> British Public Libraries and Librarianship,<br />
in Honour <strong>of</strong> the 85th Birthday <strong>of</strong> Dr. William A. Munford, 32(4):480–481
Mapping Mortality: <strong>The</strong> Persistence <strong>of</strong> Memory and Melancholy in Early Modern England (Engel),<br />
32(3):382–383<br />
Marchiafava, Louis J. (reviewer)<br />
Black Dixie: Afro-Texan History and Culture in Houston (Beeth & Wintz), 32(1):146–148<br />
Martin, Douglas (translator)<br />
Johann Gutenberg: <strong>The</strong> Man and His Invention (Kapr), 32(2):253–254<br />
Martin, Henri-Jean<br />
French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585–1715, 32(4):483–484<br />
Print, Power and People in 17th-Century France, 32(1):137–139<br />
McKerrow, Ronald B.<br />
Introduction to Bibliography for Literary Students, 32(1):155–157<br />
McNally, Peter F. (reviewer)<br />
Careering Along with Books: Studies in the History <strong>of</strong> British Public Libraries and Librarianship,<br />
in Honour <strong>of</strong> the 85th Birthday <strong>of</strong> Dr. William A. Munford (Manley), 32(4):480–481<br />
Meyer, Richard W. (reviewer)<br />
Idea <strong>of</strong> a <strong>University</strong> (Newman), 32(3):383–385<br />
Mormon Americana: A Guide to Sources and Collections in the United States (Whittaker), 32(2):<br />
274–275<br />
Mostafa, Javed<br />
Easy Internet Handbook, 32(2):281–282<br />
Museum Librarianship: A Guide to the Provision and Management <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong> Services<br />
(Bierbaum), 32(2):275–277<br />
Myers, Robin<br />
Genius for Letters: Booksellers and Bookselling from the 16th to the 20th Century, 32(3):381–<br />
382<br />
N<br />
New History in France: <strong>The</strong> Triumph <strong>of</strong> the Annales (Dosse), 32(2):257–258<br />
New Introduction to Bibliography (Gaskell), 32(1):155–157<br />
New-York Historical Society: Lessons from One Nonpr<strong>of</strong>it’s Long Struggle for Survival (Guthrie),<br />
32(3):388–389<br />
Newman, John Henry<br />
Idea <strong>of</strong> a <strong>University</strong>, 32(3):383–385<br />
Nineteenth-Century Women Learn to Write (Hobbs), 32(1):142–145<br />
O<br />
Odyssey <strong>of</strong> a German National Library (Olson), 32(4):485–486<br />
Olson, Michael P.<br />
Odyssey <strong>of</strong> a German National Library, 32(4):485–486<br />
On Parchment, Paper and Palm Leaves . . . Treasures <strong>of</strong> the Royal Library, Denmark (Ilsoe),<br />
32(2):258–262<br />
Opening Unuversiteitsbibliotheek Groningen: Toespraken bij de Openingsplechtigheid, 20 Mei 1987:<br />
Voordrachten op het Symposium ‘‘De Wetenschappelijke Bibliotheken in de komende Decennia,’’<br />
21 Mei, 1987, 32(1):137<br />
Opitz, Helmut<br />
World Guide to Special Libraries. 3rd ed., 2 vols., 32(4):490–492<br />
Oram, Richard W. (reviewer)<br />
Windows <strong>of</strong> Light: A Bibliography <strong>of</strong> the Serials Literature within the Gernsheim &<br />
Photography Collections <strong>of</strong> the Harry Ransom Humanities Research Center (Flukinger), 32(2):<br />
262–265<br />
Overmier, Judith A. (reviewer)<br />
Print, Power and People in 17th-Century France (Martin), 32(1):137–139<br />
519
520 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
P<br />
Palmquist, Ruth A. (reviewer)<br />
Tendencies and Tensions <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Information</strong> Age: <strong>The</strong> Production and Distribution <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong><br />
in the United States (Schement & Curtis), 32(2):282–284<br />
Parshall, Peter<br />
Renaissance Print, 1470–1550, 32(2):254–256<br />
Passet, Joanne E.<br />
Cultural Crusaders: Women Librarians in the American West, 1900–1917, 32(1):145–146<br />
Pettas, William<br />
Sixteenth-Century Spanish Bookstore: <strong>The</strong> Inventory <strong>of</strong> Juan de Junta, 32(2):256–257<br />
Poulain, Martine<br />
Les Bibliothèques publiques en Europe, 32(2):278–279<br />
Price, David (reviewer)<br />
Renaissance Print, 1470–1550 (Landau & Parshall), 32(2):254–256<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Bibliographic Description (Bowers), 32(1):155–157<br />
Print, Power and People in 17th-Century France (Martin), 32(1):137–139<br />
Private Libraries in Renaissance England. A Collection and Catalogue <strong>of</strong> Tudor and Early Stuart<br />
Books (Fehrenbach & Leedham-Green), 32(1):135–136<br />
Puritans in Babylon: <strong>The</strong> Ancient Near East and American Intellectual Life, 1880–1930 (Kuklick),<br />
32(4):481–482<br />
R<br />
Readers and Books in Majorca, 1229–1550. 2 vols. (Hillgarth), 32(1):133–134<br />
Regards européens: La lecture d’est en ouest, 32(2):278–279<br />
Renaissance Print, 1470–1550 (Landau & Parshall), 32(2):254–256<br />
Reno, Christine M.<br />
Annotated Index <strong>of</strong> Medieval Women (Echols & Williams), 32(2):251–252<br />
Research and Relevant Knowledge: American Research Universities Since World War II (Geiger),<br />
32(2):266–268<br />
Research Libraries—Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow (Welsh), 32(1):149–151<br />
Richards, Pamela Spence (reviewer)<br />
Slavic and Baltic Library Resources at the New York Public Library: A First History and<br />
Practical Guide (Davis), 32(1):152–154<br />
Richter, Elisabeth<br />
World Guide to Special Libraries. 3rd ed., 2 vols., 32(4):490–492<br />
Rosenblum, Joseph<br />
Bibliographic History <strong>of</strong> the Book: An Annotated Guide to the Literature, 32(2):268–270<br />
Rostenberg, Leona<br />
Old Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad, 32(4):493–496<br />
Rout, R. K.<br />
Libraries and Librarianship during Muslim Rule in India, 32(4):482–483<br />
Russell, Beth M. (reviewer)<br />
New-York Historical Society: Lessons from One Nonpr<strong>of</strong>it’s Long Struggle for Survival (Guthrie),<br />
32(3):388–389<br />
Russell, Beth (reviewer)<br />
Whole Library Handbook 2: Current Data, Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Advice, and Curiosa about Libraries and<br />
Library Services (Eberhart), 32(2):277–278<br />
S<br />
Saenger, Nadine (translator)<br />
French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585–1715 (Martin), 32(4):483–484<br />
Saenger, Paul (translator)<br />
French Book: Religion, Absolutism, and Readership, 1585–1715 (Martin), 32(4):483–484
521<br />
Salvatore, Cecilia Lizama (reviewer)<br />
Guides to Archives and Manuscript Collections in the United States: An Annotated Bibliography<br />
(DeWitt), 32(2):272–274<br />
Schement, Jorge Reina<br />
Tendencies and Tensions <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Information</strong> Age: <strong>The</strong> Production and Distribution <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong><br />
in the United States, 32(2):282–284<br />
Schoeck, R. J. (reviewer)<br />
Private Libraries in Renaissance England. A Collection and Catalogue <strong>of</strong> Tudor and Early Stuart<br />
Books (Fehrenbach & Leedham-Green), 32(1):135–136<br />
Schröder, Thomas A.<br />
<strong>Information</strong> Science in Europe: A Study Guide, 32(2):279–281<br />
Selth, Jefferson P.<br />
Ambition, Discrimination, and Censorship in Libraries, 32(1):148–149<br />
Shanley, Catherine (reviewer)<br />
Cultural Crusaders: Women Librarians in the American West, 1900–1917 (Passet), 32(1):145–<br />
146<br />
Shavit, David<br />
Hunger for the Printed Word: Books and Libraries in the Jewish Ghettos <strong>of</strong> Nazi-Occupied Europe,<br />
32(4):486–487<br />
Sigwald, John (reviewer)<br />
Ambition, Discrimination, and Censorship in Libraries (Selth), 32(1):148–149<br />
Simpson, James (translator)<br />
Forbidden Texts: Erotic Literature and Its Readers in Eighteenth-Century France (Goulemot),<br />
32(3):379–381<br />
Sixteenth-Century Spanish Bookstore: <strong>The</strong> Inventory <strong>of</strong> Juan de Junta (Pettas), 32(2):256–257<br />
Slavic and Baltic Library Resources at the New York Public Library: A First History and Practical<br />
Guide (Davis), 32(1):152–154<br />
Special Collections in Children’s Literature: An International Directory. 3rd ed. (Jones), 32(3):<br />
395–396<br />
Steinberg, S. H.<br />
Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing, 32(4):496–497<br />
Stern, Madeleine B.<br />
Old Books in the Old World: Reminiscences <strong>of</strong> Book Buying Abroad, 32(4):493–496<br />
Stevens, Wesley M.<br />
Cycles <strong>of</strong> Time and Scientific Learning in Medieval Europe, 32(4):498–499<br />
Still a Man’s World: Men Who Do ‘‘Women’s Work’’ (Williams), 32(3):397–399<br />
Strength <strong>of</strong> a People: <strong>The</strong> Idea <strong>of</strong> an Informed Citizenry in America, 1650–1870 (Brown), 32(3):<br />
387–388<br />
Sweeney, Shelley (reviewer)<br />
Arks for Learning: A Short History <strong>of</strong> Oxford Library Building (Barber), 32(2):258–262<br />
Frick Art & Historical Center: <strong>The</strong> Art and Life <strong>of</strong> a Pittsburgh Family (Brignano), 32(2):<br />
258–262<br />
Library <strong>of</strong> Congress: America’s Memory (Highsmith & Landphair), 32(2):258–262<br />
On Parchment, Paper and Palm Leaves . . . Treasures <strong>of</strong> the Royal Library, Denmark (Ilsoe),<br />
32(2):258–262<br />
T<br />
Taher, Mohamed (reviewer)<br />
History and Development <strong>of</strong> Libraries in India (Bhatt), 32(3):399–400<br />
Libraries and Librarianship during Muslim Rule in India (Allauddin & Rout), 32(4):482–<br />
483<br />
Teaching Bibliographic Skills in History: A Sourcebook for Historians and Librarians (D’Aniello),<br />
32(1):154–155
522 L&C/Index to Volume 32<br />
Tendencies and Tensions <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Information</strong> Age: <strong>The</strong> Production and Distribution <strong>of</strong> <strong>Information</strong> in<br />
the United States (Schement & Curtis), 32(2):282–284<br />
Thomas James Wise and the Trial Book Fallacy (Lewis), 32(3):385–386<br />
Todd, William B. (reviewer)<br />
Thomas James Wise and the Trial Book Fallacy (Lewis), 32(3):385–386<br />
Trevitt, John<br />
Five Hundred Years <strong>of</strong> Printing (Steinberg), 32(4):496–497<br />
U<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado Library and Its Makers, 1876–1972 (Mason), 32(3):390–391<br />
V<br />
Van Slyck, Abigail A.<br />
Free to All: Carnegie Libraries and American Culture: 1890–1920, 32(3):377–378<br />
W<br />
Warner, Robert M.<br />
Diary <strong>of</strong> a Dream: A History <strong>of</strong> the National Archives Independence Movement, 1980–1985,<br />
32(3):392–393<br />
Welsh, William J.<br />
Research Libraries—Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow, 32(1):149–151<br />
Wertheimer, Andrew B. (reviewer)<br />
Hunger for the Printed Word: Books and Libraries in the Jewish Ghettos <strong>of</strong> Nazi-Occupied Europe<br />
(Shavit), 32(4):486–487<br />
Whittaker, David J.<br />
Mormon Americana: A Guide to Sources and Collections in the United States, 32(2):274–275<br />
Whole Library Handbook 2: Current Data, Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Advice, and Curiosa about Libraries and<br />
Library Services (Eberhart), 32(2):277–278<br />
Who’s Who in European Research and Development, 1995, 32(4):490–492<br />
Williams, Amanda (reviewer)<br />
Special Collections in Children’s Literature: An International Directory. 3rd ed. (Jones), 32(3):<br />
395–396<br />
Williams, Christine L.<br />
Still a Man’s World: Men Who Do ‘‘Women’s Work’’, 32(3):397–399<br />
Williams, Marty<br />
Annotated Index <strong>of</strong> Medieval Women, 32(2):251–252<br />
Windows <strong>of</strong> Light: A Bibliography <strong>of</strong> the Serials Literature within the Gernsheim & Photography<br />
Collections <strong>of</strong> the Harry Ransom Humanities Research Center (Flukinger), 32(2):262–265<br />
Winks, Robin W.<br />
Cloak & Gown: Scholars in the Secret War, 1939–1961. 2d ed., 32(4):487–488<br />
Winship, Michael<br />
Epitome <strong>of</strong> Bibliography <strong>of</strong> American Literature, 32(2):270–272<br />
Winship, Michael (reviewer)<br />
Design <strong>of</strong> Bibliographies: Observations, References, and Examples (Berger), 32(1):155–157<br />
Introduction to Bibliography for Literary Students (McKerrow), 32(1):155–157<br />
New Introduction to Bibliography (Gaskell), 32(1):155–157<br />
Principles <strong>of</strong> Bibliographic Description (Bowers), 32(1):155–157<br />
Wintz, Cary D.<br />
Black Dixie: Afro-Texan History and Culture in Houston, 32(1):146–148<br />
Woodward, Jeannette (reviewer)<br />
Bibliographic History <strong>of</strong> the Book: An Annotated Guide to the Literature (Rosenblum), 32(2):<br />
268–270
World Guide to Libraries. 11th ed. (Bartz et al.), 32(4):490–492<br />
World Guide to Scientific Associations and Learned Societies. 6th ed. (Zils), 32(4):490–492<br />
World Guide to Special Libraries. 3rd ed., 2 vols. (Opitz & Richter), 32(4):490–492<br />
Y<br />
Yamauchi, Edwin M. (reviewer)<br />
Puritans in Babylon: <strong>The</strong> Ancient Near East and American Intellectual Life, 1880–1930<br />
(Kuklick), 32(4):481–482<br />
Young, Arthur P. (reviewer)<br />
Research and Relevant Knowledge: American Research Universities Since World War II (Geiger),<br />
32(2):266–268<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Colorado Library and Its Makers, 1876–1972 (Mason), 32(3):390–391<br />
Z<br />
Zils, Michael<br />
World Guide to Scientific Associations and Learned Societies. 6th ed., 32(4):490–492<br />
523